1. brihatjatakavar00iyergoog

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online. It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. We also ask that you:

• Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.

• Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

• Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

• Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web at http://books.google.com/

VERI

E

HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY

HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY

RYAN ISCELLANY.

Astrological Series.

THE

BRIHAT JATAKA

or

VARAHA MIHIRA.

TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH

BY

N. CHIDAMBARAM JYER, B. A., F. T. S FOUNDER

OF THE

TIRUVADI JOTISTANTRA SABHA.

[ Registered Copyright.]

Mabras: PRINTID AT THE JOSTER FEEFS, 23 RUNDALL'S ROAD, VEPEKY. 1885.

Ind L 3610.4.9

HARVARD UNIVEHSIT LIBRARY MAR 2 6 1994

James . lr. Samders, 271. 64 avenue, Saut Lake Cityy INTRODUCTION.

THERE is probably not one subjeot which is so ill un derstood, which so many people pretend to know, and on which so many are prepared to express an opinion, as the subject of Astrology. The Indian proverb truly says that there is no man who is not a bit of a physician and an astrologer; and it is equally true that there is no subject which is so ill understood as these two. The fact is that the broad medical and ustrological principles are so many that everybody of necessity lenrns a few of these, but experiences a difficulty in mastering all of them. It would be intercsting to note the various subjects with which astrology is confounded. Persons with well- developed intuitions are often found to make correct pre- dictions of events. The Yogis are persons of this descrip- tion. Their peculiar knowledge is certainly not the result of any study of astrological works. We also find another class of men who imitnte these men and also make striking statements. Birmingham gold is often taken for sterling gold ; German silver for pure silver jand we have n variety of inferior stones, white, red and green that are often mistaken for diumonds, rubies and omeralds. The world is full of this dual character of things. Every depart- meut of true knowledge has its inferior counterpart ; and so we have a number of men who, possessiug no occult powers, but securing the help of a few elemental spirits, practise imposition on the ignorant public. But the world is not without a touchstone to detect the hollowness of their pre- tensions : these men will give you a few correct particulars regarding remote past events, a great deal of particulars re-

2 INTRODUCTION.

garding present events, one or two particulars re- garding the immedinte future, and no particulars at all about the distant future. Thave known these men and tested the truth of their statements. These men pretend to be astrologers. Some of them carry no books at all and make amazing statements touching past events in prose and verse in an extempore sing-song fashion and without the least effort, even though the questioner is a perfect stranger ; while others show you some huge antique cadjan book and pretend to read from its pages. This was exactly the way in which Col. Olcott's questions were recently an- swered by the Brahmin astrologer who pretended to read from the pages of the works of the Great Bheemakavi (vide May, 1885, issue of the Theosophist). I am sure that nei- ther Col. Olcottfnor hris intelligent friends ever had a look into the book to see whether what was read out was really written there, and if so, whether the writing was not a fresh one. In all these cases the astrologer, if he is one at all, doggedly refuses to allow others to look into his book ; for, he says, he is not permitted by the book deity to do so ! There is a more wonderful man in Pondicherry at present. He pretends to read from the works of Nandikeswara. Such astrologers are making vast sums of money. The statements they make are really puzzling ones. But for these and the way in which they are made, the utter want of preparation and the like, I should have been inclined to discard the element of the help of the elemental spirits. Let those who would object to this, examine the matter and then pronounce an opinion. Nothing can be more funny than to find young men especially, taking' up astrology as thoir first subject of attack in their public utterances. It is a subject to which they pay little or no attention except for purposes of ridi- cule. To all your questions, how do you prove this state.

INTRODUCTION.

ment and how do you prove that: their one rendy reply is that their common sense tells them so. They forget that common sense is a sense which changes in its nature as one advances in his study, and it ehanges so much that the common sense of one age is different from the common sense of another age, the comnon sense of oue nation or of one individual is different from the common sense of ano- ther nation or individual. Where proof is advanced by a few, it is eqnully interesting to examine it. The proof is that such and such astrologers made such and such pre- dictions and that the predictions have failed-and ergo, astrology is no science! It is evidently taken for granted that the astrologer was renlly learned in the science, and that there were not those numerous errors of data to mislead him. Another objection to the science is that astrologically the fortunes of two persons born at the same moment of time but in the opposite quarters of the globe, must be the same, but that they cannot be and are not the same. Here is an ignorance betrayed regarding the elementary principles of the science. It is true that the planetary positions are nearly the same except for the small matter of parallax. But it is not the planets alone that go to shape one's fortunes. Time of birth, which is represented by the Lagna or the rising sign, has a great deal to do with it. In other words, because the local times of the two places are different, the Lugnas must be different; for when the 20th degree of Leo, for instance, is in contact with the borizon here, the 20th degree of Aquaries will be in contact with the horizon of our just antipodes at the same moment. Our rising sign is their setting sign, and our setting sign is their rising sign; so that a difference of longitude gives a difference of local time and consequently a difference of Lagna. But sup- pise the places to have the same longitude, Take two

4 INTRODUCTION:

places for instance on the same meridian and therefore due north and south of each other. Now the question is whether the Lagna is the same for both the places. No. The Lagua is a point in the ecliptio which is inclined to the equator. The planes of the horizon of the two places are different and they cut different parts of the ecliptic. It therefore follows that a differenoe of latitude gives a differ- ence in the Lagna. So that places with a difference of either Jongitude or latitude or with both cannot have the same Lagna at the same time. That Lugna or mere time or space, irrespective of the planets, has a great deal to do with shap- ing the fortunes of a native or Jataki will be a new revela- tion to most people. We will come to this snbjeot pre- sently. A horoscopio diagram or tigure of the heavens represents both local time or Lagna and planetary positions.

What then is Astrology or Horoscopy ? Whut is its nature and what its bounds? Here is the author's definition of horoscopy.

होरेत्य होराचविक स्पमेके वांकंति पूर्वापर वर्णलोपात्। कर्मार्जितंपूर्वभवेमदादिय न्तस्यप तिसमभिव्यनति।

Horoscopy is stated to be the scienoe of Ahoratri or the science of day and night-these being the broadest visible divisions of time-multiples of which give weeks, months, years, &o., and divisions of which give hours, minutes, seconds, &c. The first letter A, and the last letter tri, having been dropped, the term has assumed the shape of hora, and the author says that hora Shastra treats of the effects of the good and bad deeds of an individnal in his previous birth ; so that the moment a person is born, it becomes his lot to enjoy and suffer certain pleasures aud pains for his past good and bad deeds-seeds cast into the cosmic region in

INTRODUCTION.

one birth begin to bear sweet and sour fruits in another birth according to their quality. In this connection we may sny a few words touching the long disputed question of fatalism versus free-will. Per- sons of the former school hold that even the minutest events of one's life are pre-ordained, and that man is completely a puppet in the hands of certain higher agencies. This error has evidently been the result of the observation of a number of well projected efforts in particular directions having been thoroughly discomfited. Again, men of the other school hold that man is a free agent, and that there is nothing impracticable for him if only proper meaus are employed for ʼ. the purpose. This error aguin has been the result of the observation of even ill projected efforts in particular direc- tions, proving highly successful-the failures, if any, being accounted for by the insufficiency of the maans employed. In the one case man becomes an irresponsible agent; and in the other he not only booltessly grieves over his failures, but repeats his attempts, thus putting himself to trouble, expense and vexation only to fnil again. Now, as regards the former position, it is held that man's pre- sent deeds are all the effects of his previous deeds. As free agency of any sort is discarded from the question, it would follow that these previons deeds are the effects of deeds still more previous, and so on, ad infinitum, or till we are bronght to a state of cosmic evolution when differences of states and conditions were infused into bnman souls by the Creator. Such a condition of irresponsibility is opposed to reason, opposed to progress, and eqnally opposed to divine and human law. It is a very pernicious doctrine in the extreme. As regards the Intter view, if man can wholly shape his own fortunes, how are we to account for the phenomena of suffering virtue und the enjoying vice in certain cases-

6 IXTRODUCTIOM,

for the former reaping no rewards and the latter escaping punishment. A satisfactory explanation would point to the former as being the effeots of previous karma, and the lutter as deeds for which man will both suffer, and enjoy in his next life, Taking entire human life into consideration, our own opinion is that man is both a slave of the effects of his past deeds and is a freeragent as regards fresh independent deeds -deeds which are in no way directed to thwart, to arrest, to alter or in any way to modify or remonld the effects of bis past karma. But if he wishes to move along with the curreut, he may do so, and the course will become more easy aud more smooth. This view will account for three things: (1), the many apparently unaccountable failures of attempts even when the means employed have been good; (2), the easy success that has attended many an effort when the means employed were even weak ; (3), the success which in certain cases appears proportionate to lubor. In the first ouse, the attempt was one ajmed at moving against the current of fate ; in the second case it wus one of moving down with the current, and in the third case it was motion on still water, where and where alone free human agency can displuy itself.

Having premised so much, we may now proceed a stop further and state that where the current is a weak one running with the course of a Leena, it might be opposed, and such opposition may be either direct or oblique accord- ing to the fitness and strength of the means employed, and that the task would become a difficult one, if the course to be resisted should flow with the course of a Tigris. The question is purely a question of karmic dynamios-effects of past karma as opposed to present karma. To oppose even an opposible furce, one must first possess a knowledge of its strength and direction of action, and secandly, a knowledge of the proper

INTRODUCTION. 7

means to be employed for the purpose. The former know- ledge is supplied to man by astrology; and the latter by such works as tbe Karmavipaka Grandhn. The means prescribed in the lattet consist of gifts, of Japa (psychic training or development) and certain fire cere- monies having an occult significance. It follows where the current is irresistible, the attempt to oppose it becomes futile. How can & person ever hope to win success in a field when he is ignorant of the direction of attack as well as the strength of his enemy. Astrology not only points out to him bis ene- mies but his friends as well, whose belphe might seek and obtain. By pointing out fields where there are friends and fields where there are foes, astrology indirectly points out to him neutral fields where man's free agency has its full scope of action and where success is proportionate to lnbor. The next important question for consideration is the examination of the connection, if any, between the planets and human fortunes: where man suffers and enjoys the fruits of his past karmn, the question asked is what part the planets play iu such humnn suffering and enjoyment. Here agnin believers in astrology as a scieuce are divided into two' schools.The one admit active ngency for the planets, and the other, denying it, state that the planets blindly aud mechani- cally iudicate the current of human destiuies. In support of the latter view, it is stated that if human suffering and enjoyment are directly traceable to man's previous karma, then, to admit active agency on the part of the planets, becomes not only superfuous, but inconsiatent: if a man loses his son, it is because, they sny, he suffers for his karma, which might consist in his having caused n similar affliction to a somebody in his previous Lirth, and not because Mars occupied the 5th house from the ascendant or Lagna at the moment of birth, and that therefore t.he planetary positions only indicate and do not bring . about

8 INTRODUCTION.

human suffering or enjoyment. These people from a human point of view cannot conceive the possibility of more causes than one for an event-each cause acting independently and with full force. Hindu literature is full of events, each of which is the immediate effect of a'number of causes. This peculiar combination of canses, quite incomprehensi- ble to us, is a feature which distinguishes divine deeds from human deeds. We will quote an instance or, two. Ganga was cursed to pass through a"human incarnation ; the Ashta (eight) Vusus brought on themselves a similar curse-of the eight Vasus seven were allowed to return to Swarga immediately after birth ; Raja Santanu goes out on a hunting excursion, marries Ganga, whom he finds on the banks of the Gunges, on condition of her being allowed to quit him the moment he opposes her own mode of dis- posing of the issue of their union. Eight children are born in all. The mother throws the first seven of them into the Ganges ; the king puts up with this for the love of the lady. He can bear no more inhuman work of the sort and so he resists ; Ganga quits ber lord leaving the babe-the futnre .Bheeshma of the Mnhabharat. Again, King Dasaratha goes out to hunt and enters a dense forest ; hearing some gur- gling sound in his neighbourhood, uud mistaking it to be that of a wild elephant in the act of drinking water, the. king discharges his arrow in its direction and kills a lad who was dipping his bowl into the waters of a stream to carry it to his aged parents at some distance. The cries of the dying lad brought home to the king his error, and the next moment the king himself proceeds to the lud's father and entreats pardon. This. venerable old man expires on the spot pronouncing'a curse on the king-rather reading the king's fate that in his old age he shall die a similar death from grief on accouut of his son's separation. In the meanwhile Vishnu himself draws on his own bead the

INTRODUCTION. 9

curse of a human incarnation, attended with much guffering from separation from wife, from the sage Bhrigu, whose wife he killed when she refused to deliver up to his wrath an Asura who had' sought her protection. The Devas suffering much from Ravana and his giant hosts proceed to Vishnu and entreat relief. As Brahma had granted to Ravana the boon of exemption from death from all except from men and monkeys, and as Dasaratha had prayed to Vishnu for the blessing of a son, Vishnu enters on Kis human incarnation as Rama, the son of Dasaratha. From family dissensions he quits his kingdom and enters the forest of Dandaka with his bride. Grieved at his son's separation, Dasaratha dies. Ravana carries away Seeta and Rama is grieved at her separation. He proceeds to Lanka, slays his enemy and recovers his wife. Most of the eminent astronomers of the East and West believed in a double Sun, a double Moon, Mars and other planets-the one is the Sthula or the physical one, and the other is the Sukshma or the astral one. The difficulty in conceiving active agency as possessed by the planets when' viewed in the light of huge inert balls, will be removed when we suppose that each planet possesses a soul. Besides, there is nothing repugnant to our mind in the idea that the planets together form a body of executive officers charged with the duty of rewarding and punishing humanity for their past karma by the command of the Most High, who at the same time allows each man the chance to improve his own condition by making him a free agent in many matters. A man is whipped for theft by the order of the Magistrate. He suffers for his karma-the deed of theft. But the whipping officer is an active agent. Take another instance : A man doos a piece of valuable service to the state ; the sovereign commands a local officer to invest the person with the order of knighthood; the officer obeys; 2

10 INTRODUCTION.

the officer no doubt is an active agent, though the honor was the immediate effect of the person's services. We there- fore hold that planets not only indicate human destinies, but bring about such destinies. The world is a mixed field of honor, of punishment and of probation. And the planets are the rewarding and chastising officers, and meddle in no way when man exercises his free will within its own sphere. The same idea might be represented in another way : planetary activity is the total activity of a number of forces, some for good and some for evil, and while a man's karma leads him into the one force or the other, there are other forees by a knowledge of which man may benefit himself, though it may not be his lot to be drawn into any of them by his past karma. If this were not the correct view of the part played by the planets, a large portion of the science of astrology, in which man is advised to avail himself of such and such planetary positions for particular purposes, wonld become useless. The planets therefore can be made to do more than the work of jailors and rewarding officers. For ,instanve, in the fourth chapter (Brihat Jataka) which treats of Nisheka (conception), a man is advised to avail himself of partionlar planetary positions if he desires an excellent issue : v Parasara, who was a great astronomer and astrologer, finding that such an hour for Nisheka had approached, joined a boat- man's daughter in an island on the Jumna and the issue was the greut Vedavyasa. A Brahmin astrologer under similar circumstances joined a potter's daughter, and the issue was the great Salivahana. That man is not altogether a free agent is an idea caught by Shakespeare in one of his well known passages in " As You Like It." " All the world is a stage, And all the men and women merely players ; They have their exits and their entrances, And one man in his time plays many parts, His acts being seven ages."

INTRODUCTION. 11

Again, while the heavens form the macrocosm, man is the microcosm. In other words, each man is a little world exactly representing the Universe. While all seems quiet without, there is an active world within. Such a world is visible to the inner sight of a Yogi. Occult science treating of this subject says :- प्राणेसु पुखासम्प्राप्ते

तमूमपात्तंटित्तार तारेभतपनोपमस् ।

If the Pranavayu (vital air) can be taken to the Sushm- nanadi, eight sorts of music will be heard, and fire, lightning' stars, the moon and the sun will become visible. Again, in Chapter IV, already referred to, Varaha Mihira .says that menstrual discharges ooour in women when Mars and the Moon approach each other. In connection with this sub- ject the author of Saravali says as' follows :-.

जलमिश्रं ल्गनिरवपित्तंस्यात् ।

प्रवर्त्ततस्चरीषु॥

"The Moon is water and Mars is fire; bile is the result of a mixture of fire and water, and when bile mixes with the blood, menses appear in women." So that with the change that is going on without, there is a' change going on within, and every element or bit of man's physical body has its representative in the

12 INTRODUCTION.

heavens. Such being the case, there is a subtle connec- tion, imperceptible because subtle, between the conditions of the planets and the stars above and those of man below.

We shall now say a few words touching the causes of failure of astrological 'predictions : the most important of these we will take up firat.

Astrology rests on astronomy. The latter science was probably in a good condition at the time of Vikramarka. The tables for the calculation of the places of the planets which were then framed or then in use, were all suited to the time, Owing probably to the wear and tear of the several working parts of the whole machinery of the Solar system, the tables of one age are unsuited to another age. To this truth the ancient Hindu astronomers were keenly alive. They have accordingly laid down this broad tule for the guidance of the future astronomers.

व्योतिर्गणेशासत्रपथा तिटत्तौ

नित्यंगहाणामहरर्धंकाले

Since error in caloulation is as sinful as the murder of a Brahmin, the correct places of the planets shall be ascer- tained by daily meridian observations. And this cannot be done without an Observatory. Ob- servatories of some sort did exist in this land ; but owing to foreign invasions and the want of encouragement on the part of rulers, the science has ceased to progress, and the for- mer tables for want of corrections have become useless. The calendars therefore prepared by the native astrologers do

INTRQDUCTION. 13

not give the true places of the planets. The error has been going on for the last 1000 years.

The nautical almanacs prepared in Europe and Ame- rica give very correct positions of the planets ; and Messrs. Bapu Deva Sastry of Benares, Lakshmana Chatrai of Poona, Raghunatha Chariar of Madras, and Vencateswara Deekshi- tar and Sundareswara Srouty of Combaconum have started almanacs busing their calculation on the correct modern tables. These tables enable us to ascertain correctly the places of the planets from the Vernal Equinox, one of the two points where the ecliptic cuts the equator. This point is the Western first point of Aries. It bas a retrograde motion at the rate of about 50" a year. But the Hindu first point of Aries is the fixed star Revati (the Yogatara of the group) which is stated to be on the ecliptic. This star is at present about 20° to the East of the Vernal Equi- nox. Planetary places from this star are known as the Nirayana Sphutam, and places from the Vernal Equinox are known as the Sayana Sphutam. The little bit of increas- ing space between the two points is known as Ayanamsa. Now Hindu astrology rests on the Nirayana Sphutam of the planets, and modern tables give us the correct Sayana Sphutam ; so that if the length of the Ayanamsa is correctly known, it may be subtracted from the Sayana Sphutam, and the remainder will be the Nirayana Sphutam required. But the exact length of the Ayanamsa is not known, and it cannot be ascertained by direct observation, because the star Revati has disappeared. I have treated of this subject at some length in the April (1883) issue of the Theosophist. The several almanac publishers already referred to have arbi- trarily assumed different lengths of the Ayanamsa, evidently to snit their own convenience. These lengths of the Aya- namsa on the 1st January 1883 are :-

14 INTRODUCTION.

Q . (1) Bombay Almanac ... 18 14 20 (2) Madras (8) Combaconum do 22 2 39

(4) Benares do 21 58 29. (5) Vakhya do 22 41 44 (6) Siddhanta do 20 46 15 I have discovered the trae length to range between 20° 23' 8" and 20° 25' 22" on the Ist January 1883. By adopting the mean, namely, 20° 24' 15" the maximum amount of error will only be l' 7". Now the difference between the correct Ayanamsa and the various Ayanamsas above given will be seen from the following :-

(1) Bombay 9 55 (2) Madras (8) Combaconum S + 1 38 24

(4) Benares ... +1 34 14 (5) Vakya + 2 17 29 (6) Siddhanta + 0 22 0

To express the same in other words. The Ayanamsa error as it affects the planetary positions in point of time in the first four almanacs will be found to be as follows :-

Bombay Madras and Planets. Benares (before) Combaconum (after) (after)

day. hour. day hour. day hour. Sun 1 14 Moou ... ... 2 5 1 16 ... 0 0 3 0 3 ... Mars ... 4 3 3 3 0 Mercury ... 0 13 0 10 0 94 Jupiter ... ... 26 0 19 17 18 21 Venus 1 9 1 0 0 23 ... Saturn ... 64 16 48 23 46 20 Moon's node ... ... .. 16 ... 40 21 31 0 29

INTRODUOTION. 15

, So that it is evident that horoscopes constructed on the planetary positions as found in the existing almanacs are wrong. Again, in the construction of horoscopes, the following wrong table showing the Rasimana or time of oblique ascen- sion of the Zodiacal signs above the horizon is adopted nearly throughout the land by a great majority of ignorant astro- logers. Ghatikas. 41 Libra Ghatikas. Aries ... 5 Taurus 41 Scorpio 51 Gemini 51 Sagittary Cancer ... Capricorn 5z Leo Aquarius Virgo ... 5z 43 5 Pisces 4 The reader is referred to the Appendix for a correct table for all the places of India. A third cause of failure is an ignorance of the local time. The present days are days of clocks and watches, and these are luxuries confined to our towns and do not extend to our villages. Besides, these clocks and watches are rarely made to show the local time. In most of the places of Southern India, the clock shows the Madras time, and where there are no clocks the time is ascertained by a . rough calculation applied to the length of a man's shadow. The corrections due to the latitude of the place and to the position of the sun on the ecliptio are omitted. At night, if the sky should happen to be clear, the transit of parti- cular constellations over the meridian is observed, and by the application of a rough table beginning with शेणामेषेरता. "When Sravana crosses the meridian, Aries has risen by 2{ Ghatikas," an attempt is made to ascertain the local time. In the first place the table is a rough one, and in the

16 INTRODUCTION.

second place it applies to the time when the Yogatara or chief star of the group crosses the meridian.' The table there- fore becomes useless for times lying between the trunsit of the Yogatara of one group and that of the Yogatara of the next group. Besides, most men are ignorant not only of the Yogotara but of the exact position of the meridian ; and turn- ing towards the star which might be to the east or west of the meridian, they fancy' that it is just about to make the transit. If the night happens to be a cloudy one, the time is purely one of guess work. So many errors must of neces- sity lead often to an error in the Lagna ; and when this oo- curs, it upsets the whole thing. Add to this the errors of the calendar relating to the places of the planets. Cent. per cent. of the horoscopes of the present day are therefore wrong. It is a horoscope of this type that is put into the hands of a person who calls himself an astrologer. In a great number of cases, Indian astrologers are poor men who have betaken themselves to the study of the science as a means of liveli- hood. The public would pay them only if they would predict some good fortune; if he correctly predicts an evil, he is not only not paid anything, but is set down for a sorcerer, whom it would not be safe to approach. Thus the astrologer is induced to concenl any unpleasant truths which he might happen to know, and after this the complaint is. that the predictions of such and such astrologers have failed ! For want of encouragement the astrologer pays little attention to the study of his subject and often has recourse to the help of the black art as already described. We shall now say a few words regarding a particular branch of the science known as Prasna or Arudha Shastra, horary astrology. This differs from horoscopy or nutivities in this respect, viz., while the latter rests on the motions of the visible planets round the sun, the former rests mainly on the motions of certain invisible planets which are sup-

INTRODUCTION. 17

posed to move round the. horizon. Their laws of motion are exceedingly simple. These planets, which are 8 iu num- ber, move in the following order: The Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Mercury, Venus, Saturn, the Moon and Rahu, at the distance of a sigu and a half, or 45° from one another and take one full day. or 24 hours to go round the horizon-the Sun being at the first poiut of Aries every day at sunrise, the horizon being their ecliptic and divided into 12 equal parts, each part being known as a sign, and Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius being respectively the due eastern, southern, west- ern and northern signs. The remaining 8 'signs occupy the four corners, two for each corner, one' on each side of the corner point-Aries being situated to the right of the north- eastern point, the order of the signs remaining the same as in the heavens above. The astrologer forms as it were the sun, round whom the planets revolve. The direction, of (sign ocoupied by), the querent is noted down as well as the position of the invisible planets at the , time. We cannot enter into the details of the process of calculation here. The astrologer proceeds to discover the matter qnes- tion and then makes his predictions with the help of his books. In this he is nssisted by another department of astrology known as Angavidya or Cheshta Shastra wbich rests on the motions of human limbs, oasual words and the like. Angavidya rests on the theory that an All-pervading ' Intelligence is pointing out to the astrologer (who is otherwise unable to know it) the miuute events of life in a hundred ways. (Vide chapter 51 of Varaha Mihira'e Brihat Samhita).

: Horoscopy differs from horary astrology in another. important poiut: while the former enables one to. prodict, even the distant events of life, the Intter refers only to events of the immediate future, and while the one deals with 3

18 INTRODUCTION.

ovents of considerable inportance, the latter deals mainly with events comparatively insignificant, such, for instance, as the sort of meal which one would take in the course of a day, the direction of his seat and the like. In such cases the astrologer generally" writes out his an- swers in a bit of paper and folds it up asking the questioner to look into it after the event, for, the conrse of such minor everts of life can be easily altere bdy a previous knowledge. These events of life are the immediate effects of aset of circumstances in which a persou has just placed himself, the natural immediate effeots of which form matters for the consideration of horary astrology, and do not come within the scope of horoscopy .. After a person hus begun to apply his axe to a tree, it may not be difficult to predict the direction of its fall, but not before. It would therefore be wrong to conclude from these minor predictions of horary ustrology that the minutest events of one's life are preordained and that man has no coutrol over them.

It only remains to say a few words about certain books known as Nadigrandhams. These purport to contain a brief account of the lives of all mankind. It would appear on a superticial consideration of the subject that such books Cannot at all exist. That they exist is a fact and the ques- tion therefore is how came they to exist-Low were they prepared.

The planets occupy particular places on the ecliptic at particular points of time. Every moment their positions are changing. The question then is in what period of time the planets return to their former positions. This is a question of Arithmetic-a question of the Least Commou Multiple of 7 or 8 numbers. These numbers are the

INTRODUCTION. 19

siderial periods of Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn and of the Moon, viz., Mercury 87.9693 days Venus ... 224-7008 Earth I ... 865.2564 Mars 686.9795 Jupiter 4332-5848 Saturn 10759.2200 Moon 27 ds. 7 hrs. 45 m. 11.5 .. Now the L. C. M. of the above numbors is the Kalp . of the Hindu Astrouomy is which 4320000000 siderial years. After which the planets all return to the first point of Aries at the horizon of Lanka-a place on the equator whose longitude is 760 E. from Greenwich. A Kalpa consists of 1000 Chataryngas. A Chaturyuga condists of 4320000 sideriul years, of which Kaliyuga consists of 432000 siderial years. Dwapara yuga 432000 x 2 = 864000 years. Treta yuga ... 432000 × 3 = 1296000 Krita yuga. ... 432000 x 4 = 1728000

.A Kalpa forms Brahma's day, at the end of which the Mahapralaya commences. Again, the number of Rasi Chakrams of the Zodiacal representations of the positions of the planets is also limited. How ? Suppose there was only one planet, sny, the Sun. He might occupy any one of the 12 houses ; so might Mars and each of the other planets. The 12 places of the Sun combined with the 12 places of Mars will give us 12ª or 144 different places for the Snn and Mars. These combined with the 12 plnces of Jupiter will give 122x 12 or 12' or 1728 places for the three planets, the Sun, Mirs and Jupiter. Similarly 4 planets will give 124 positions and 5 plauets will give 125 positions, and so on. Now horoscopy deals

20 INTRODUCTION.

with the positions of the five planets Mercury,, Venus; Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, as well as the Sun, the Moon and Rahu (Moon's asceuding node). #Of these 8 planets, all, excepting the inferior planets, Mercnry and Venus, will give us 12€ positions. Now the greatest elongation of Mercury from the Sun is about 19°, and that of Venus is about 47° ; so that when the Sun occupies a partioular sign, Mercury will occupy either that sign or the sign next after it or next before it ; similarly Venus will be either in the house occupied by the Sun or in one of the two signs next after it or next before it. In other words, the number already obtaiued will have to be increased threefold on account of Meroury and fivefold on account of Venus. The . number then is 12e x 3 x 5. Combine with this the 12 Lagnas. The total number of Rasi Chakrams therefore is 12° x3 x 5 x 12=127x 15=537477120. So that while the limit of time is 432,0000000 siderial years, the limit of Rasi Chakrams during that period is 537477120. These figures have been stated simply with the object of dispelling certain wrong notions that the number of horoscopic Rasi Chakrams is infinite and that the changes go on for an infinite period of time. On the other hand, it would be wrong to suppose that the scope of a Nadigran -. dham : extends to the period of a Kalpn ov that it treats of so many chakrams. The chakrams themselves cannot bo: so many in reality, the numbor given above expresses the possible number of positions in which the planets can be. conceived to bo placed in the 12 sigus of tho Zodiac alge- braically, Bat they cannot assume all these positions, for. this simple reason, that they have motions of their own and can only come to particuler positious subject to such motions. Again, of 537477120 horoscopic Rasi Chakrams,

. Uranus, Neptune and other telescopic planets are not supposed to axercise auy appreciable influence over buman affairs.

INTRODUCTION. 21:

reduced, as just pointed out, a very large number refer to animals and plants, (vide Ch. 3 on Animal and .Vegetable horoscopy). Again, it does not appear that the Nadi- grandhams trent of any period of time other than the present Kaliyuga, and it is probable that those htman chakrams that poiuted to births in other yugas have been rejected. Now a mumber of horoscopes, thongh ngreeing in the broad. Zodiacal divisions of the planetary places, might show great differences where the divisions are more minute ; as the Navamsa, Trimsamsa, Hora, Drekkana, Dvadasamsa and the like divisions, and it might be asked whether the Nudi- grandhams recognize these divisions, and if not, on what basis these graudhams are built. ' : The 360 degrees of the ecliptic are divided into 12 eqnal parts of 30 degrees each, and each division is known as a sign of the Zodiac. Each sign, for purposes of Nadi- grandhams is divided into 150 parts known as amsas, and these amsas have particular names assigned, to them, such as Vasudha,. Vyshnavi, Brahmi, Kala Kuta, Ahi, Sankari,. and so forth. A degree of the ecliptic contains 5 snch parts, and each part is divided into two halves kuown as Poorvabhaga and Uttarnbhaga, i. e., the first half and the second half. For. each half the Nadigraudham contains a life, and this half represents in space 6 minutes, and in time a Vighatikn or 24 seconds. So that the mumber of horos- copes treated of in Nadigrandhams as regards the amsas is 8,600. Now the first volume of Dhruvanadi gives a brief. account of the lives of persons for the many amsas already referred to. The sketch is quite independent of the posi- tion of the planets and hoids true with some slight alterations from planetary influences. The points treuted of refer to the ninterial points of one's life. Now in the cnse of human horoscopy there is a law connecting the amsas: with the . positions: of the planets. I long suspected that such a law

'22 INTRODUCTION.

of connection must exist. For otherwise it would not be possible to describe correctly the positions of the planets several thousand yenrs hence and for such long ages. I examined the pages of the volume already referred to, and found the anthor writing in one place as follows :- " We shall now proceed to state the method of dis- covering the places of the planets for the several amsas for hnman births." A thrill of joy ran through me which was soon followed by bitter disuppointment. For the next cadjun leaf which onght to have contained the information wanted was missing! Some person, evidently seeing the importance of the information, must have carried away the leaf of the book I examined. Our readers are requested to examine other copies of the Ist volume of the Dhruvanadi. The author of a Nudigrandham takes up an amsam and jots down the positions or the several sets of positions of the planets, taking into consideration especially their Zodiacal divisions, and by slightly altering, or adding to, the brief sketch above referred to, for the amsas, finishes his account of a life. The author says that he treats only of about 30 or 40 important points in oach life. Now under one of these accounts a number of persons will full whoso lives will show differences of a more minute nature which the Nadi- grandham does not take into accouut. The Nadigrand- hams therefore are only very brief sketches of human lives. A really learned astrologer can write out an account of a man's life 10 or 20 times the length of the sketch in a Nadigrandbam. This perhaps is the proper place for a few words regard- ing a common complaint on the part of persons who have consulted the Nadigrandhams, that these books are under a curso, that they correctly describe the past events of &

INTRODUCTION.

person's life and err regarding the future events. The fault is not that of the Grandham; it certainly would not be pos- sible for the author to ascertain before-hand at whut period of one's life the book would be consulted, and then to give a correct account of such life till that period of time, and then (for such an able astrologer) purposely to err. The fact is that, as already explained, the position of the planets as shewn in the horoscopes do not agree with any given in the Nadigrandhams. The possessor of a Nadi -. graudhan examines a number of horoscopes in which the planetary positions very nearly approach those shewu by the horoscopes presented to him. The neurer the astrologer approaches the correct horoscope, the more numerous will be the points of agreement between the life suspected as the correct life and the actual life of the person. Now, if while the astrologer reads out from his book, the person consulting it meets with any past events of his life not tallying with the statements of the book, the pages are set aside and other pages examined. But if no discrepancy is noticed, the person comes hastily to the conclusion that the life picked out is his and goes home satisfied, with a copy of it. Iu such cases, the chances of disappointment are more numerous than those of success The best plan would be, for a person who wishes to con- sult the Nndigrandhams, to have his horoscope prepared with the help of the correct modern tables and the correct ayanamsa .*

As regards the first astrological work taken up for translation, viz., the Brihat Jataka of Vnraha Mihira, it is

"This work can be done at this office for any person who would los us know the time and place of his birth for a fee of Rs. 3. But we can- not undertake to refer to any Nadigrandham as we have no sueb work with us.

24 INTRODUCTION.

generally considered as one of the best works on the science. The author himself says of it as follows :

"For the benefit of those of broken attempts to cross the ocean of horoscopy, I construct this little boat consist- ing of a variety of metres with a multiplicity of meanings." Most of the stanzas are purposely intended to convey several meanings. Four commentaries have accordingly -sprung up. The well known one is that of Bhatta Utpala; another is known as Subodbini; both of these are now with me; a third commentary is known as. Mudruksuri, in wwhich it is said that most of the stanzas are interpreted arithmetically-the letters all standing for so many figures and the figures representing the 27 asterisms, the 12 signs, the 9 plauets, and so forth. The fourth commoutary is known as Sreepateeyam. : The author has written a smaller work on astrology known as Lighu Jataka. Hence the present work is styled the Brihat Jataka .: Jataka or horoscopy is one of the three sections of Jyutis-Sastrn ; and the author has treated of all the three branches. The other two branches ure Samhita and Astronomy. . Varaha. Mihira's work. on the .former, known as the Brihat Samhita, is now being translated by me, and his astronomical work is known as Panchasindhan- tika. It was long supposed to have been lost. Fortu- nately two copies of this rare work were recently disco- vered, and they were purchased by the Bombay Government. M. Thibaut, Phil. Dr. is now preparing an edition and an Euglish translation of the same, assisted by Pundit Suddha- . kara. Varuha Mihira has also written a work known as Yogayatra. A manuscript copy of this work is with Dr. Kerne, now in Leydon, Holland.

INTRODUCTION. 25

I have deemed it advisable to explain and retain the use of a number of Sanscrit terms for the convenience of the natives of this country, who must be more familiar with them than with their English equivalents where such exist. It may be well to state here some of the subjects treated of in the work now taken up for translation. The book con- tains 28 chapters. The first two chapters relate to defini- tions of astrological terms and to elementary principles, The third relates to animal and vegetable horoscopy. The fourth treats of the determinatiom of the nature of issue- their physical peculiarities, fortunes, &c., from the planetary positions at the time of conception. A chapter is devoted to the determination of the description of the place of birth and the other incidents connected with the time of birth from planetary positions with a view to the correct ascertainment of the Lagna. The next ehapter treats of early death- Balwrishta, and the next is devoted to the determination of the length of life of a native-Jataki. A chapter is de- voted to the particular avocations of men and to their sources of wealth. Then follow several important chapters on Raja and other Yogas. The chapter on Pravrijya yoga de- termines under what planetary aspects a native will turn out an ascetic. The chapter headed Anisbtadbyaya contains a number of malevolent planetary positions, each connected with some evil of human life. A chapter is devoted to women. This is followed by a chapter which describes the particular manner in which a person meets with his death and the nature of his future life. In the next chapter the author lays down rules for the determination of the horoscope of a per- son ignorant of his time of birth. The above is not a complete list, and it would be wrong to judge of the inter- esting nature of the contents of each chapter from the brief account given above. The appendix to the translation will contain numeronn

26 INTRODUCTION.

tables and diagrams relating to the construction of horos- copes and to the ascertainment of the local time by the sun-dial, by the shadow, and, at night, by the transit of the stars over the meridian. We will also state rules for the construction of the plane of meridian by means of fine threads for purposes of observation. The appendix will also contain a few tables, for the calculation of the lengths of the Dasas and Bhukties. We may conclude this Introduction with the words of Zadkiel and " advise those who value truth to spend a few days in examining the principles laid down in this work and applying them to their own individual cases before they join the herd of the learned and the unlearned in pledging their words to a false assertion, viz., that Astrology is an unfounded science."

MADURA, 2nd June I885. N. C.

The following list of Astrological terms defined in the first two chapters and arranged alphabetically with the stanzas given opposite 'to each is published for con- venience of reference. Ch. Stanza. A.

Agjna (10th house) ... I 16 ... Akokera (Greek name for Makara, Capricorn). I 8 Ambu (4th house) I 18 Angles or quadrants, their strength ... I 19 Antyabha (Sign Meena, Pisces) .. I 8 Apoklima (the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12 houses from the ascendant) I 18 Aspects, planetary, 13. ... II Astabhavana (7th house or setting sign) I 18 .. Atimitragraha, very friendly planets ... ... II 19 Atisatrugraba, very inimical planets ... II 19

B.

Benefic planets ... ... II 5 Benetic signs ... 11 Biped signs, their strength ... I 19

C.

Castes, planetary divisions of .. II 7 Centiped signs, their strength ... ... ... I 19 Chara rasi, movable signs ... ... I 11 Chaturasra, 4th and 8th houses ... I 16 ... Chatushpada rasi, quadruped signs ... ... I 19 Cheshtabala, motional strength of planets II 19 Clothes, planetary divisions of ... II ... 12 Colors, planetary divisions of ... II 4 & 5 Colors, of Zodiacal signs ... I 20 Common signs ... ... I 11. .... ... ..

D.

Dakshina rasis, Southern signs I 11 ... .Depression signs and degrees ... I 13 ... ... Devas, planetary divisions of ... ... II 5

ASTROLOGICAL TERMS.

Ch. Stanza.

Dhatus or elements of the body, planetary divisions of ... II 11 Dik baln, quarterly strength of planets ... ... II · 19 Dik, direction of planets II 5 Directions of planets II 5 Diurnal signs I 10 Drek kanas. their lords ... I 11 & 12 Drishti, planetary sight or aspect II Duschikya, 3rd house I 19 Dwadasabhavn, signification of the 12 houses ... I 15 & 16 Dwadasamsa, division of a sigu into 12 parts I 6 Dwelling. houses, planetary divisions of parts of II 12 Dwipada rasis, biped signs I 19 Dyuna, 7th house I 16

E.

Eastern signs 1,1 Elements, dhatus, of the body, planetary ... I

divisions of IE 11 Elements, planetary divisions of. II 6 Exaltation signs and degrees ... I 13

F.

Female planets ... II 6 Female signs I 11 Fixed signs 11 ... I .Flavor, planetary II 14 'Foot, signs that rise with their. I 10 Forms of the signs I 5 ... .. Forms of the planets. II 8 to 11 Friendly planets. ... II 15 to 18 ...

G.

Garments, planetery divisions of II 12 ... Greek names for Zodiacal signs. ... I 8 Guna, temper, planetary divisions of ... ... II 7

ASTROLOGICAL TERNS.

Ch. Stanza. H.

Heads, signs that rise with their ... I 10 Head and tail, sign that rises with its ... I 10 Hermaphrodite planets ... II 6 Hibukn, 4th house I 18 Hora I 9 Horas, their lords I 11 & 12 Honses, their lords I 6 Hridroga. Greek name for Kumbha, Aquarius. 8

I.

Immovable signs I 11 Inimical planets II 15 to 18

J.

Jamitra, 7th house I 18 Jnti, Caste, of the planets ... 7 Jituma, Greek name for Mithuna, Gomini I 8 Juka, Greek name for Tula, Libra .I 8

K.

Kula, time, planetary lengths of II 14 Kala bala, periodical strength of planets II 19 Kala purusha, planetary divisions of 1I 1 Kala purusha, Żodiacal division of ... I 4 Karmasthanam 10th honse ... ... I 18 Kendra, quadrants or angles, their strength I 17 & 19 Kourpya, Greek name for Vrischika, Scorpio. I 8 Kria, Greek name for Mesha, Aries ... ... I 8 Kulira, Kataka, Cancer ... I 8

Li

Lagna, strength of 18 Leya, Greek name for Simba, Leo ... I .:. I 8 ...

ASTROLOGICAL TERMS ..

M. Ch. Stanza.

Male planets ... ... II 6 ... Male signs I. 11 ... Malefic planets ... ... II 5 Mnlefic signs ... I 11 Measurement of the Zodiacal sigos 19 Meshoorana, 10th house I 18 Metals, planetary divisions of ... II 12 Mitragraha, friendly planets II 15 to 18 Moola trikona, signs and their lords I II 14 Motional strength of planets 19 Movable signs Movable and immovable signs ... ... ... I 11 I 11 ...

N.

Naisargikabala, natural, relative strength of planets ... II 21 Names, various, for planets ... ... ... II 2 & 3 Napumsaka graha, hermaphrodite planets II 6 Natural, relative, strength of planets II 19 Navamsa, division of sign into 9 parts and their lords ... I 6 Neecha, depression signs I 13 .. Neutral planets ... Il 17 & 18 Nocturnal signs ... I 10 ...

P.

Panaphara signs, 2nd, 5th, Eth & 11th houses. 18 Papagraha, malefic plunets II 5 Paparasi, malefic signs I 11 Paschima rasi, Western signs I 11 Pathona, Greek name for Kannya, Virgo I 8 Periodical strength of the planets II 19 Political divisions of the planets II 1 Positional strength of the planets II 19 Prak rasis, Eastern signs ... I 11 Prishtodaya rasis, signs rising with their feet. I 10 Purusha graha, male planets II 6 Purusha rasis, male signs. ... ... I 11

ASTROLOGICAL TERMS.

.

Q. Ch. Stanza.

Quadranis, their strength . . Quadruped signs, their s:rength ... ... I 17 & 19 19 . Quarterly strength of planets ... ... II 19

R.

Rasis. Signs, names of ... I 4 Rasis, their lords ... 6 Rikshasandhi, defined .. I 7 Ritus, planetary divisior s of II 12 Rupa, shapes, of planets LI 8 to 11 Rupa, shapes, of signs ... ... .. I 5

S.

Sama graha, neutral planets ... ... II 16,17 Satru graha, inimical plauets ... II 15 to 18 ... Seasons, planetary divisions of ... II 12 Shadvarga, 6 modes of the division of the ecliptio I 9 Shapes of the signs I 5 Shapes of the planets ... II 8 to 11 Sights or aspects of the planets ... II 13 .Sigus, names of I 4 Signs, their lords I 6 Significations, of the 12 signs of Zodiac ... I 15 & 16 Siraprishtodaya rasi, sign that rises with its head and tail ... ... ... I 10 Sirodaya rasis, signs that rise with their heads I 10 Southern signs ... ... I 11 Sthanabala, positional strength of planets II 19 Sthira rasis, fixed signs I 11 Streegraha, female planets 6 Stree rasis, female signs I 11 Strength of Lagna 1 19 Subhagraha, benefic planets II Sukha, 4th house .18 Sutabha, 5th house ... I I Swakshetra houses and their lords ... 18

... ... I 6

vi ASTROLOGICAL TERKS.

.

T. Ch. Stanz.

Tails, signs that riso with their Tapas, 9th house ... I 10 I 19 Tavuri, Greek name for Vrishabha, Taurus ... I Temper, of planets II 7 Toukshika, Greek name for Dhanus, Sagittari. I 8 Triangular sigus Trikona, 5th house ... I 6

... I 18 Trikona rasi, triangular signs ... I 6 Trimsnmsa, division of sign into 30 parts I 7 Tritrikona, 9th house ...

.. I 19

U.

Ubhaya rasi, movnble and immovable signs ... I 11 Ucchurasi, signs of exaltation with degrees . I 13 Upachaya or improving signs I Uttara rasi, Northern sigus 15 I 11

V.

Vargottama, defined ... I 14 Varua, color of planets II 4 & 5 Varna, color of Zodiacal signs 20 Vesi, 2nd house from the Sun. 20 Vesma, 4th house 1 W. 18 .

Western signs I 11

THE

BRIHT JTAKA

or

VARAHA MIHIRA.

CHAPTER I.

Definitions and Elemertary Principles (Zodiacal.)

1. May the Sun give us speech, who by his light illumines the Moon,(a) who is the path of those who have no rebirth, who is the Atma of those who know the Atma, who is the Deva worshipped in sacrificial rites, who is the Lord of the Devas and of the Lights of the sky, who is the Author of the origin, growth and annihilation of the worlds, who is sung in the Vedas in various ways, who is possessed of many rays and who forms the Lamp of the three worlds.

NOTES. (a) In connection with this we would draw the atten- tion of the reader to what the author says on the subject of the Moon receiving light from the Sun in Stanza 2 of Chapter IV of his Brihat. Sambita, which runs as follows; "The rays of the Sun falling on the watery Moon re- move the darkness of the night (on Earth) just in the same way as light reflected from a mirror (placed in the Sun) re- moves the darkness (from) within a room."

BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. I. And in the Vedas we find the (visible) Moon briefly defined as follows : "Surya rasmischandramah." The Moon is the rays of the Sun.

2. Thongh various well written works on Astrology(a) the productions of able men-exist for the enlighten- ment of intelligent stadents (of horoscopy), I begin to construct (this) small boat (consisting) of stanzas (written) in various metres and of several meanings for (the benefit of) persons of broken attempts to cross the vast ocean of horoscopy. NOTES.

(a) Such works as those of Parasara, Garga, Badara- yana, Satyacharya and others.

3. According to some, the word hora is a corruption of the word Ahoratri, the first and last letters (syllables) being dropped. The science (of horoscopy) treats of the effects of the good and bad deeds (karma) of men in their previous births.

4. The (twelve) signs of the Zodiac, commencing with the first point of Aries and of (the asterism of) Aswani, and consisting, each, of nine stellar quarters and forming a circle, are respectively the head, face, breast, heart, belly, navel, abdomen, genital organ, two thighs, two knees, two ankles and the two feet of Kalapurusha. (The terms) Rasi, Kshetra, Graha, Riksha, Bham, Bhavana, are synony- mous terms.

CH. I.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 3

NOTES. The following table will be useful for purposes of ready reference :- Rasi. Sign. . Part of body. Mesha Vrishabha Aries Taurus .. Head

Mithuna Gemini ... Face

Kataka .. Breast

Simha .. Cancer .. Heart .. Leo Kanya ... Belly

Tala ... Virgo Libra ... Navel

Vrischika Scorpio .. Abdomen

Dhanus Sagittari .. Genital organ .. Two thighs Makara .. Two knees Kumbha Capricorn

Meena ... Aquarius .. Two ankles ... Pisces ... Two feet The twenty-seven asterisms are :- Jeva Aswini amn - Bharani ... ... B Ariotia

Rakih-Krittika 35 Arietis, and Musca ...

Hann - Rohini .. ... n Tauri, Aloyone

Tod Mrigasirsha ... a Tauri, Aldebaran & Orioois martu- Ardra ... ... Ser- Punarvasu ... a Orionis ... 8 Gemini Pollux yeva- Pushya d Oancri ... iouer.Ashlesha oe 8 Hydrae oL, Maghs P. Pbalguni a Leonis, Regulas ..

U. Phalguni o Leonis ...

BevnHasta ... 8 Leonis ...

Rantes.Chitra ... ... d Corvi ... a VirginisSpica Deva Swati a Bootis, Arcturus aKal- Visakha ... ... Dera - Anuradba ... & & Librae ... o Pcorpionis ... akrr Jyeshta ... a Scorpionis, Aritares Ka -Mnla ... ... 2 Scorpionis maon-P. Aghadha mamu.U. Ashadha ... ... d Sagittarii

Aevn-Sravana ... ... e Sagittarii

Sravishta ... ... a Aquilae, Atair RoL-Staabhishak ... Delpbini ... ... 2 Aquarii mam P. Bhadrapada wumU. Bhadrapada ... ... o Pegasi ... Nerra- Revati .. Y P gnsi and Andremedae & Piscium ..: These asterisms or lunar mansions are divided each into four equal parts known as Nakshatrapadas. There

4 BRIHAT JATAKA CH. r.

are therefore 108 such parts in the ecliptic, and each sign contains nine such parts or 21 stellar divisions The first asterism, Aswini, commences at the first point of Aries, which is the star Revati, about 20° to the east of the Vernal Equinox-(Vide Introdaction), so that the second quarter of the asterism of Krittika commences the first point of Taurus. The third quarter of the asterism of Mrigasirsha commences the first point of Gemini, and the fourth quarter of the asterism of Punarvasu commences the first point of Cancer, and so on. Each of the terms Rasi, Kshetra, Graha, &c., means a sign of the Zodiac, which is a twelfth part of the heavens or 30° of the ecliptic.

5. Sign Pisces is of the shape of(a) two fish ; sign Aquarius is of the shape of a man with a. (water) pot ; sign Gemini is of the shape of a man and woman, (the former) with a stick and (the latter) with a lyre, both seat- ed in one seat ; sign Sagittari is of the shape of a man who in his lower parts is a horse ; sign Capricorn is of the shape of a crocodile with the face of a deer; sign Libra is of the shape of a person with, scales (in his hand) ; and (sign Virgo is of the shape of) a virgin in a boat with crops (in one hand) and a light (in the other). The other signs resemble in shape(b) the different creatures denot- ted by their names. The dwelling places of the several signs are places appropriate to the several creatures. NOTES. (a) Sign Pisces is of the shape of two fish lying side by side, the head of the one being near the tail of the other. (b) That is, Aries (Mesha) is of the shape of a ram: Taurus (Vrishabha), of the shape of a bull; Cancer (Kata -.

GH. I.] BRIHAT JATARA. 5

ka), of the shape of & crab : Leo (Simha), of the shape of a- lion; and Scorpio (Vrischika), of the shape of a scorpion. This stanza as well as stanza 4 are chiefly useful in questions connected with horary astrology-in the disco- very of stolen property and the like.

6. Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mer- cury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Satura, Saturn and Jupiter are respectively the lords of the Signs, and of the Navamsas and Dwadasamsas ; and the several signs (of the Zodiac beginning from Aries) commence respectively with the Navamsas of Mesha, Makara, Tula and Kataka. ... NOTES. Six modes of division of the ecliptic (3600) for horoscopic purposes known as the Shadvarga are mentioned (vide stanza 9). These are Rasi (sign) in which the ecliptio is divided into 12 equal parts of 30° each; (vide stanza 4). Hora in which each sign is divided into two equal parts of 15° each (vide stanzas 9 and 11). Drekkana in which a sign is divided into three equal parts of 10° each (vide stanzas 11 and 12); Navamsa in which a sign is divided into nine eqnal parts of 30 20' each; Dwada- samsa, in which a sign is divided into twelve equal parts of 20 30° each ;. and Trimsamsa, in which a sign is divided into thirty equal parts of a degree each (vide stanza 7). The Navamsns : each sign boing divided into 9 equal parts and there being 12 such signs, there are in all 12x9 or 108 suoh divisions in the ecliptio. We have already (vide stanzn 4) seen that the ecliptic contains 27X4 or 108 stellar quarters or Nak- shatrapadas ; it fullows therefore that a Navamsa is a Nakshatrapada, that is one-fourth of a lunar mansion. The .108 Navamsas beginning from the first point of Aries bear the same names as the twelve signs of the Zodiao counted over and over again : the first Navamsa of Mesha is Mesha itself; that of Vrisbabha is Makara ; that of Mithuna is Tula; and that of Kataka is Kataka itself. The same order holds for the 4 signs from Simha to Vrischika and for the 4 from Dhanus to Meena. In other words the four sets of Trikona or triangular signs begiu with the same Navamsas : that is the Trikona signs of Meshs, Simha, Dhanus begin with the Navamsa of Mesha. Vrishabha, Kannya, Makara begin with the Navamsa of Makara. airy Mithuna, Tur, Kumlbha begin with the Navamsa of Tdla; and nati Karki, Vrischika, Meena begin with the Nawausa of Kataka. The Dwadasamsas : The twelve parts into which each sign is divided bear the same names as thone of the signs of the Zodino. The name of tho . first Dwadasamsa of a particular sign is the name of the sign itsolf. So that the 12 Dwadasamsas of Mesha are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithunt, &o., ending with Meena. Those of Vrishabha are Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, &o., ending with Mesha. Those of Mithuna are Mithuna, Kataka, Simha, &c., ending with Vrishabha and so on.

BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. I.

The lords of the Navamsas and Dwadasamsas are the same as the lords of the Rasis (signs). These are mentioned in the text in the order of the signs. It will be found that the San and Moon have each a house, while the other planets have each two houses. These honses are known as Swakshetras : Thos Mars is the lord of Mesha and Vrisohika. Venus is the lord of Vrishabha and Tula. Mercury is the lord of Mithuna and Kannya. Jupiter is the lord of Meena and Dhanus. Saturn is the lord of Kumbha and Makara. The Moon is the lord of Kataka, and the Sun is the lord of Simha. There are several modes of constracting a figure of the heavens. The one used in Southern India is the one recommended by Jaimuni-the author of Astrological Ahporisms. It is given below, and the reader is referred to the appendix for diagrams relating to the several modes of division of the ecliptic referred to above.

Meena, Jupiter. Mesha, Mars. .Vrishabha Mithuna Venus. Mercury.

Kumbha, Saturn Kataka, Moon. RASI CHAKRA. Makara, Saturn. Simha, Sun.

Dhanus, Jupiter. Vrischika, Mars. Tula, Venus. Kanya, Mercury.

7. Five, five, eight, seven and five parts (degrees) are respectively those of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury, and Venus, in the odd signs. In the even signs their order is reversed. The ends (last Navamsas) of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena are known as Riksha sandhis. 10 NOTES. This stanza defines Trimsamsas, and their lords. As already observed Trimsamsa is division of each sign into thirty equal parts, each part being a degree. The odd signs are Mesha, Mithuna, Simha, Tula, Dhanus and Kum- bha, The even signs are Vrishabha, Kataka, Kannya, Vrischika, Makara and Meena.

CH. I.] BRIHAT JATAKA.

In the odd signs the first five degrees are the Trim- 5 samns of Mars ; the next five are those of Saturn; the next eight are those of Jupiter; the next seven are those of Mercury ; and the last five are those of Venus. In the 2.0 even signs the first five are those of Venus; the next seven 2.5 are those of Mercury ; the next eight are those of Jupiter;

30 the rext five are those of Saturn; and the last five are those of Mars. The Trimsamsa division is used by the author in his Chapter relating to the horoscopy of women.

8. The terms Kriya, Tavuri, Jituma, Kulira, Leya, Pathona, Juka, Kourpi, Toukshika, Akokera, Hridroga and Antyabba (are other names for the signs of the Zodiac). NOTES. All the above names, excepting Kulira and Antyabha are evidantly Greek teris-a circumstance clearly indica- ting that the intercourse between the learned men of India and Hellan was more than superficial.

9. A planet is said to be in its Varga if it be in its Drekana, Hora, Navamsa, Trimsamsa, Dwadasamsa and Kshetra. The term Hora means both the rising sign and one half of a sign of the Zodiac. NOTES. These terms have already been explained (vide stanza 6). The term Kshetra means a house or a sign. For the Names and Lords of the Hora divisions of a sign vide Stanza 11.

10. The signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagittari and Capricorn are known as the night signs ;(a) and, with the exception of Gemini, they rise with their feet(b). The

8 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. I.

other signs rise with their heads(c) and are powerful by day(d). The two fish rise by both (head and foot)(e). NOTES. (a) Therefore the day signs are Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarius and Pisces. (b) Signs that rise by their feet are known as Prish- todaya Rasis and these are Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagittari, and Capricorn. . (c) Signs that rise by their heads are kaown as Siro- daya Rasis, and these are Gemini, Leo, Virgo. Libra, Scor- pio and Aqnarius. (d) Therefore the Prishtodaya signs are powerful at night. (e) For the shape of the sign Pisces vide Stanza 5.

11. The signs (from Aries) are (by turns) malefic and benefic, masculine and fominine (a) and movable, fixed and both (movable and fixed)(b). The signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini and Cancer with their triangular signs denote each respectively the East, South, West and North(c). The two horas of the odd signs are respectively the Solar. and Lunar horas, and the two of the even signs are respectivly the Lnnar and Solar horas. The lords of the Drekkanas,(d)(of a particular sign) are respectively the lords of that sign, the th sign and the 9th sign, NOTES. (a) In other words the odd signs are all malefic and masculine, and the even signs are all benefic and feminine. (b) Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn are movable signs. Taurus, Leo, Scorpio anh Aquairus are fixed signs.

1 Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari and Pisces are both (movable and fixed) and are also known as common signs.

CH. I.] BRIBAT JATAKA.

(c) The signs Aries, Leo and Sagittari aro,known as the Eastern signs. Tarus, Virgo and Capricorn are Southern signs. Gemini, Libra and Aquarius are Western signs. Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces are Northern signs. (d) For example : The lords of the three Drekkanas of Leo are respectively the Sun (lord of Leo), Jupiter (lord of Sagittari the ath bouse) and Mars (lord of Aries the 9th house). roma

12. According to some(a) the lords of the two horas of a sign are respectively the lords of the sign and of the 11th sign(b); and the lords of the three Drekkunas of a sign are respectively the lords of the sign, the 12th sign and the 11th sign(c) from it. NOTES. (a) That is, according to Garga and men of his school. But the author's opinion is that expressed in stanza 11 in which he is supported by the opinion of Satya- eharyn. (b) The lords of the two horas of Sagittari, for in- stance, are respectively Jupiter (lord of Sagittari) and Ve- nus (the lord of Libra the 11th house (c) The lords of the three Drekkanas of Sagittari, for instance, are respectively Jupiter (lord of sagittari), Mars (lord of Scorpio the 12th house) and Veuus (lord of Libra tbe 11th house).

13. The Signs Aries, Taurus, Capricorn, Virgo, Cancer, Pisces and Libra are respectively the Uccha (oxaltation) signs of the Sun and other planets. The 10th, 3rd, 28th, 15th, 5th, 27th, and 20th are the degrees of maiu exaltation of the several planets. The 7th or .

10 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. I.

oppcsite signs are the Neecha (depression) signs ; and the degrees of main depression are the same as given above. NOTES. A planet in his exaltation sign is considered as excee: dingly powerful and one in his depression sign as excee- dingly weak. The Sun and Moon are also treated as pla- nets. The Hindu Astrological ordor of the planets is the same as the days of the week. The following table is given for convenience of reference. Planets. Ucoha or Exal- Neecha or de- Degrie of main tation Eigns. pression .Signs. Exaltation or Depression. San. Aries. Libra. 10 Moon. Taurus. Scorpio. 3 Mars. Capricorn. Cancer. 28 Mercury. Virgo. Pisces. 15 Jupiter. Cancer. Capricorn. 5 Venus. Pisces. Virgo. 27 Saturn. Libra. Aries. 20

14. In the movable and other signs (a), the first, the central and the last Navamsas are known as Vargottama positions. Planets in such positions will produce good effects. The signs Leo, Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittari, Libra, and Aquarius are known as the Moolatrikona houses of the planets respectively.(b) NOTES. (a) The Vargottama places are : The first Navamsas of the 4 movable signs Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capri- corn. eTh 5th Navamsas of the. four fixed signs, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius. The 9th Navamsas of the four movablo and fixed signs Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari aud Pisces.

CH. I.] BRIBAT JATAKA. 11

These Navamsas will be found to bear the same names as the signs themselves. For example : the first Navamsa of Aries is Aries; the first of Cancer is Cancer, and so forth. The fifth Navamsa of Taurus is Taurus ; of Leo is Leo and so forth. The ninth Navamsa of Gemini is Gemini, of Virgo is Virgo, and so forth. (b) The following list contains the Moola Trikona, signs of the planets : Planets. Moola Trikona signs. Sun. Leo. Moon .. Taurus, Mars. Aries. Mercury. Virgo. Jupiter. Sagittari, Venus, Libra. Saturn. Aquarius.

15. The significations of the 12 houses from the rising sign (nscendant) are respectively (a native's) body, family, brothers, relations, sons, enemies, wife, death, deed of virtue, avocation, gain and loss (a). The Brd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from the ascendant are known as the Upachaya (improving) signs, but not so according to some.(b)

NOTES. (a) The following is a list of significations of the seve- ral houses of the Zodiac from the ascendant. Ascendant or Ist house .... Body, fame. limbs. 2nd , ... Family, wealth, eyes, speech truthfulness. 8rd ,, ... Brothers, bravery, meals:

12 BRIBAT JATAKA. [CH. I.

4th ... Relutions, education, mother, cows, dwel- ling place, carriage, comfort. 5th .... Sons, intelligence, previous karma. 0th ... Enemies, kiusmen, diseases. 7th .. Wife, generosity, respect. 8th " ... Death, duration of life. 9th ... Deeds of virtue, father, medicine. 10th , ... Avocation, knowledge, clothes. 11th , ... Gain, earning. 12th ,; ... Loss, bad deeds, travels. (l) Garga and astrologers of his school are of opinion that the 3rd. 6th, 10th and 11th houses cease to be Upa- chaya places if malefic planets or planets which are un- friendly to the lords of these 4 houses should either occupy such honses or aspect the same. But the author does uot agree with Garga and he is supported in his views by Satyacharya and by Yavaneswara,

16. The twelve signs of the Zodiac beginning from the ascendant are known technically as the signs of (1) Kulpa (power), (2) Sva (wealth), (3) Vikrama (prowess), (4) Graha (dwelling place), (5) Pratibha (intelligence), (6) Kshata (wound), (7) Manmatha (desire), (8) Randhra, (9) Guru (father or preceptor), (10) Mana (respectability), (11) Bhava (acquisition), (12) Vyaya (loss). The 4th and 8th houses are known as Chaturasra sigus. The 7th house is known as Dyuna and the 10th house is known as Ajna.

NOTES. A number of astrological terms are defined in this stanza.

17. The Ist, 4th, 7th and 10th houses are known as Kantaka or Kendra or Chatushtaya Louses (quadrants or

CH. I.] BRIHAT JATAKA. . 18

angles). If these four houses should happen to be biped, aquatic, ceutiped and quadruped respectively, they then possess strength. NOTES. The biped signs are: Gemini, Libra, Virgo, the first . balf of Sagittari and Aquarius. The aquatic signs are: Cancer, the firt half of Capri Lasl-

corn and Pisces. The only centiped sign is Scorpio. The quadruped signs are Aries, Taurus, Leo, the second half of Sagittari and of Capricorn. /2kaCk

18. The houses next to the angles are known as Pana- phara houses and those next to them are known as, Apok- lima houses. The 4th house is known as Hibuka, Ambu, Sukhs and Vesma. The 7th house is known as Jamitra. The 5th house is known as Trikona. The 10th house is . known as Meshoorana and Karma. NOTES. Panapbara and Apoklima are Greek terms. The Panaphara houses are the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses. The Apoklima houses are the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses.

19. If the lord of the ascondant or Jupiter or Mercury should either occupy it or aspect it, the ascendant (Lagna) would become powerful and not by other planets. The Kendra signs are naturally powerful (a) The biped signs are powerful during the day, the quadruped signs at night, and the centiped signs at sunrise and at sunset. The Mana (measurement) (b) of the first six signs from Aries are 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, and 40 respectively; and those

14 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. II.

of the next six signs are 40, 36, 82, 28, 24, and 20 respeo- tively. The 3rd house is known as Duschikya. The 9th as Tapas and Tritrikona.

NOTES. (a) It therefore follows that Panaphara bouses are less powerful than the Kendras, and Apoklima houses are

the weakest houses of all. (b) This is used in stanza 23, Ch. V.

20. The twelve signs begiuning from Aries are res- pectively (Aries) red, (Taurus) white, (Gemini)of the color of the parrot, (Cancer), of the color of Patali (trumpet flower), (Leo) black white, (Virgo) variegated in color, (Libra) black, (Scorpio) of gold color, (Sagittari) of the color of the husk of paddy, (Capricorn) white red, (Aquarius) of the color of Mongoose, and (Pisces) of the color of fish. The signs are known as Plava (depressed) in the direction of their* lords. The 2nd house to that occupied by the Sun is known as Vesi. NOTES. (a) For the use of this vide stanza 21, Ch. V.

CHAPTER II.

Definitions and Elementary principles continu. ed .- (Planetary)

1. To the Kalapurusha, the Sun is the soul, the Moon is the mind, Mars is strength, Mercury is speech, Jupiter is knowledge and health, Venus is desire, and Saturn is sorrow. Of the planets the Sun and Moon are kings, Mars is Gene- ral, Meroury is the first prince,' Jupiter and Venus are um sellors and Saturu is servant.

CH. II.J BRIHAT JATAKA. 15

2. Heli is the Sun ; Seetharasmi is the Moon ; Hemna, Vit, Gna, Bodhana and Induputra (Son of Moon) are the names of Morcury; Ara, Vakra, Kruradrik, Avaneya (son of Earth) are the names of Mars; Kons, Manda, Suryaputra (son of the Sun) and Asita (the black planet) are the names of Saturn. 3. Jeeva, Angirasa, Suraguru (the preceptor of the. Devas), Vachasampati, Ijya are the names of Jupiter; Sukra, Bhrigu, Burigusuta, Sita (the white planet), Asphujit, are the names of Venus; Tams (darkness), Agu and Asura are the names of Rahu (the Moou's ascending node) ; Sikhi is the name of Ketu (the Moon's deecending node). Terms synonymous with the above should also be accepted (as the names of the several planets). 4. The Sun is'of a red and dark-brown color; the Moon is white ; Mars is not of a tall figure, and is both red and white; Mercury is green like the color of the bent grass ; Jupiter is yellow like molten gold ; Venus is neither, very white nor very black, and Saturn is black.

NOTES. The color of a person will be that of the planet most powerful at the time of his birth.

5. The Sun presides over copper color; the Moon over white color; Mars over red color; Mercury over green color; Jupiter over yellow color; Venus over a mixture of various colors; and Suturn over black color. (a) The Sun is Agui; the Moon is Varuna; Mars is Subbramania ; Mercury is Vishnu ; Jupiter is Indra; Venus is Indruni (Indra's wife) ; and Sa turn is Brahma (b)' .. The Sun presides over east; Venus, south-east ; Mars south; Rahu south-west; Saturn west ; the Moon north" west ; Mercury north ; Jupiter north-east. (c)

16 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. Il.

The waning Moon, the Sun, Mars, Saturn and Mercury when in conjunction with any of these are malefic planets (d,. NOTES. (a) These are useful in ascertaining the color of stolen articles and in determining the color of the flowers to be used in the worship of the planets. (b) From the powerful planet at the time of one's birth, it can be ascertained which purticular Deva a person would worship. (c) .These are useful in determining the position of the entrance of the delivery room of a woman and in dis covering the airection of escape of thieves. (d) Jupiter, Venus and Mercury when in conjunction with either of these, are benefic plauets. : 6. Mercury and Saturn are hermaphrodite planets (a); the Moon and Venus are female planets, and the rest (b) are male planets. Mars is fire ; Mercury is earth ; Jupiter is akas (ether) ; Venus is water; and Saturn is air.(c) NOTES. (a) Meronry is female hermaphrodite and Saturn is male hermaphrodite. (b) That is, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter are male planets. (c) Also the Sun is fire and the Moon water. 7. Venus and Jupiter are Brahmins ; Mars and the Sun are Kshatriyas ; the Moon is a Vysya ; Mercury is a Sudra ; and Saturn is a Chandala. The Moon, the Sun and Jupiter are of Satwaguna (good temper) ; Mercury and Venns are of Rajoguna (pas- sionate temper) : Mars and Saturn areof Tamoguna (dark temper)

CH. 11.1 BRIHAT JATAKK. 17

8. The Sun has somewhat yellow eyes, ie of the height of the length of the two arms stretched out, of bilious nature and with very little bair on his head.

The Moon bas a thin and a round body, is of an exceedingly windy and : phlegmatio nature, is learned and has a soft voice and beautiful eyes. 9. Mars has sharp and cruel eyes and a young body, is generous, of bilious nature, of unsteady mind, and has a narrow middle. Mercury has an impediment in his speech, is fond of joke, and is of a bilious, windy and phlegmatic nature. 10. Jupiter has a big body, (a) yellow hairs and eyes, high intellectual powers, and a phlegmatic nature. Venus leads a comfortable life, has a beautiful body, fair eyes, a windy and phlegmatic nature, and black curling hairs.

NOTES. (a) Jupiter is the biggest of all planets, and the . ancient Hindus were aware of it centuries ago.

11. Saturn is lazy, has eyes of gold color, a thin and tall body, large teeth, stiff hair, and is of a windy nature. Saturn is strong in muscles, the Sun in bones, the Moon in blood, Mercury in skin, Venus in semen, Jupiter in flesh, and Mars in the marrow of the bones. 12. The Sun presides over the place of worship; the Moon over wells; Mars over the fire place; Mercury over play grounds ; Jupiter over the store room; Venus over bed room, and Saturn over places where: swoopings aro gathered. The garment of the Sun is of thick thread; that of the Moon is new; that of Mars is partly burnt; that of

18 BRIHAT JATAKN CoH. H1.

Mercury is wet ; that of Jupiter is somewhat used that of Venus is strong ; and that of Saturn is torn. The Sun presides over copper ; the Moon over gems; Mars over gold; Mercury over brass; Jupiter over silver;(a) Venus over pearls; and Saturn over iron. When either Saturn is in the ascendant or when his Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Sisira-Jannary and February. When either Venus is in the ascendant, or when his Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Vasantha (Spring) -March and April .. Similarly in the case of the Sun or Mars, the season denoted is Greeshma (Summer)-May and June. In tbe case of the Moon, the season is Varsha (Winter)-July, and August. In the case of Meroury stheeason is Sarat- September and October. And in the case of Jupiter the season is Hemanta-November and December. NOTES. (a) When Jupiter is in his house, He presides over gold,

13. All the planets aspect the 3rd and 10th houses with a quarter sight, the 5th and 9th houses with half a sight, the 4th and 8th , houses with three-quarters of a sight, and the 7th house with a full sight; but Saturn, as- pects the 3rd aud 10th houses with a full sight; Jupiter aspeots the 5th and 9th houses with a full sight, and Mars aspects the 4th and 8th houses with a full sight.

Suppose A to be a point in the ecliptic occupied by an NOTES.

aspecting planet; divide the eoliptic into 12 equal parts of 30° each, beginning from A. So that the I2 points of divi- sion will be those respectively marked by A, 30°, 60, 90° 120°, 150°, 180°, 210°, 240°, 270°, 300°, and 330°, and

CH. II.1 BRIHAT JATAKA. 19

for purposes of planetary aspeots, these points are respect- tively the middle points of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd. 4th, &c. to 12 houses. So that a planet at A aspects with a quarter sight the middle points of the 3rd and 10th houses, i. e., the points marked 60° and 270° respectively ; similary it as- pects with a half sight points marked 120° and 240° with three-quarters of a sight points marked 90° and 210°; and with a full sight point marked 180°. The degree of aspects for other places must be determined by proportion or rule of three, from the degree of aspects of the next points before and behind. As regards the special aspects of Sa- turn, Jupiter and Mars, & similar course should be adopted- . But if one planet aspects another planet, then subtract the longitude of the former from that of the latter, i. e., take the distance between the two planets in degree and calcu- late the degree of aspect as stated above. 14. The Sun indicates six months; the Moon two Ghatikas or forty-eight minutes ; Mars a day; Meroury two months ; Jupiter a month ; Venus a fortnight ; and Sa- turn a year. The Sun presides over pungent flavor; the Moon over salt flavor ; Mars over acerbity ; Mercury over mixed fla- vor ; Jupiter over sweetness; Venus over sourness ; and Saturn over bilterness. 15. According to some Jupiter is the friend of the Sun ; Jupiter and Mercury are the friends of the Moon ; Venus and Mercury are the friends of Mars. The Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are the friends of Mer- onry. The Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, are the friends of Jupiter. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn are the friends of Venus. Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are the frieuds of Saturn(a). But according to Saty acharya a planet's friends are the lords of the 2pd 12th, 5th, 9th, 8th, and 4th houses from his Moolatrikonu

20 BRIHAT JATAKA' [CH. II.

sign as well as the lord of the exaltation sign of snch planet, provided they do not conflict with the lords of the ' remaining honses.(b),

NOTES. (a) The other planets are the e nemies. (b) The same may be expressed otherwise: the lords of the remaining houses are the foes of a planet, provided they do not conflict with the lords'of the seven houses des- cribed above. Putting the two together we get the fol- lowing results: (1). Those lords of the seven houses who may not at the same time be the lords of the remaining houses are the friends of the particular planet. (2) Those lords of the latter houses who may not at the same time be the lords of the former houses are the foes of the particular planet. ' (3) And those who may be the lords of both are neither the friends nor the foes of the particular planet. Following the above rule, the author himself gives for each planet, his friends, foes, and neutrals in the following two stanzas. (Vide note at the end of stanza 17):

16. Saturn and Venns are the enemies of the Sun, Mercury is his neutral, and the rest are his friends. The Sun and Mercury are the friends of the Moon and the rest are her neutrals.(a) . The Sun, the Moon, and Jupiter are the friends of Mars ; Mercury is his enemy, and Venus and Saturn are his neutrals. The Sun and Venus are the friends of Mercury ; the Moon is his enemy, and the rest are his neutrals. 17. Mercury and Venus are the enemies of Jupiter ; Saturn is his neutral, and the rest are bis friends.

CH. II ] BRIHAT JATAKA. 21

Mercury and Saturn are the friends of Venus ; Mars and Jupiter are her neutrals, and the rest are her enemies. Venus and Mercury are the friends of Saturn ; Jupiter is his neutral, and the rest are, his enemies.(b) Thus have I stated over again at length the views of Satyacharya regarding the natural or permaneut frienship, enmity and heutrality among planets.

NOTES. (a) The Moon has no enemies. (b) We will now examine how the author arrived at. the three results given in the last two stanzas. Take the case of the Sun. His Moolatrikona house is Leo. (Vide stanza 14.) The 2nd, 12th, 5th, 9th, 8th, and 4th houses from Leo are respectively Virgo, Cancer, Sagittari, Aries, Pisces and Scorpio. The exaltation houses of the Sun is Aries. The Jords of all these houses are respectively Mer- cury, the Moon, Jupiter, Mars, Jupiter, Mar and MArs or dropping the repetitions, we get, Mercury, Moon Jupiter and Mars. . Of the 7 houses Aries being repeated, we have been dealing with only six houses. The other six houses of the Zodiac are Leo, Libra, Capricorn, Aquarius, Taurus and Gemini. Their lords are respectively the Sun, Venus, Saturn, Saturn. Venus and Mercury, or dropping the repe- titions, and also the Sun, we get Venns, Snturn and Mer- cury. We will compare these with the lords of the former set of houses, viz, Mercury, Moon, Jupiter, and Mars. We find that Mercury is the only planet occuring in both tho lists. It is therefore the Sun's neutral. Venus and Sa- turn are his enemies, and the Moon, Mars and Jupiter are his friends. And so with the other planets. 18. Planets that occupy the 2nd, 12th, 11th, 3rd, 10th and 4th houses from a particular planet are the friends of that planet and the rest are his enemies for tho time. Ao- cording to some, the planets that occupy the exaltation

22 BRIHAT JATAKA. [oH. II.

sign of a partioular planet are also the friends of that pla- net. Combining together the three natural relations (vide . stanzas 16 and 17) with the two relations for the time now given, we muy determine the five following relations exist- ing between planets: Atimitra (great friend), Mitra (friend), Sama (neutral), Satru (enemy) and Atisatru, (great enemy.) NOTES. Stanzas I6 and 17 relate to the three relations of per- manent friendship, neutrality and enmity. Stanza 18 re- lates to the two relations of temporary friendship and en- mity. Combining the two together we get the following results. Under Stanzas Uuder Stanza Result. 16 & 17 18. Mitra. + Mitra. Atimitra. Satru. + Satru. Atisatra. Sama. + Mitra. Mitra. Sama. + Satru. Satru. Mitra. + Satru. Sama. 19. A planet has sthanabala (local or positional strength) when in his exaltation sign,(a) friendly sign,(b) Drekkana,(c) in his Navamsa,(d) or in his Kshetra, house.(e) Mercury and Jupiter are powerful when in theEast(f) or cising sign. The Sun and Mars are powerful when on the south or tenth sign. Saturn is powerful when in the West or setting sign, and the Moon aud Venus are powerful when in the North or the 4th sign (Patala). NOTES. (a) vide I. (13). (b) II. 16 to 18. (c) I. 1l and 12. (d) I. 6. (e) I. 6.

CH. 11.] BRHIAT JATAKA. 29

(f) that is : they then possess Dikbala. According to some commentators, Mercury and Jupiter are powerful when in the Eastern triangular signs of Aries, Leo and Sagittari. The Sun and Mars are powerful when in the Southern triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. Saturn is powerful when in the Western triangular signs. of Germini, Libra aud Aquarius ; and the Moon and Venus are powerful when in the Northern triangular signs of Can- cer, Scorpio and Pisces.

20. The Sun and the Moon possess Cheshtabala (motional strength) when in any of the six signs from Makara. The other planets possess it when in their retro- grade motion or when in conjunction with the Moon (Samagama) or when in their greatest brilliancy or when they happen to be the northern planets in planetary conjunction (Yudha). 21. The Moon, Mars and Saturn possess Kalabala (temporal strength) at night; Mercury possesses it both day and night; and the other planets(a) possess it by day. The malefic planets possess it during the waning moon (Krishna paksha) and the benefic planets during the wax- ing moon (Sukla paksha). Also each planet has it in his year, month, day and hour. Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus the Moon and the Sun are each naturally stronger than the immediately preceding planet in the order stated.(b) NOTES. (a) That is, ths Sun, Jupiter, Vaue, (b) Such strength is known as Naisargikabala. Before applying the astrological truths contained in the subsequent pages, the reader must consider the strength or weakness of each house, of its Lord, and of the planets

24 BRIHAT JATAKA. CH. II.

occupying or aspecting such house. For these and various other purposes it will not do to have a mere Rasi Chakra or Navamsa Chakra to represeut roughly the planetary posi- tions. The actual longitudes (sphuta) of the planets and of Lagna from Revati should be known.

BRIHAT JATAXA

CHAPTER III. ON ANIMAL AND VEGHTABLE HOROSCOPY. 1. If, at the time of birth ".(a), the male,, planets (b) be powerful (c), the benefic planets (d) weak, and one of the hermaphrodite planets (e) either be in one of the Kendras (angles) (f) or aspect the Lagna (ascendant) ; the creature born will be that indicated by the particular Dwadasamsa(g) which the Moon might then occupy (h). Notes. (a) Or at the time of query, adds the Commentator. (b) For the masculine planets, vide Il. 6. (c) For the strength of the planets, vide II. 19,20 & 21. (d) For the benefic planets, vide II. 5. (e) For the hermaphrodita planets, vide II. 6. (f) For the Kendras or angles, vide I. 17. (g) For Dwadasamsa, vide I. 6. (h) For instance, suppose at the time of birth the Moon ocoupies the 20° of Leo. As a Dwadasamsa contains 21 degrees, the 21° of Leo is the ninth Dwadasamsa of Leo. 'As the names of the Dwadasamsas of Leo begin from Leo, the ninth Dwadasamsa is that of Pisces. The creature born will therefore be a fish. Besides, the number of the offspring will be that repre- sented by the number of Dwadnsamsas passed over by the Moon. Of these the number of odd Dwndasamsa will represent the male issue, and the numbor of even Dwada- samsas will represent the female issues; the number that will perisb immediately after birth will be that of the num- ber of the Dwadasamsas that might be occupied by the ' malefic planets or that might otherwise become weak, n :. N.B .- The reader will in future kindly refer to the table of reference published after the Introduction for the meaning of any term.

24 BRIHAT JATAKA: tOH. 3.

2. If the malefio planets occupy their Navamsas and be powerful, and if (at the same time) the Lagna (rising sign) bo other than human(a); the birth will be that of a lower animal as before(b). Notes. (a) The rising should be other than Gemini, Virgo, Libra, the second half of Sagittari and Aquurins. (b) That is, the creature will be that represented by the Dwadasamsa which the Moon might then occupy.

3. In the case of quadrupeds Aries is the bead ; Taurns the face and neck ; Gemini, the forelegs and shoulders; Cancer, the back ; Leo, the breast ; Virgo, the sides ; Libra, the belly; Scorpio, the anus; Sagittari, the hind legs; Capricorn, the penis or testicle ; Aquarius, the buttocks and Pisces, the tail. Notes. In the case of birds the wings stand for the forelegs. This stanza will also enable us to ascertain the color or wounds of particular parts of the creature's body.

4. If there be any planet in the rising sign, the color of the creature will be that of the planet itself; if not the color will be that of the planet aspecting the rising sign; and if no planets aspect the rising sign the color will be that of the rising Navamsa. The number and variety of colors will. be that of the planets ocoupying or aspecting. the rising sign(a). The number of stripes on the back of the creature will be that of the planets occupying the seventh honse. Notes. (a) The color of the powerful planet will predominato.

cu. 3.] BRIBAT GATAKA. 25

5. Ifeither a Pakshidrekkana (n) or a Charanavamsa(b) or a Navamsa of Mercury(c) should rise and be occnpi- ed by powerful planets, the creature born would be a land bird if the rising Drekkana or Navamsa, be either occupied or aspected by Saturn ; and a water bird if it be occupied or aspected by the Moon.

Nt 03 (a) These are the sccond Drekkana or degrees from 11 to 20 of Gemini, the first Drekkna or degrees from 1 to 10 of Leo, the second Drekkana of Libra and the first Drek- kana of Aquarius. (b) Chara or movablo Navamsas go by the samo names as the Chara or movable signs. (c.) The Navamsas of Mercury are those of Gemini and Virgo.

6. If the rising sign, the Moon, Jupiter and tho Sun should bo weak, they indicate the birth of a tree ; such tree will be either a land tree or a water tree accord- ing as the rising Navamsa is one of land or water (a). The number of trees will be the nnmber of signs by which the lord of the ascendant Navamsa has receded from the rising sign(b). Notes. (a) The wates Navamsas are those of Cancor, tho second half of the Navamsa of Makara and the Navamsa of Pisces. The other Navamsas are those of land.

(l) For instance : suppose the 10° of Leo to riso, tho rising Navamsa is that of Gemini ; it is a land Navamsa. The treo will therefore be one growing on dry laud. Tho lord of Gemini is Morcury. Suppose Mercury to occupy .

26 BRIHAT JATA KA. [CH. 4.

Sugittari at the timo. From Leo to Sagittari is 5 signs. The number of trees will therefore be 5. Again, if the Jord of the ascendant Navamsa should be either in the exaltation sign or retrograde in his motion, the number already obtained should be trebled ; but if he should be in his Vargottamabhaga or in his owu Navamsa or Sign or Drekkana, such number should be doubled. For instance : in the instance cited above, if Mercury shonld either be retrograde in motion and occupy his exaltation sign, namely, Virgo, the number, viz., two from Leo should be trebled. This will give us six. But if Mercury should occupy the last Navamsa of Libra, (one of his Navamsas) the number is 3x 2=6. If he should occupy Gemini the num- ber is 11x2=22 ; and if he should occupy, for instance, tho second Drekkana of sigh Taurus, tho number is 2x 10=20.

7. If the lord of the ascendant Navamsa be the Sun(a), the tree will be one strong within ; if Saturn, the tree will be an ugly one ; if the Moon, it will be a milky tree ; if Mars, a thorny tree ; if Jupiter, a fruit tree ; if Mercury, a fruitless tree; if Venus, a flower tree ; if the Noon again, au oily tree ; and if Mars, a tree of sour taste. Notes. (a) The conditions given in the last stanza remaining the same.

8. If the lord of the ascendant Navamsa be a bene- fic'planet occupying a malefic sign(a), the tree will be a superior one growing on a bad ground ; if otherwise, tho reverse will be the case(b) ; the number of trees is also the number of Navamsas by which the lord of the ascen- dant Navamsa has recedod from his Navamsa,

CH. 4.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 27

Notes. (a). The other conditions given in stanza 6 remaining the same. (b). That is, if the lord of the ascendant Navamsa be malefic planet occupying a benefic house, the tree will be. an inferior one growing on a good ground.

CHAPTER IV. ON NISHEKA KALA OR TEE TIME OF CONCEPTION. 1. The menses that appear monthly, because of Mars and the Moon (a) (bring about conception) when the Moon 'is in one of the Annnpachaya signs(l). If the Moon be other- wise (c) and be aspected by a benefic male planet(d), there will be sexual union between a woman and her husband. Notes. (a) Menses appear in women whenever the Moon is aspected by Mars, that is especially when the Moon occu- pies the 4th, 7th or the 8th house from Mars. In connec- tion with this subject the author of Saravali says : "The Moon is water ; Murs is fire; a mixture of water . and fire is bilo ; when the bile mixes with the blood, men- strual discharge occurs." (b) If, when aspected by Mars, the Moon happens to occupy one of the Anupachaya signs in the horoscope or nativity of the woman, at the time of the appearance of the menses, conception will follow. The Upachaya signs . are the 3rd, 6th, 10th and the 11th houses from the ascen- daut ; and the other signs aro known as Anupachaya signs. (o). That is from the time the woman bathes on tho 4th day, when the Moon reaches one of the Upachaya houses in the horoscope or nativity of the husband.

23 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH .3,

(). There will be sexual union between the hnsband and wife if the Moon is aspocted by Jupiter when power- ful. The Commentator adds as follows : "If the Moon is aspected by the Sun, the woman will .have sexunl union with an officer of the king; if aspected by Murs, then with a voluptuary ; if aspected by Mercury, then with a person of fickle mind ; if aspected by Venus, then with a beautiful person ; if aspected by Saturn, then with a servant; and if aspected by several malefic planets, the woman will become a harlot."

2. If at the time of sexual union, the setting sign be either occupied or aspected by malefic planets, such nnion will be attended with anger, and if by benefic plunets, it will be attended with play and laughter. Notes. The Commentator adds that if the setting sign be occupied or aspected by both malefic and benefic planets, the union will be attended with both joy and displeasure,

3. If, at the time of sexual union, the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Mars be in their Navamsas(a), or if Jupiter ocoupy the rising sign or the 5th or 9th sign from it, such union will produce a child. To persons devoid of verility; the above Yogn (planetary positions) will be as useless as the rays of the Moon to the blind. Notes. The Commentator adds that there would also be conception when these four planets are not in their Navam- sas, if the Sun and Venus should occupy the Upachaya signs in the horoscope of the man and at the same timo be in their Navamsas, or if Mars and tho Moon should

6n. 4.j BRIHAT JATAKA. 29

ocoupy the Upachaya signs in the horoscope of the woman and at the same time be in their Navamsas. :

4. If at the time of conception, either Mars or Saturn should occupy the seventh house from the Sun or Moon the man and his wife would respectinely fall ill (a) ; but if one of the two planets, Murs and Jupiter, should occupy the twelfth and the other the second house from the Sun and Moon, or if one of the planets should be in coujunction with the Suu or Moon and the other should .aspect either the Sun or the Moon, the man and his wife will respectirely meet with deuth (b). Notes. 4. (a) In the Month of Mars or Saturn as the case may be (vide Stanza 16). (1). In the month of either Saturn or Mars whoever is powerful.' The Comment tor adds that the two effects described in the Stanza will occur before and not after the birth of the child.

5. In the case of conception (a) by day, the Sun and Venus represent respectively the father and the mother; and by night, Saturn and the Moon represent respectively the father and the mother. In the iformer case Saturn and the Moon represent respectively the paterual uncle and the maternal aunt ; and in the latter case the Sun and Venus represent respectively the paternal uncle and the maternal : aunt. If the planets representing the father and the paternal uucle should occupy the odd signs, or if the planets representing the mother and the maternal aunt should occu- py the even signs at the time, theu the father and paternal unc le or the mother and tho maternal aunt would be happy

30 BRIHAT JATAKA. EOH. 4,

Notes. (a) Or birth according to the Commentator.

6. If at the time of conception malefic planets occupy the twelfth house (a), and if then the rising sign be not aspected by benefic planets, or if Satura occupy the rising sign and be aspected by the waning Moon and Mars (in either case) the pregnant woman will die (b).

Notos. (a) The second house according to certain Commen> tators. (b) Before delivery time according to Commentator.

7. If (at the time) either the rising sign or the Moon .or both be between malefic planets (a) and at the same time not aspecied by the benefic planets, the preguant woman .will die (b). Notes. (a) As the malefic planets in the present case can only be three, viz., the Sun, Mars. and Saturn, both the rising sign and the Moon can be between them at the same time either when they are together or occupy two alternate houses. The Commentator adds that malefic planets might occupy either the 12th and the 2nd houses from the ascen- dant or the Moon or both, or they might occupy the Navam- sas on either side. (b) Before delivery and in the month of the powerful malefic planet.

8. If (at the time) malefic planets occupy the fourth house and Mars the cighth house from the ascendant or th

CH. 4] BRIHAT JATAKA. 31

Moon, or again if Mars occupy the fourth honse and tho Sun the twolfth house from the ascendant, the pregnant woman will die.

9. If (at the time) Mars occupy the Lagna and the Sun occupy the seventh house, the pregnant woman will snffer death from weapons. If the lord of any month (a) be afllicted, the pregnancy will miscarry in that month. Notes. (a) For the lords of the several months of pregnancy vide Stanza 16.

10. If the benefic planets(a) be with the Moon or in the ascendant (b), or if they occupy the second, fourth, fifth, seventh, ninth and the tenth houses from the Moon or tho ascendant, there will be safe delivery, provided malefic planets occupy the third or eleventh houso from the Moon or the ascendant, and the Moon or the ascendant, is at the same time aspected by the Sun. (c) Notos. (a) These are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. (b) Or both at the same time. (c) Acoording to somo other reading, by Jupiter. But this is opposed to Saravali. 11. If (a) the rising sign, the Sun, Jupiter and the Noon be powerful and occupy tho odd (male) signs and the odd Navamsas, the' issue will be a male child (b) ; if they occupy the even (female) signs and the even Navamsas, the issue will be a female child (c) ; if agnin, the Sun and Jupitor(d) occupy the odd signs, the issue will bo. a male child ; and if the Moon, Venus and Mars(e) occupy the evon signs, the issue will be a female child. Also, if the Sun and

5

32 BRIHAT JATAKA. [Oн. 4.

Jupiter oconpy the two male double bodied Navamsas'f) and be aspected by Mercury, the issue will be male twins; and if Venus and Mars occupy the two female doublo bodied Navamsas(g) and be aspected by Mercury, the issuo will be female twins(h). Nutes. (a) At the time of conception or of birth or of query about the one or the other according to Commentator. (b & c) If some of the planets be in the male and some in the female signs or Naramsas, then the sex of the issue will be that which predominates. (d &e) The planets should be powerful also. (f) These are the Navamsas of Gemini and Sagittari. (g) These are the Navamsas of Virgo and Pisces. (h) The issue will be male twins as well as female twins, if all the four double bodied Navamsas be so ocoupied.

12. If (at the time)(a) Saturn occupy any of the odd signs from the rising sign(b), the issue will be a male child. The sex of the issue in all the above cases shall be determined by the position of the most powerful planet. Notes. (a) Of conception or query according to Commentator. (b) This Yoga applies only in the absence of the Yoga mentioned already. N. B .- Yoga is a particular position of one or more planets either relatively to one another or absolutely in the ecliptic or both.

13. (If at the time of conception), the Moon and the Sun, occupying respectively any of the even and odd signs, aspect each other, or (2), if Saturn and Mercury (occupying

on. 4.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 33

respectively any of the even and odd signs) aspect each othor, or (3) if Mars (in an odd sign) aspect (or be aspected by) the Sun in an even sign, or (4) if the Moon and Lagna in odd signs be aspected by Mars (in an even sign), or (5) if Mars aspect the Moon and Mercury occupying respec- tively even and odd signs, or (6) if Venns, Lngna and the Moon occupy (male signs and) male Navamsas, the issue will be a hermaphrodite. Notes. These Napumsaka Yogas take effect only in the absence of male and female Yogas.

14. If, when the Moon and Venus are in even signs, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Lagna be in odd signs, or if a male planet aspect Lngna and the Moon in the even signs, or if Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Lagna be powerfnl and occupy even signs, the issue will be a male and a female child. Again, if Lagna and all the planets occupy the Ubhaya (common) Navamsas and be aspected by Mercury in his Navamsa, the issue will be three children : of these, two will be male children if the Navamsa occupied by Mer- cury be that of Gemini, and two will be female children if such Navamsa be that of Virgo. Again, if, when Mercury occupies the Navamsa of Gemini, the other planets and Lagna occupy the Navamsas of Gemini and Sagittari, all the threo will bo male childron; and if, when Morcury occu- pies the Navamsa of Virgo, the other planets and Lagna occupy the Navamsas of Virgo and Pisces, all the three will be female children. 15. If the last Navamsa of sign Sagittari begio to rise, if all the planets occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari and be powerful, and if the rising sign be aspected by powerful Mercury and Saturn, the issne will be more than three children(a)

34 BRIHAT JATAKA. [on. 4.

Notes (a) That is 5or 7 or 10 according to Commentator.

16. In tho first month of pregnancy the embryo is formed ; in the second, it becomes flesh ; in the third, the limbs are formed; in the fourth, the bones are formed; in the fifth, the skin is formed ; in the sixth, the hair begins to grow ; in the seventh, intelligence is infused into the child(a). The lords of tho several months from the first to the seventh are Venus, Mars, Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn and Mercury respectively.

Notes. (a) In tho eighthr month, the child begins to eat through the navel cord. In the ninth mouth, the child is filled with cares, and in the tonth month the child is born- The lord of the 8th month is the lord of the rising sign at the time of conception. The lord of the 9th month is the Moon, and the lord of the 10th month is the Sun. Accord- ing to Yuvaneswara, the lord of the first month is Mars and that of the second mouth is Vonus. There will be miscarriage of pregnancy in that month whose lord happens to be afflicted at the time of conception; but if any of the planets be of dim appearance, the fetus will simply suffer in the month of tho particular planets. If the Sun be powerful the child would resemble its father, and if the Moon bo powerful, the child would resemble its mother. The health and disposition of the child follow those of its parents at the time of couceptiou.

17. If Morcury occupy the fifth or ninth house(a) from tho rising sign, and if at the same timo the other planets be

HC. 4.] BRIHAT JATSKA. 35

poworloss, the fnco, tho legs, and the hands of the child will be doubled. If the Moon occupy sign Taurus and if malefio planets occupy the Riksha Sandhies(b), the issue will be a mute child; but if the Moon be aspected by a benefic planet, tbere will be speech after a long tiwe(c).

Notcs. (a) According to some Commentators the word Tri- kona in the text is interpreted as Moola trikona, that is sign Virgo hore. But this is opposed to the opiuion of Garga. (b) That is, the last Navamsas of the signs Cuncer, Scorpio and Piscos. (c) But if malufic planets aspect the Moon, tho child will never speak ; if both malefic and benefic plancts aspect the Moon, the effects will follow the powerful planets.

18. If Saturn and Mars occupy oither the signs or the Navamsas(a) of Mercury, the issue will be a child born with teoth. If Cuncer be the rising sign and if the Moon occupy it and bo aspected by Saturn snd Mars, the child will be humpbacked ; if Pisces be tho rising sign and if it be aspeoted by Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the child will bo lame. If a malefic planot b) and the Moon be in any of the last Navamsas of Cancer, Scorpio and Piscos, the child will be born deaf. In all tho above Yogns tho effeots described will oocur only if the soveral planets are not aspected by Jupiter(c). Notes. (a) Or both tho signs and Navamsas according to some Commentators. (b) One of the three planots, the Sun, Mars and Sa- turn.

36 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OF. 4.

(c) So that if the planets be aspected by Jupiter, the effects will not occur.

19. If the last Navamsa of Makara begin to rise and if it be aspected by Saturn, the Moon and the Sun, the issue will be a dwarf. If Mars occupy the rising Drek- kana of the fifth house or of the ninth house(a), the iesue will be either without a head or without arms or without legs respectively, if Mars be aspected by the Sun, the Moon and Saturn. Nctes. (a) Some Commentators interpret this part of the text as follows ; if Mars occupy the Ist or the 2nd or the 3rd Drekkana of a rising sign, &c. But this is opposed to the opinion of Garga.

20. If Leo be the rising sign and if it be occupied by the Sun and Moon and aspected by Mars and Saturn, the issue will be a blind child; (a) if in the above case benefic planets aspect the rising sign, the child will be born with a mote in its eyes. If the Moon or the Sun occupy the twelfth house from the rising sign(b), the child will be born blind, respectively, of the left or the right eye(c). The several Yogas mentioned above(d) will not wholly come to pass if the planets of each Yoga be aspected by benefic planets. Notes. (a) According to Commentator if the Sun alone occu- py sign Leo; and if it be aspected by Mars and Saturn, the child will be blind of the right eye; and if the Moon alone should occupy sign Loo, and if it be aspected by Mars and Saturn, the child will be blind of the left eyo. (b) At the time of Nisheka (concoption) or of birth.

cu. 5.1 BRIHAT JATAKA: 37

. (c) Provided the Sun or the Moon is aspected by Mars and Saturn according to Subodhini Commentator. (d) That is beginning from Stanza 17.

21. Find out the number of the particular Dwada- snmsa occupied by the Moon at the time'a) in any Zodi- acal sign. Note the Zodiacal sign whose name the Dwa- dasamsa bears, Count from the next sign as many signs as the number of Dwadasamsas by which the Moon may have advanced in any particular sign. When the Moon comes to such last sign the birth of the child will occur. Again, the birth will occur by day or by night accord- ing as the rising Navamsa at the time is a day or a night Navamsa. The hour of birth from sun-rise or sun-set may be calculated from the portion of the . rising Navamsa that may bave risen above the horizon. Notes. (a) At the time of conception, or query according to Commentator. In this stanza the author purposes to discover the time of child-birth from the time of conception or query. Suppose the Moon to occupy, say, the 8th Dwadusamsa of sign Aqua- rius at the time. This Dwadasamsa is kuown as the Dwa- dasamsa of Virgo (Kannya). The sigu next to sign Virgo in the Zodiac is sign Libra (T'ula). As the Moon occupies the 8th Dwadasamsa in sign Aquarius, the 8th sign from Libra is sign Taurus. The child will therefore be born when the Moon passes through sign Taurus. The Commentator adds that the particular star which the Moon would occupy at the time of birth might be dis- covered from the advance made by her in the particular Dwadasamsa ocoupied by her. For instance, suppose the Moon to occupy the middlo of the 8th Dwadasamsa in Aqua-

38 BRIHAT JATAKA. [ca. 4.

rius. The middle of sign Taurus is the 2nd quarter of Star Rohini ; so that at tho time of birth of the cbild the Moon will occupy tho astorism of Rohini. Agnin if the rising Navamsa for instance be that of Sagittari, a night sign, the birth will occur at night. The time of birth from sun-set should be calculated by propor- tion from the time by which the Navamsa of Sagittari may have risen above the horizon-the period of oblique ascen- sion of the Navamsa ropresenting the period of the whole night. The sex of the issue can be determined from stanzas 11 to 15.

22. If at the time of conception, the Navamsa of Saturn(a) begin to rise and if Saturn occnpy the seventh house from the rising sign, there will be delivery after three years ; and in similar case of the Moon(b) there will be delivery after twelve years.

Which of the several Yogas described in this Chapter are applicable to tho time of birth also, shall be doterminod on the nature of such Yogas(c).

Notcs.

(a) That is the Navamsa of Makar or Kumbha. (b) If the Navamsa of Cancer should begin to rise and if the Moon should occupy the sovonth house from tho rising sign. · (c) For instance, Yogas relating to tho birth of chil- dron with extra or defective organs, are to be takon to rofer as much to the time of birth as to the time of conception. As regards such Yogas as those relating to the miscarriage of pregnancy and the like, they are to be taken to refer to the time of conception alonc.

toa. 5.1 BRIHAT JATAKL 39

CHAPTER V.

ON MATTERS CONNECTED WITH BIRTH TIME. 1. If, at the time of birth of a child the rising sign be not aspected by the Moon, the father will not be near when the child is born-and if in such a case, the Sun should occupy the 9th or the 8th house, the father would be in a foreign country if the house be a movable sign, in his own country if the house be a fixed sign, and would be return- ing to his country if the house be a common sign.

. 2. If, at the time of birth, Saturn be in the rising sign or Mars in the setting sign, or the Moon between(a) Mercury and Venus, the father will not be near. Notes. י

(a). Whether Mercury and Venus occupy the signs on both sides of the Moon or occupy the same sign as the Moon.

3. If, at the time of birth, the Moon be in the Drek- kana of Mars(a) and if benefic planets be in the 2nd and 11th houses from the riaing sign, the issue will be a serpent. If the sign(b) of a malefic planet be the ascendant sign, and if the Drekkana of Mars should then be rising, the issue wil be a child; born with a serpent coiled round its body. Notes. (a). These Drekkanas of Mars are-the 1st Drekkana of Aries, the 2nd of Cancer, the 3rd of Leo, the Ist of Scorpio, the 2nd of Sagittari, and the 3rd of Pisces.

(b). Aries, Cancer when it is waning Moon, Leo and Scorpio.

4. If, at the time of birth the Sun be in a quadruped sign and the other planets be all powerful and in the com mon signs, the issue will be twins. 6

40 PRIHAT JATAKA:

5. If, at the time of birth, Aries, Leo or Tagrus he the rising sign, and if Saturn or Mars be in spch sign, the issue will be a child born with tho umbiligal pord twined round the part of body indionted hy the rising Navamsa(a): Notes. (a). If the Navamsa of Aries be the rising Navamsa at the time, then round the head ; if it be that of Taqrqs, then round the face and so on, following the divisions of the body referred to in Stanza 4, Chupter I. 6. If Jupiter at the time of birth fail to aspect both the ascendant sign and the Moon(a) or the Moon when in conjupction with the Sun, or if the Moon be in conjunction with the Sun when he is accompanied by a malefic planet3 the issue will be an illegitimate child. Notes. (a). Țf Jupiter aspect either the one or the other the child will not be legitimate. According to Yavaneswara, if either the ascendant Navamsa or the Navamsa occupied by the Moon be that of Jupiter, the child will not be illegitimate. According to Garga, if the Moon should gceupy a sign of Jupiter, or if she be in conjunction with Jupiter in any other sign, or if the Moon be in the Drekkana or Navamsa of Jupiter, the child will not be illegitimate, 7. If, at the time of birth, two malefic planets(a) occupy one of the malefic sign(b), and if such sign be the 5th, 7th or 9th house from the Sun, the father of the child will be in custody at the time. If the Sun occupy a movable sign, the father will be so in foreign lands; if he occupy a fixed sign the father will be iu custody in his own country, and if he pcoupy a common sign, the father will be so on his way to his native country.

CR. 5.j BRİHAT JATAKA. 41

Notes: (a). Mars and Saturn. (b) Aries, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn, Addarius, Cancer when it is waning Moon, and Gemini and Virgo when Mefcury is in conjunction withi malefic planets. 8. If the Moon be full and in Cancer; if Mercury be in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 4th House, the birth will occur in a boat. Again; if the watery signs begin to rise add if the Moon be in the 7th house, then too the birth will ocour in a boat. g. İf a watery sign begin to rise, the birth will certain- ly occdr on the banks of waters, if (1) the Moon be also in a watery sign, or (2) if the Moon be full and aspect the ris- ing sign; or (3) if the Moon be in the 10th or 4th house or in Lagna. OA.C. 10. If the Moon occupy the rising sign and if Saturn occupy the 12th house and be aspected by a malefic planet, the birth will oocur in a prison. Again, if either Scorpio or Cancer begin to rise and be occupied by Saturn and aspected by the Moon, the birth will occur in a ditch. 11. If a watery sign begin to rise and if Saturn occupy it and be aspected by Mercury, the San, or the Moon, the birth will occur respectively in a pleasure house, a temple or sterile ground. 12. If a biped sign be rising, and if Saturn occupy it and be aspected by Mars, the birth will be in orematicn ground ; if aspected by Venus and the Moon, the birth will occur in some beautiful and agreeable spot ; if aspocted by Jupiter, then in' the Agnihotra Sala(a) ; if aspected by the Sun, then in the King's palace or a temple or a cow shed and if aspected by Mercury the birth will occur in an artist's working room.

42 BRIHAT JATAKA .. [CH: 5.

Notes. (a). A place where the sacred fire is kept and worshipped. 13. The birth will occur in places(a) represented by the rising sign or Navamsa, whichever is powerful. If such sign or Navamsa be a movable one, the birth will occur in roads ; f fixed, then, within a building( b). If the rising Navamsa be & Vargottama one, the house will be the mother's own property. Ses Note t h cat ag ia geta Notes. (a). These places are those referred to in Stanza 5, Chapter I. We will give here the several places appro- priate to the several signs of the Zodiac. Mesha represents the abodes f(caves) of the sheep, mountains, the residence fof an army, a fire place, metal mines and mines where precious stones aro found. Virshbha represents forests, bottom of hills, places , frequented by the elephants and cattle and dwelling places of the farmer.

Mithuna represents places frequented by women learned in music and painting for purpose of either play or to carry love messages to lovers.

Kataka represents rice fields, tanks, sand banks aud places frequented by the nymphs.

Simha represents forests, inaccessible places, caves, mountains covered with forests and places frequented by forestmen.

Kanya represents places overgrown with grass women's sleeping apartments, and female schools.

Tula represents customs houses, middle streets, bazars,

OH. 5.1 BRIHAT JATAKA, 43

roads leading to towns, market places, high ground and places where crops grow. Vrischika represents caves, fortified towns, ditohes, places where there are poisonous stones, and hille and snake holes and scorpion holes. Dhanus represents good and even places where there are horses or cavalry men or armed men, placos of sacri- ficiul firo coremonies or whore vehicles are kept. Makara represents rivers, gardens, forests, tanks, water banks and ditches. Kumbha represents places frequented by birds, by women, by dealers in liquor or by gamblers. Meena represents temples, places frequented by the Brahmins, holy waters, rivers and seas. (b). If both fixed and movable, the birth would occur in the outer verandah of the house. 14. If, at the time of birth, Mars and Saturn occupy single sign, and if the Sun or the Moon (a) occupy the 5th or the 9th house from them, the child will be deserted by its mother; but if the Sun or the Moon be aspected by Jupiter, the child thongh abandoned by its mother will live long and in comfort. Notes. (a). If the Moon occupy the setting sign according to some other reading. . 15. If a malefic planet (a) aspect the Moon in the rising sign, Mars occupying the 7th house, or if Mars and Saturn occupy the 11th house from the Moon when in the rising sign, the child deserted by its mother will die. If the Moon be also aspected by a powerful benefic planet(b), the deserted cbild will fall into the Lands of the class of men represented by the aspecting benefic planet

44 BRİHAT JATAKA: [CH. 5. and will live: if the aspecting malefic planet be powerful; the deserted child will fall into the hands of others and will pérish: Notes: (a). Saturn or Mars. (b). If Jupiter aspect the Moon, none of th'ese evils will befall the child: 16. If a paternal planet be powerful, the birth will occur in the father's house ; if a maternal planet be powerful, the birth will occur in the mother's house; if three benefic planets be powerful, the birth will occur at the foot of walls or trees ; and if three planets occupying a single sign fail to aspect the Lagna and the Moon, the birth will occur in a forest. 17. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Saturn or the 4th house (a) from Lagna, or if she be aspected by Saturn, or if she occupy a watery Navamsa(b) or the same house as Saturn, the birth will occur in a dark spot(c). If three or more planets be in their Neecha signs(d), the birth will oceur on the bare ground (e). The birth will follow the manner in which the rising sign reaches the horizon (f). If malefic planets occupy the 4th or 7th house, the mother will suffer much from travail (g). Notes. (a). Yavanachariar uses the word Kendra, meaning the Ist, 4th, 7th and 10th houses. (b). Water Navamsas are those of Cancer and Pisces. (c). If the sun be powerful and be aspected by Mars, there will be no darkness. (d). Saravali has the word, " Neecha Samsthe, " that is, if the Moon be in her Neecha sign, viz, Scorpio. (e). On ground, covered with straw according to Commentator.

0H. 5.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 46

(f): That is, if the sign be one that rises with its head, then the head of the child will appear first ; if the sign be ono that rises with its tail, the leg of the child will appear first: and if it be one that rises with both its head and leg as sign Pisces, the hands will appear first.

According to certain Commentators this part of the text is interpreted as follows: If the lord of the rising sign be in his direct course, the birth will be a natural one ; ard if in his retrogade motion, the birth will be an ir- regular one. This meaning has the support of Manittha,

(g). Or if malefic planets occupy the same sign as the Moon, the mother will suger from travail.

18. The oil shall be determined from the Moon(a), the wick from the rising sign(l) ; the fixed or other nature of the lamp shall be determined from the sign occupied by the Sun(c). The entrance to the room will be in the direction of the powerful planet occupying a Kendra(d) or in that of the most powerful planet. Notes.

(a). That is, if the, Moon occupy the beginning of a sign, the cil of the lamp in the delivery room will be full; if the Moon occupy the middle sign, the oil will be one-half, and if the Moon occupy the end of a sign, there will be no oil in the lamp; in other words, the quantity of oil varies with the position of the Moon in the sign ocoupied by her.

According to Sarayali, if the Moon be full the oil will be full and the quantity of the oil varies with the illumined portion of the Moon's disc. Batta Utpala, the Commenta- tor, objects to this view, for he says that if such were the case, children born on new-moon dys should always be born in the dark-this cannot be.

46 BRIHAT JATAKA."

(b). That is, if the beginning of a sign begin to rise, the wick will be long and unburnt; if the middle of the sign begin to rise, the wick will be half burnt; and if tho end of the sign begin to rise, the wick will be nearly wholly burnt. In other words, the length of the wick varies with the position of the point of the rising sign in contact with the horizon.

The wick is of the color of the rising sign. (o). That is, if the sign occupied by the Sun be a fixed one, the lamp will be fixed in some place; if movable, the lamp will be carried by some body in the hand ; and if both flxed and movable the lamp will be a swinging lamp. The Commentator adds that the lamp will be in the direction assigned to the signs occupied by the Sun. According to some the lainp will be in the dirootion of the sign (out of 12 equal parts into which the room may be divided) occu- pied by the Sun. This latter division evidently refers to the division referred to in the Introduction in connection with Horary Astrology: According to others again dividing the 24 hours of day and night into 8 equal parts of 3 hours each, beginning from sun-rise, the lamp will be ia the East, S. East, South, &c., according as the time of birth falls in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, &c., parts of the division. (d) If there are no planets in the Kendras, the on- trance will be in the direction of the Lagna according to Swalpa Jataka. 19. If Saturn be powerful, the birth will occur in a house whioh, having become old, has been rebuilt. If Mars be powerful, the birth will occur in a house partly burnt; if the Moon be powerful, then, in a newly built house; if the Sun be powerful, the birth will occur in a house builn of wood but weak; if Mercury be powerful then in a houso

CH. 5.3 BRIHAT JATAKA. 47

built by several builders; if Venus be powerful, then in a beautiful new house adorned with pictures; and if Jupiter be powerful, the birth will occur in a strong house.

Notes. According to Saravali, if the Sun occupy the sign occu- picd by tho most powerful planet as given in the text, tho delivery will oceur in the room set apart for the worship of the Devas ; if the Moon occupy the sign occupied by the most powerful planet, the birth will cocur in the bath or water room ; if Mars, then in the kitchen or the Aghihotra Sala ; if Mercury, in the bed room; if Jupiter, in the trea- sure room; if Venus, then in the play ground; and if Saturn, the birth will occur in the place where sweepings are deposited.

The Commentator adds if there be three or more planets in the three signs beginning from that occupied by the most powerful planet, there will be houses on the eastern side; if in the next three signs, there will be houses on the south- ern side; if in the next three, there will be houses on the western side; and if in the last three, there will be houses on the northern side, Again, according to Laghu Jataka, if Jupiter at the same time bein the 10th house from the ascendant and in his exaltation sign-having passed over the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a two storied house ; if he be under the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a three storied bouse, and if in the exaltation degree, then in a four storied honse. Again, if Sign Sagittari be powerful, the birth will occur in a house consisting of 3 inner verandahs ; if Jupi- ter occupy the 10th house from the ascendant or one of the 7

48 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 5.

signs Gemini, Virgo and Pisces, the house will be one with two inner verandahs. 20. If either the ascendant sign, or the ascendant Navamsa, (whichever is powerful) be that of Aries, Cancer, Libra, Scorpio, or Aquarius, the delivery room will be iu the eastern portion of the house ; if it be that of Sagittari, Pisces, Gemini or Virgo, then in the northern portion of the house ; if it be that of Taurus, then in the western portion; and if it be that of Cupricorn or Leo, the delivery room will be in the southern portion of the house. 21. If the rising sign be Aries or Taurus, the bed of the woman in labor will be in the eastern portion of the room ; if the rising sigo be Gemini, it will be in the south- eastern portion ; if Cancer or Leo, then in the southern portion ; and if Virgo, thon in the south-western portion- if Libra or Scorpio, then in the western portion ; and if Sagittari, then in the north-western portion: if Capricorn or Aquarius be the rising sign, the bed will be in the north; ern portion of the room, and if Pisces be the rising sign, it will be in the north-eastern portion of the room. The same rule applies as regards the place in the bed or cot where the woman might lie. As regards the cot, again, its two front legs occupy the quarters assigned to the 12th and 3rd houses from the ascendant and its two hiud legs occupy the quarters assigned to the 6th and 9th houses.(a). Notes. (a) In other words the 12th and ard houses represent the fore legs; the 9th and 6th houses represent the hind legs; the 3rd and 6th houses represent the two right legs, and the 12th and 9th houses represent the two left legs. Also the rising sign and the 2nd house represent the head of the cot, the 4th and 5th houses represent the right side ;

CH. 5.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 49

the 7th and 8th houses represent the part between the two hind legs, and the 10th and 11th houses represent the left side. Now whatever portion of the cot may be repre- sented by the common signs, there the cot will be bent down a little, and this will not be the case if such sign is either occupied or aspected by its lord or by a benefic planet. Again, there will be defects in those parts of the Cot which are represented by signs occupied by malefic planets, and this will not be the case if such malefic planets be in their exaltation signs, in their Moola Trikona signs, in friendly signs or in their own houses. 22. The number of midwives will be tho number of the planets botween the. rising sign and the Moon. Of these planets the number of those in the visible hemisphere will be the number of midwives outside the room, and the number of planets in the invisible hemisphere will be the number of midwives inside the room. According to some this order is reversed.(a).

Notes.

(a) That is, of the planets between the Lagna and the Moon, the number in the visible hemisphere is the number of midwives witbin the room, and the number of planets in the invisible hemisphere will be the number of midwives outside the room. In this view Varaha Mihira does not concur, for it is opposed to his Swalpa Jataka. Again, if benefio planets occupy the signs from Lagna to the Moon, the midwives will all be beautiful women, well dressed and adorned ; if malefic planets occupy the signs, the women will be dirty, ugly and with no orna- ments. Again, if any of the planets between the Lagna and the Moon be in their exaltation signs or retrograde in motion, the number given by them shall be trebled. But if they be

50 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 5.

in their own signs, Navamsas or Drekkanas, &c., the number given by the several planets shall be doubled. 23. The structure and other peculiarities(a) of the body shall be determined from the lord of the rising Navam- sa or from the most powerful plauet ; and the color(b) of the body shall be determined from the (Lord of the) Navam- sa occupied by the Moon ; and the size of the several parts of the body will follow the signs representing them, begin- ing from the rising sign which represents the head(c). Notes. (a) These are given in stanzas from 8 to 11 in Chapter II. The Commentator adds that if the sign represented by the rising Navamsa be powerful, then the physical peculimri- ties shall be determined from the lord of such Navamsa ; if not they shall be determined from the most powerful planet. (b) This is given in stanza 4, Chapter II. According to some, the color must be determined from the sign occupied by the Moon, vide stanza 20, Chapter I. To this the Com- mentator objects. For he says that there are no people of the color of the parrot. In determining the color, the country, the climate, occupation. and the like shall be taken into acccunt. (c) The division of body referred to here is the same as that referred to in Stanza 4, Chapter I, with this differ- enco that while the lutter bogius from sign Aries, the for- mer begins from the rising sign. The divisions are as fol- lows : The rising sign represents the head; the 2nd house represeuts the face ; the 3rd, the breast; the 4th, the heart ; the Sth, the belly ; the 6th, the hip ; the 7th, the lower abdomen ; the 8th, the genital organ ; the 9th, the two thighs ; the 10th, the two knees ; the 11th, the two shanks

o#. 5.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 51

and the 12th; the two feet. Now in stanza 19 of Chapter I, the relative magnitudes of the several signs of the Zodiac are given as follows :

A. S Aries ..... .:. 20-Pisces. Taurus ...:... 24-Aquarius. B. S Gemini ........ 28-Capricorn. 2 Cancer ........ 32 -- Sagittari.

C. S Leo ....... ... 86-Scotpio. 2 Virgo ......... 40-Libra. Of these the 4 signs referred to in division A are knowi as short signs. The 4 of division B are known as signs of middle length and the 4 of division C are known as long signs. So that that part of the body will be long or short according as the sign representing it is long or short. If the lord of a short sign occupy a long sign, or if the lord of a long sign occupy a short sign, the size of the part of body represented will be of -middle length. If several planets occupy a sign, the most powerful of them shall be taken into account, and if no planets occupy a sign, the size of the part of body will simply follow that of the sign. 24. The three-fold divisions of the body beginning from the head, from the neck and from the lower abdomen, according as the rising Drekkana is the first, the second or the third, are as follows:

Part of body represented when the rising The twelve Drekkana is

Houses. The first. The second. The third.

The rising sign. Head. Neck. Lower abdomen.

53 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH, 5.

2nd house ... Right eye Right arm 12th „ .. Left eye Left arm Genital organ.

3rd Right ear Right hand Anus.

11th .Left ear .Left hand . Right testicle. Left testicle. 4th 10th .. Right nostril. Right side ... Left nostril ... Left side .. Right thigh. .. Left thigh. 5th .. Right temple. Right breast 9th ... . Left temple ... Left breast Right knee.

6th .. Right cheek ... Right belly Left knee. ... Left cheek ... Lett belly .. Right ankle. 8th . Left ankle. 7th ... . Mouth .. The navel ... l'he feet. 25. Wounds will occur in those parts of body the signs representing which are occupied by malefic planets; but if such signs be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, moles will appear in those parts ; if such malefic or benefic planets be in their own signs or Navamsas or in fixed signs or fixed Navamsas, the wound or the mole will exist from birth ; otherwise they will appear at a future time(a). As regards wounds, if the planet causing it be Saturn, the wound will be caused by a stone or by the wind; if Mars, then by fire or weapon or by poison; if (malefic) Mercury, it will be caused by earth; ifthe Sun, then by wood or by quadru- peds; if the (waning) Moon, then by horned animals or by water animals. There will be no wound in those parts of the body which are represented by signs occupied by the bene- fic planets(b).

Notes. (a) That is, in the dasa or planetary periods of the several planets. (b) By Jupiter, Venus, (benefic) Mercury and wax- ing Moon. For the purposes of this stanza the division of body is that referred to in stanza 24. 26. If three planets, whether malefic or benefic occupy

CH. 6.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 53

n single sign, a wound or a mole will appear without fail in the parts of body represented by the sign.(a) Agnin in the division(b) of the body into twelve parts beginning from the head (which the Lagna represents) if a malefic planet oo- cupy the sixth house a wound will appear(c) (in the hip) ; but if the malefic planet be aspected by a benefic planet, both a dark and a whito mole will appear; but if beuefic plunets occupy the sixth house, there will only appear a crowded growth of hair.

NOTES. (a) The division of body referred to is that given in stanza 24. (b) The division referred to is that given in Note (c) 、

to stanza 23. (c) In the dasa period of the most powerful planet. Also, if the planet occupying the 6th house be in his own sign or Navamsa or in a fixed sign or Nayamsa, the wound or the mole will exist from birth.

CHAPTER VI. ON BALARISHTA OR EARLY DEATH. 1. If the birth should occur in the Sandhyakala(a) (the twilight hours) when the lunar Hora (b)should be rising and when malefic planets ocoupy the last Navamsas of signs, the child would die soon after birth. Again, if at the time of birth, the Moon and three malefic planets occu- py the four Kendras, one in each, then also the child would die.

Notes, (a). Sandhyakala ; This is defined by the author in his Brihat Samhita, stanza 1, ch. 30 ; " That period which precedes the moment when the Sun has just half risen and

54 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH, 6.

that which succeeds the moment when the Sun has just half set, during which the stars are invisible, is known as Sandhyakala or twilight period." (B) In the odd signs, the second halves, and in the even signs the first halves are known as lunar Horas. 2. If either sign Cancer or sign Scorpio should rise at the timo of birth and if malefic planets occupy the east- ern half of the Zodiac while the benefic planets occupy tho western half(a), the child would die immediatoly after birth. Again, if malefic planets occupy the 12th and 2nd houses or the 6th and 8th houses from the rising sign, the child would die,

Notes,

(a). The plane of meridian divides the Zodiac into two equal halves known as the Eastern and Western halves ; so that if the 10° of Cancer, for instance, should be rising at the time, the Eastern half would roughly comprise tho portion of the Zodiac from the 10° of Aries to the 10° of Libra; and the Western half would comprise the portion of the Zodinc from the 10° of Libra to the 10° of Aries. -

(b). According to certain Commentators, the two yogas are taken together and made to form a single yoga, In other words, the child would die under the first yoga only if malefic planets occupy the 2nd, the 12th, the 6th and the 8th houses. According to Garga there will be death in each of the following four yogas : (1) Malefic planets occupying thu bth and the 12th houses ; (2) the 8th and 2nd houses; (3) the 12th and 2nd houses; (4) the 8th and 6th houses. 3. If the rising sign, the setting sign and the sign occupied by the Moou be ench occupied by a malefic planet

df. 6.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 55

and if the Moon be not aspected by benefic planets, the child will die immediately after birth. 4. If the waning Moon occupy the 12th house from the ascendant, if the malefic planets occupy the rising sign and the 8th house, and if benefic planets do not occupy the Kendras, the child will die immediately after birtlt. 5. If the Moon attended by a malefic planet occupy the rising sign or the 7th, 8th or 12th house, and if benefio planets do not occupy the Kendras, the child will die soon after birth. 6. If, when the Moon occupies the 6th or the 8th house from the ascendant, a malefic planet aspect the same the child will die soon after birth ; if a benefic planet alone aspect it, the child will die after 8 years ; and if both a be- nefic and a malefie planet aspect the Moon, the child will die 4 years after birth(a); but if a benefic planet (occupy- ing the 6th or the 8th house) be aspected by powerful male- fic planets(b), or if the lord of the rising sign occupy the 7th house and be defeated in planetary fight (conjunction) by a malefio planet(c), the child will die a month after birth.

Notes. (a). In connection with this, Yavaneswara says: If the 6th or the 8th house occupied by the Moon be the house of a benefic planet, or if the Moon be accompanied by a benefic planet, even though he may be in a malefic sign the child will not die. Mundavya says: If the birth, occur by day in the dark half or by night in the bright half of the month, there will be no deaths even if the Moon occupy the 6th or the 8th house and be aspected by both malefic and benefic planets. (3). In the absence of benefic planets aspecting the Moon, adds the Commentator. Swalpa Jataka has the following: 8

56 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 6.

"By malefic planets or by planets retrograde in their motion." (c). The planet that generally suffers defeat in con- junction, is the southern one, one of forbidding appear- ance, one of flickering light, one retrograde in motion or of small size, or in conjunction with the Sun, or which is of unusual appearance or without light or color. 7. If the waning Moon ocoupy the rising sign and if malefic planets occupy the 8th house and the Kendras, or if the Moon occupy the 4th, 7th or 8th house and bo between malefic planets, the child will die. Again, if the Moon occupy the rising sign and be between malefic planets and if malefic planets occupy the 7th and 8th houses and powerful benefic planets fail to aspect the Moon(a), both the mother and the child will dio.

Notes. (a). If they do aspect the Moon, the mother will escape and the child will die. 8. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the last Navamsa of a sign and not be aspected by benefic planets, or if malefic planets occupy the 5th and the 9th houses or if the Moon occupy the rising sign and malefic planets occupy the 7th house, the child will die soon after birth. 9. If at the time of birth the eclipsed Moon occupy tho rising sign with a malefic planet(a) while Mars occupies the 8th house, both the mother and the infant will die. If instead of the Moon, the Sun(b) be in a similar position, such death will be caused by weapons. Again, if either the Sun or the Moon occupy the rising sign and if malefic pla- nets occupy the 5th, 8th and 9th houses, the child will die, if either the Sun or the Moon be neither aspected nor ac- companied by powerful benefic planets.

GH. 6.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 57

Notes. (a). That is Saturn. (b). That is, if the eclipsed Sun occupy the rising sign accompanied by a malefic planet (either Mercury or Saturn), while Mars occupies the 8th house. 10. If at the time of birth, Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and Mars occupy respectively the 12th, 9th, lst and the 8th houses, the child will die soon after birth if tho planets be not aspected by powerful Jupiter.

Notes. To aspect all the four planets, Jupiter must occupy the 5th house. If Jupiter should aspect only some of the four planets, or if he be weak though he might aspect all the four planets, the child will die. So that the child will escape death only if powerful Jupiter aspect all the four planets. 11. If, at the time of birth, the Moon (a) accompanied by a malefic planet occupy the 5th, 7th, 9th, 12th, Ist or 8th house, and if she be neither accompainied nor as- pected by powerful Venus, Mercury or Jupiter, the child will die soon after birth.

Notes. (a). The Moon is the waning Moon according to Sa- ravali. 12. The death will occur when the Moon comes eithor to the sign occupied by the powerful planet causing such death, or to the sign occupied by herself at tlre time of birth or to the rising sign at the time, provided the Moon is both powerful and aspccted by poworful malefic planets; and the Munis say .that the period for such death is a year.(a)

58 BRIHAT JATAKA. [om. 6.

Notes.

(a). The M oon makes about 13 revolutions in the course of a year. Whenever tho Moon in the course of motion becomes powerful and is aspected by powerful malefio planets on reaching 'one of the three places men- tioned in the text, the death will occur. Notes :- The Commentator now proceeds to describe a number of yogas which counteract the several Balarishta yogas givon in the test. They are given below. 1. If powerful Jupiter occupy the rising sign, there will be no early death.

2. If the lord of the rising sign be powerful, be not aspeoted by malefic planets and be aspected by benefic pla- nets occupying the Kondras, the child will live long. 3. Even though the Moon should occupy the 8th house, if she should, at the same time, occupy the Drek- kana of Jupiter, Mercury or Venus, there will be no early death. 4. If the Moon be full, if she should occupy benefic signs, be between benefic planets and be aspected by Ve- nus, there will be no early death.

3. If either Mercury, Venus or Jupiter be powerful and occupy a Kendra, there will be no early death even if he be accompanied by a malefic plant. . 6. Though the Moon occupy tho 6th house there will be no early death if she occupy the Drekkana of Jupiter, Venus or Mercury. 7. If the Moon be full and be between benefic planets, 'there will be no early death. 8. If the Moon be full or if the birth occur during the day wheu it is waning Moon, or during the night when

OB. 7.1 BRIHAT JATAKA. 59

it is waxing Moon, there will be no early death even if the Moon occupy the 6th or the 8th house. 9. If the Moon be full and be aspected by Jupiter occupying a Kendra, there will be no early death. 10. If Jupiter, the Moon, Venus and Mercury occupy he houses, the Navamsas or the Drekkanas of benefic pla- nets, there will bo no early death. 11. If either tho lord of tho houso ocoupied by tho Moon or if a benefic palnet occupy a Kendra, there will be no early death. 12. If malefic planets occupy benefic Vargas (divi- sion,) and be aspected by benefic planets, occupynig benefio Vargas, there will be no early death. 13. If Rabu occupy the 3rd, 6th or 11th house and be aspected by benefic planets, there will be no early death. 14. If all the planets occupy the Sirodaya signs, there will be no early death. 15. If at the time of birth, a benefic planet successful in planetary fight (conjunction) be aspected by another benefic planet, there will be no early death. 16. If the full Moon be aspected by all the planets, there will be no early death.

CHAPTER VII. ON AYURDAYA OR THE DETERMINATION OF THE LENGTH OF LIFE 1. According to Maya, Yavanacharya, Manittha and Parasara, the maximum number of the years of the Sun the Moon and planets are respectively 19, 25, 15, 12, 15, 21 and 20 when the planets are in their exaltation degrees.

Notes. In this chapter are given soveral methods for deter-

60 BRIHAT JATAKA. foH. 7.

mining the length of human and other animal life from the planetary positions at the time of birth. The author first proceeds to state what is known as Pindayurdaya. The years given by the Sun when in his exaltation degree is 19. Moon 25 Mars 15 Mercury 12 Jupiter 15 Venus 21 Saturn 20 The exaltation signs with the exaltatiou degrees of the several planets are given in stanza 13, Ch I. Before the length of life can be ascertained, the years given above have to be subjected to various reductions. . 2. If the planets are in their depression degrees, their years will be one-half of those stated above; if in any other places, the years shall be obtained by proportion(a). The number of years given by Lagna is the same as the number of Navamsas of the rising sign that may have risen above the horizon(b). According to some(c) the number of years given by Lagna is the number of signs between the first point of Aries and the Lagna(d). Again, if a planet be in an inimical sign, he loscs a third of his period(e) ; if he be an Astangata(f) planet, he loses one-half; but no reduction need be made in the case of Mars (g) occupying an inimical sign, or in the case of Saturn and Venus being As- tangata plunets.

Notes. (a). Suppose, for instance, the Sun to occupy the 21st degree of Sagittari. Required his years. The exaltation de- gree of the Sun is the 10th degree of Aries and his depress- sion degree is the 10th degree of Libra When in the latter degree the number of years of the Sun will be ono

OH. 7.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 61

half of whatitisin the former degree, i.e., one-half of 19 or 91 years. From the 10th degree of Libra to the 10th degree of Aries is 180 degrees. So that every degree gives us 9; years. Now from the 10th degree of Libra to the 21st degree of Sagittari is 2 signs and 11 degrees i. 6., 60+ 11 or 71 degrees. 71 degrees give us 71x } years = 3 years, N & months and 29 days. Adding this to 9} years, we get 13 years, 5 months and 29 days. The years of the other pla- nets may be similarly ascertained. These years are subject to certain reductions as will be seen further on. (b). The author gives here what is known as Lagna- yurdaya, that is, the rising sign gives a number of years in the same way as the planets do. A sign of Zodiac consist- ing of nine Navamsas gives us 9 years. So that if the 10th degree of Leo be rising, the number of years given by Lagna 1: x 9 years = 3 years. (c). Some : Manittha and men of his school.

(d). In other words each sign of the Zodiac gives a year ; so that if the 10th degree of Leo, the 5th sign from Aries, be rising, the numberof years given by Lagna = 4+18 years = 4 years, 4 months. The Commentator adds that in the case of Lagnayurdaya, the rule given in note(b) should be followed, if the lord of the rising Navamsa be powerful, and that given in this note should be followed if the lord of the rising sign be powerful. (e). Planetary period ascertained as per note(a). (f). A planet is said to be an Astangata one when he disappears within a particular limit from the Sun, his light being then obscured by the light of the Sun. This limit varies with different planets. In direct course, dis- appearance and re-appearance take place as follows :

62 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 7.,

Mars when within 17 degrees from the Sun. S Mercury But when retrograde , ... ... 14 12 Jupiter ... ... 11 .Venus Buti when retrograde ... .. 10 . 8 Saturn The Moon ... 15 12 (g). The word used in the text is Vakra; this is nterpreted to mean Mars by some and into " a planet of retrograde motion" by others. So that, 'according to the latter,no reduction for being in an inimical sign need be made from his years if the planet be retrograde in motion. In this view Varaha Mihira concurs. But the other view has the support of Badarayana. 3. If malefic planets occupy the 12th, 11th, 10th, 9th, 8th, or 7th house from the rising sign, a reduction in full, one of one-half, one-third;Zone-fifth and one-sixth shall be made respectively in the years obtained. If the planets occupying the said houses be benefic ones, the reduction will only be one-half (a) of what was stated for (,each But if several planets occupy a single sign, the reduction shall be made for the most powerful one. This is according to Satyacharya.(b)

Notes.

(a). .Where the amount of reduction was stated to be full in tho caso of n malefic planet, it is only one-half in the case of a benefic planet; whoro it was stated to bo one-half in tho former case, it is only one-fourth in the latter case, and so forth.

(b). In this view Varaha Mihira concurs. 4. If a malefic planet occupy the rising sign, then multiply the total number of years already obtained by the

Cx. 7.] DRINAT JATAKA. 63

number of Navamsas between the first point of Aries and the Lagna of the rising Navamsa and divide the product by 108. The quotient will,be the number of years to be subtracted(a) from the total number of years already ob- tained(b). But if the malefic planet be aspected by a bene- fic one, the amount of reduction will only be oue-half of what was stated above.

Notes. (a). The reduction is known as Krurodayabarans. (b). According to some the number of years of reduc- tion is obtained by multiplying the total number of ycars already obtained by the number of Navamsas of the rising sign that have risen above the horizon and dividing the product by 108, the total number of Navamsas of the Zodiac. 5. The maximum length of life of man and the ele- phant is 120 years and 5 days, that of the horse is 32 years, that of the ass and the camel is 25 years,' that of the buffalo and the ox is 24 years, that of the dog! (a) is (2 years, and that of the goat and the like(b) is 16 years.

Notes. To find out the length of life of an animal. Make the calcu- Jation as for a man and multiply the result by the maximum period of life of the particular animal and divide the pro- duct by 120 years and 5 days. The result will be the length of life of the animal requirod. (a). Dog and animals with claws. (b). Goat, the deer and the like. 6. The length of life of a person born when the Jast Navamsa of Piscos is rising, when Morcury has just passed 25 minutes in sign Taurus and whon all tho other planets occupy their exaltation signs is the maximum period of 120 years and 5 days

61 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 7.

Notes. The horoscope referred to in the text is given below.

Venus. Lagna. Sun. Moon. Mercnry

Jupiter.

Rasi Chakra. Mars.

Saturn.

As all planets excepting Mercury are in their exaltation signs (and in their exaltation degrees as supposed by the Commentator) the years given by such planets are the maxi- mum years assigned to them. The maximum number of years ofMercury when in his exaltation degree, viz., the 15th degree of Virgo is 12, and when in his depression degree, viz., the 15th degree of Pisces, is 6. The re- maining 15 degrees of Pisces give us 6 months. Sign Aries gives us a year. Now the first degree of Taurus gives 12 days and therefore 25 minutes of the Ist degree give us 3X 25 = 5 days. So that the years of Mercury = 6 years + 6 months + 1 year + 5 days = 7 years, 6 months and 5 days. Again, as the end of sign Pisces was rising, according to the Commentator the nine Navamsas of sign Pisces givo us 9 years ; so that we have the following' The Sun .,19 yrs. Jupiter The Moon .. 25,, ... 15 yrs-

Mars' ... 15 , Venus Saturn ... 21 ... 20 Mercury ... 7 yrs,6 ms. 5 ds.| Lagna ... 9 Now a reduction known as Chakrapataharana is to be made from the years of Mars and Saturn, these two being

CH. 7.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 66

malefic planets, the former occupying the 11th house and the latter the 8th house from the rising sign.The amount of reduction therefore is one-half in the case of Mars and one-fifth in the case of Saturn. Accordingly after making the reduction, the years of Mars will be 7; and those of Saturn will be 16. Reductions known as Satrukshetra- harana, Astangata harana and Krurodaya harana have not to be made in this case. The mosalting years therofore aro- Years. Months. Days. The Sun 19 ... ... Tbe Moon 25 ... Mars 7 6 ... Mercury 6 5 Jupiter 15 ... Venus 21 ... Saturn ... ... 16 ... ... Lagna ... ... 9 ... ... Total leugth of life 120 5 7. This Pindayurdaya method has also been treated of by Vishnugupta (a), Devaswami and Siddhasena. Reject- ing the age of 8, the period of Balarishta or early death (b), the main fault in this Pindayurdaya is that in no case it gives us years less than 20 (c).

Notes.

(a). Visunugupta is otberwise known as Chanakya. (b). To which none of the Ayurdaya rules apply. (c). The Commentator considers that this stanza is not tho author's; the objection to Pindayurduya raised in it ho meets as follows by proving that Pindayurdaya does give years below 20. He takes the following horoscope. The first Navamsa of Aquarius is the Lagna. The Sun, the Moon and Venus occupy their esaltation degi ocs ; Meroury, Jupiter

66 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 7.

and Saturn occupy their depression degrees, and Mars occu- pies the 28th degree of sign Aquarins.

Vonus Mercury. Sun. Saturn. Moon.

...

Mars. Lagua. Rasi Chukra.

Jupiter.

Now as the Sun, the Moon and Venus are in their exal- tation degrees, their years are respectively 19, 25 and 21 ; and as Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn occupy their depression degrees, their years are one-half of their maximum years, that is one-half of 12, 15 and 20 or 6,7} and 10 respectively. Now the 28th degree of Capricorn is the exaltation degree of Mars; and as he occupies the 28th degree of Aquarius, he is removed from the exaltation degree by exactty 30 degrees. llis maximum number of years when in the 28th degree of Capricorn being 15; 30 degrees or a sign gives us if or year and 3 months. Subtracting this from 15 years we get 13 years and 9 months as the years of Mars. As sign Aquarius was just rising Lagna givos us no years; so that at this stage the planetary years stand as follows : The Sun The Moon 25 19 years. Mercnry 6 years.

Venns Jupiter 7 years 6 ms. 21 Saturn 10 ,

and Mars 13 years 9 months. Now as Jupiter, a benefic planet occupies the 12th house from the rising sign, his years & ffer a reduction of one-half of their leugth ; so that, after

CH. 7.] BRIHAT JATAKA. G7

the reduction, he gives us only 3 years and 9 months. Again, as all the planets occupy friendly signs, no Sutru- Kshetraharana need be made. Saturn being witbin 10 degrees from the Sun is an Astangata planet and therefore his years suffer reduction of one half. So that after tho roduction he gives us 3 years. Thus we have the follow- ing. The Sun The Moon 19 years. Mercury 25 Jupiter 6 years.

Venus ... 2I ... Saturn 10 & years, y's. 9 ms.

Mars 13 years 9 months. Total 98 years 6 months. Now as Mars, a malefic planet, occupies the rising sign, the total number of 98 years and 6 montbs have to be sub- jected to a feduction known as Krurodaya harana. In other words the 108 Navamsas of the ecliptic represent the total number of years. Now there are 10 x 9 = 90 Na- vamsas between the first point of Aries and the first point of Aquaris. The quantity of reduction therefore is rog X 98 years and 6 months. Therefore the years remaining . after the reduction = tor x 98 years and 6 mouths = 16 years and months, the length of life required. This of course is less than 20 years. 8. To the very yoga to which the maximum length of life bas been assigned, certain astrologers (a) have ascribed the life of a king. There is an evident orror in this. Another error is that persons (born under the yoga of a sovereign) are often fouud to live long and poor.

Notes. (a.) Such as Badarayana and Yavaneswara. The objection amounts to this : That the very yoga which, according to Pindayurdaya is said to give a person the maximum length of life is consi-

6S BRIHAT JATAKA. FCH. 7.

dered by certain astrologers as Raja Yoga. In either Case several planets cccupy their exaltation signs (vide stauza 1, Chapter XI.) The Commentator considers this stanza too, not as the author's, the objection raised being an absurd one. For, it is wrong to suppose that a particular yoga cannot be both a yoga for long life and one for the life of a sovereign. The other objection raised in the text is evidently a frivolous one and ought to be proved before it can be met. 9. According so Jeevasarma the maximum number of years for each planet when in his exaltation sign and degree is one-seventh of the maximum length of human life-120 years and 5 days,-which is 17 years, 1 month, 22 days, and 4 ghatikas. (a) In this view Jeevasarma stands alone and is not supported by other authorities. According to Satya- charya, the planetary years are the same as the number of Navamsas passed over by each planet(b). Tbis view has the support of many authorities.

Notes. (a.) Just as in Pindayurdaya, the several reductions are to be made and then the resulting length of life ascertained. (b). Counting from the Navamsa of Aries immediately preceding ; so that no planet can give more than 12 years. 10. According to Satyacharya, convert the Sphuta or longitude of the planot into minutes ; divide the numbor of minutes by 200 ; the quotient will reprosont the numbor of Navamsas passed over by tho planet from the first point of Aries. Divide this by 12, the remainder will give the number of Navamsas from the Navamsa of Aries the numbor is also the number of years and fraction of a year for the planet. Notes. Suppose the longitude of the Sun to be 115 degrees 1s

CH. 7.] . BRIHAT JATAKA. 69

minntes. This converted into minutes gives 6,913 minutes Now as a Navamsa contains 200 minutes the num ber of Navamsas passed over by the Sun from the first point of Aries = = 34;" Dividing this. by 12, we get as remainder 10;a8 Navamsas from the next preceding Navamsa of Aries. This then represents the years of the San which will be found to bo 10 years. G months 23 days and 24 ghatikas ; and so on for each planet. 11. Again, if any planet occupies its exaltation sign or is retrograde in its motiou, the years assigned to it, shall be trebled; and if the planet be in its Var- gottama or Navamsa or Swakshetra or Drekkana, its years shall be doubled, The above is a special feature in Satyacharyar's Ayurdaya. In other respects, it resembles the Pindayurdaya-the several reductions(a) already refer- red to apply to the present case.

Notes. (a). The reduction known as Krurodaya harana does not apply to Satyacharyar's method. (Vide stanza 12), 12. According to Satyacharya the years, months, &c. for the Lagna, the rising degree,are the same as the number of Navamsas passed over (a) (as in the case of the planets); but if the rising sign be powerful(b), then, the number of signs passed over represents the years, months, &c. The reduction known as Krurodayaharana does not apply to Satyacharyar's method. In the case of the other reductions the years given in the first stanza ought not to be employ- ed(a).

Notes. (a). Beginning from the next preoeding Navamsa of Aries.

70 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 7.

(b). As stated in stanza 19, Ch I. (c). That is the special years of each planet according to Satyncharya's method ought to be subjected to the several reductions.

13. In the matter of Ayurdaya, the method of Sutya- Charya is the best. Objection is made to it on the ground that the planatery years have to be multiplied several times(a) This is wrong; where any period has to be multiplod by several numbers, it will be sufficient if the poriod is multiplied by the largest number(b).

Notes. (a). Suppose Mercury to occupy sign Virgo which is his exaltation sign as well as his house. It would seem that under stanza 11, Mercury's years should first be trebled and then doubled. Is this to be done ? Again, suppose Mercury to occupy the last Navamsa of sign Virgo which is his Vargotama position. His years, it would appear, have to be doubled on that acconnt.Already we found that for being in his house, his years had to be doubled. The question is whether the years of Mercury have to be doubled twice. Again, suppose Mercury while occupying Virgo, his exaltation sign, is also retrograde in his motion for which his years have to be trebled. Are his years then to be trebled twice. No. (b). If any period has to be doubled twice or thrice, it will be enongh if it be doubled but once, and where the period has to be trebled twice or thrice, it will bo enough if it be trebled but once, Again, if any period has to be both doubled and trebled, it will be enough if it be only trebled 14, The life of a person born when sign Cancer is ris- ing, when Jupiter and the Moon occupy such rising sign, when Mercury and Venus occupy the Kendras and the other

CH. 7.] BRIBAT JATAKA. 71

planets occupy the 11th,6th and 3rd bouses is not subjeot to ordinary calculation, but far exceeds the maximum period of normal human existence(c).

Notes. (a). In other words, the ordinary A yurdaya rules for ascertaining the length of a man's life do not apply to the horoscope mentioned in the text. For further particulars vide Chapter IX. Notes. Notes :- It may be interesting to quote here a few horos- copes of the nature of the one referred to in the last stanza to which the ordinary Ayurdaya rules do not apply. These are mainly the horoscopes of eminent sages who are suppos- ed to live for several centuries. (1). The rising sign is Leo and Jupiter occupies it, Venus occupies Cancer, Mercury the 2nd house Virgo, and the malefic planets occupy the Upachaya places, viz., the 3rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th houses. A person born in the above yoga will live for 1,000 years. (2). The Sun and Mars occupy the 4th house from the ascendant ; Saturn occupies the rising sign, Rahu the 12th house and the other planets the 8th house. A person born in the above Yoga will live for 2,000 years.

(3). The rising sign is Aries, and the Sun occupies it. Saturn occupies the 4th or the 9th house. Mars the 7th house, and powerful Moon the 12th house. A person born in the above yoga will live for 2,000 years by the power of drugs. (4). The rising sign is Sagittari or Pisces, and Jupi- ter occupios it ; sign Gemini is unoccupied and Venus occu- pies one of the Kendra houses. A person born in the above yoga will live for a great number of years by the power of drugs and will attain the position of Indra. 10

72 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OB. 7,

(5). If all the planets occupy either a single sign or the Trikona or the Kendra houses, a person born in the yoga will either die immediately after birth or live for a yuga by the pawer of mantras, 6. If malefic planets do not occupy the Trikona houses, . benefic planets do not occupy the Kendra houses, and if the 8th house be not occupied by a malefic planet, a person born in the yoga will become a Deva. 7. The rising sign is Taurus and Venus ocoupies it. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses and the other planets occupy the 3rd, 6th and 11th houses. A person. born under the yoga will become & Deva after living for a great number of years by the power of drugs and mantras. 8. The rising sign is Cancer; Saturn occnpies sign Libra ; Jupiter ocoupies Capricorn ; and the Moon occupies Taurus. A person born under the yoga attains the position. of Brahma after living a great many years by the strength of drugs and mantras. 9. The rising sign is Cancer and Cancer is also the rising Navamsa ; Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses ; Mars the 7th house ; and Venus is in Simhasanamsa(a). A person born in the above yoga will live long by the power of drugs. 10. The rising Navamsa is the last Navamsa of sign Virgo and Mercury occupies it ; Jupiter occupies the 7th house and is in Gopuramsa or Saturn is in Mridvamsa. A person born under the above yoga will live for an infi- nite number of years. 11. Venus is in Devalokamsa; Mars in one of the Kendra houses and Jupiter is also in one of the Kendra houses and is in Simhasanamsa. A person born in the above yoga will live for a countless number of years. (a). For an explanation of these Amsas or planetary positions, vide the note at the end.

0H. 7.7 BRİBAT JATAKA. 73

12. Venus ocdupies one of the Kendra houses and is in Vargottama position and in Paravatamsa; Jupiter occu- pies one of the Kendra houses and is in Swargalokamsa. A person born in the above yoga will live for a countless number of years by the power of drugs.

13. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses, and is in Gopuramsa; Venus ocoupies one of the Trikona houses and is in Paravatamsa and the rising sign is Cancer; a person born in the above yoga will live for a yoga. 14. The rising sign is Cander and Jupiter occupies it and is in the Navamsa of Sngittari and 2 or 3 planets occupy the Kendras. A person born in the above yoga will live long and attain the position of Brahma. 15. Venus occupies the 3rd or 11th house and is in Gopura or other Amsas, and the rising Navamsa is Taurus of sign Taurus. A person born in the above yoga will live long and attain the position of Brahma.

14. Vonus oconpies the rising sign ; Jupiter the 7th house; the Moon, sign Virgo, and the rising Navamsa is Aries of sign Sagittari. A person born in the above yoga will obtain salvation: 17. Mercury occupies the 5th house and is in Gopura or other amsas; the rising sign is Aquarius and Jupiter occupies it. A person born in the above yoga will attain the position of Brahma.

15. Jupiter oceupies one of the Kendra houses. Saturn occupies the 11th house. The Sun occupies the 2nd house Gulika (the higher apsis of a planet's course) occupies the 7th house and Mars occupies the 9th house. A persou born in the above yoga will live for a yuga ... 19. Jupiter and Mercury are in the Trikona houses j

74 BRIHAT JATAKA. EOH. 7

the rising sign is Taurus and Mars occupies it and the Moon is in Gopuramsa. A person born in the above yoga will live for 2,000 years. 20. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses; the rising sign is Cuncer, Mars occupies the 7th house and Saturn the 4th house; the time of birth is the light half of the month. If the birth of a person occurs in the above yoga and by day he will live for 10,000 years. 21. Jupiter, Saturn, Mars and Venus occupy the Ken- dras and are mutually in Kendra positions to one another, or they all occupy the Trikona houses. A person born in either of the above yogas will live for 10,000 years. 22. Benefic planets occupy the Kendras ; Malefic pla- nets occupy the 3rd, 6th, and 11th houses; the rising sign is Leo and Jupiter occupies it. A person born in the above yoga will live for 60,000 years. 23. The rising sign js Capricorn and planets from Mars to the Sun occupy it excepting Jupiter who occupies the 3rd house. A person born in the above yoga will live for a Kalpa. 24. The last Navamsa of sign Aries is the rising Na- vamsa and Jupiter or Venus occupies it ; the Moon ocou- pies the 5th Navamsa of Taurus or Sagittari or Mars is in Simhasanamsa. A person born in the above yoga will live for a countless number of years. 25. The Suu and Mercury occupy fixed signs; the Moon occupies sign Taurus, and Venus sign Gemiui; the rising sign is Cancer and Jupiter occupies it, or the rising sign is Libra and Saturn occupies it. A person born in the above yoga will become a Muni or a Rishi. 23. The Moon is in Devalokamsa ; Mars is in Paravat- amsa ; the Sun is in the rising sign and in Simhasanamsa A person born in the above yoga will become a Muni or a Rishi.

CH. 7] BRIHAT JATAKA. 75

27. The San occupios sign Aries; Jupiter either the 9th house or sign Cancer and the malefic planets occupy the 3rd, 6th, and 11th houses. A person born in the above yoga will become a Muni.

Amsas explained. In Chapter I we have referred to the six modes of di- vision of the Ecliptic known as Shadvarga. Certain writers have four more divisions known as Saptamamsa, Dasamsa; Shodasamsa and Shashtyamsa. These ten divisions of the ecliptic are known as Dasavarga. Saptamamsa is division of a sign of the Zodiac into 7 equal parts. The lords of the 7 parts of the odd signs are respectively the lords of the 7 signs of the Zodiac commen- cing from the odd sign ; and the lords of the 7 parts of the even signs are respectively the lords of the 7 sigus of the Zodiac beginning from tbe 7th sign from the even sign. Dasamsa is division of a sign of the Zodiac into 10 equal parts. The lords of the 10 parts of the odd signs are respectively the lords of the 10 signs of the Zodiac com- mencing from the odd sign, and the lords of the 10 parts of the even signs are respectively the lords of the 10 signs commencing from the 10th sign from the even sign. Shodasamsa is division of a sign of the ecliptic into 16 equal parts. The lords of the 16 parts of the odd signs are the lords of the 12 signs commercing from the odd sign together with Brabma, Vishnu, Rudra and Surya; the lords of the 16 parts of the even signs are the lords of the 12 signs commoncing from the oven signs togcthor with Surya, Rudra, Vishnu and Brahmn. Shashtyamsa is division of a sign of the ecliptic into 60 e qual parts. The 60 parts of the odd signs are those of

76 BRIBAT JATAKA. [OH.8

1. Ghora. 21. Padma. 41. Kalinasa. 2. Rakshasn. 22. Lakshmi. 42. Mukhya. 3. Deva. 23. Vageesa. 43. Vumsakshaya. 4. Kubora. 24. Digambara. 44. Utpataka. 5. Raksbogana. 25. Deva. 45. Knla-rupo: 6. Kinnara. 26. Ardra. 46. Soumya. 7. Bhrashta. 27. Kalinasa. 47. Mridu. S. Kulaghna. 28. Kshitiswara. 48. Susitala. 9. Garala. 29. Kamalakara. 49. Damshtrakarala. 10. Agni. 30. Mandatmaja. 50. Indumukha. 11. Maya. 31. Mrityu. 51. Pravina. 12. Pretapureesa.32. Kalu. 52. Kalagni. 13. Apampati. 33. Davagni. 53. Dandayudba. 14. Devaganesa. 34. Ghora. 54. Nirmala. 15. Kala. 35. Amaya. 55. Subha. 16. Ahi. 86. Kantaka. 56. Asubha. 17. Amritamsa. 37. Sudha. 57. Atisitala. 18. Chandra. 38. Amrita. 58. Sudba. 19 Mridu. 89. Poornachandra. 59. Payodhibhramana. 20. Komala. 40. Vishapradigdha. 60. Indurekha. And the 60 parts of the even signs are the above in the inverse order, that is, beginning from Indurekha and

ending in Ghora. Now a planet which occupies his particular house, Na- vamsa, Dwadasamsa, Trimsamsa, &o., is said to be in his Varga. A planet occupying two Vargas is said to be in Parijatamsa ; if he occupies three Vargas, he is said to be in Uttamamsa ; if four vargas, in Gopuramsa ; if five vargas in Simhanamsa ; if six, in Paravatamsa ; if seven or eight, in Devalokamsa; if nine, in Airavatams& ; and if ten, in Vaiseshikamsa.

CH. 8] BRIHAT JATAKA. ' 77

CHAPTER VIII. ON PLANETARY DIVISIONS AND SUB-DIVISIONS OF LIFE KNOWN AS DASAS AND ANTARDASAS. 1. Determine firat which of the following three is powerful-the Rising Sign, the Sun and the Moon. His pe- riod comes first. Then follow the periods of tha planets occupying the Kendra houses, from such powerful rising sign or the Sun or the Moon. Then come the periods of the planets ocoupying the Panaphara houses from the same, and lastly come the periods of planets occupying the Apok- lima houses(a). If there be no planets in the Kendra or Panaphara or Apoklima houses, then the periods of the other planets come in the order stated.

Notes. (a). The order in which come the periods of the several planets occupying the Kendra or the Panaphara or the Apoklina houses is given in the following stanza. 2. The lengths of the several planetary periods known as dasas are the same as those of the planets as found iu the last chapter. Again, of the several planets occupying the Kendra or Panaphara or Apoklina houses, the dasa period of the most powerful planet comes first, then comes that of the planet next in power and so on ; but if the planets be of equal power, the dasa period of the planet whose period is the longest comes first; and if the planets be of equal power and period, then the period of the planet which rises first(a) comes first.

Notes. (a.) That is, reappears after its conjunction with the Sun according to Commentator. Taking stanzas 1 and 2 together, we find that the dasa period of either Lagna or the Sun or the Moon, whichever is powerful, comes first. Then come the periods of the planets occupying the Kendra house, in the order stated. Then the periods of the planets occupy- ing the Panaphara houses in the same order, and lasts

78 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 8 those of the planets occupying the Apoklina houses in the same order. S. The period of the Antardasa(a) (sub-division of planetary period) of the planot b) occupying the same house as the lord of the dasa period, is one-half of the antardasa period of such lord. The antardasa period of the planet occupying the ath, or the 9th house from the lord of the dasa period, is one-third,that of the planet occupying the 7th house from the lord is one-seventh, and that of the planet occupying the 4th or the 8th house from the lord is one-fourth of the antardasa period of the lord. The antardasa periods of the Lugna-dasa shall be determined in the same way.

Notes.

(a). Planetary divisious of life are known as dasa. periods and planetary sub-divisions of life are known as the antardasa periods.

(b.) The antardasa periods of a particular dasa period of a planet come in the order stated in the text, namely first comes the antardasa period of the planet itself, then that of the planet occupying the same house as the lord of the dasa period, then. that of the planet occupying the 5th or 9th house from the lord, then that of the planet occupying the 7th house from the lord, and lustly that of the planet ocoupying the 4th or the 8th house from such lord. If several planets occupy the same house as the lord of the dasa poriod, the lord of the antardasa is the most powerful of them. Similarly, if several planets occupy the 5th and the 9th houses or the 7th house or the 4th and 8th houses from the sign occupied by the lord of the dasa, the lord of the antardasa in euch of the three cases is the most powerful planet ; so that the several antardasa periods are in the proportion of 1 :} : }:+f (vide stunza 4.) If there be

OH .8] BRIHAT JATAKA. 79 no planets in any of these places, the antardasa periods of the other planets alone should be taken: 4. The fractions(a) should all be made to have a common denominator with different numerators. The dasa period should be divided by the sum of the numera tors and the quotient when multiplied by the .several numerators will give the periods of the several antar- dasas. Notes. (a). That is +, 3, +, } and }. Suppose for instance there are planets in the severa1 places referred to in the last stanza excepting say, the 7th house from the signa occupied by the lord of the dasa. . The periods of the four antardasas-those of (1) the lord of the dasa ; (2) the planet with it ; (3) the planet occupying the 5th or the 9th house from it and (4) the planet occupying the 4th or the 8th house from it-are in the proportion of : :} :}:1. Redncing these to fractions with a common denominator, we get If : 1f, fand 3; in other words the antardasa periods are in the proportion of 12:6 : 4: 3. The sum of these numbers is 25; if therefore the dasa period be divided by 25 and the quotient multi- plied by 12, 6, 4 and 3, we shall obtain the periods of the four antardasas. 5. The dasa period(a) of the most powerfnl planet ocupying the exaltation degree of its exaltation sign is known as Sampoorna.(b) The dasa period of a weak planet occupy- ing the depression degree of its depression sign is known as Rikta(c). The dasa period of a planet occupyng an inimical Navamsa and also the depression degree of its depression sign is knowns Anishta. Notes. (a). As well as the antardasa period in this and in the next two cases mentioned in the text. 11

80 BRIHAT JATAKA. [Cn. 8

(b). The dasa period of a planet occuupying simply its exaltation sign and not very powerful is known as Purna. (c.) The dasa period of a weak planet occupying simply its depression sign is also known as Rikta (a,) 6. The dasa period of a planet which quitting the ex- altation degree moves towards the depression sign is known as Avarohini ; while so moving, if the planet occupy a friendly or an exaltation Navamsa (b) his dasa period is known as Madhyama. Again the dasa period of a planet which quitting the depression degree moves towards its exaltation sign is known as Arohini; while so moving, if the planet occupy an imimical or a depression Navamsa, his dasa period is known as Adhama.

(a). As well as the antardasa period according to tho Commentator.

b). Or his own Navamsa according to the Commenta- tor. Exaltation Navamss is one which bears the name of the exaltation sign.

7. The dasa period(a) of a planet which occupies a depression or an inimical Navamsa, when in a good posi- tion(b) is known as Misraphala(c). The several names of the dasas indicate by their meaning the nature of the dasa periods(d). We shall describe (in the course of this chap- ter)(e) the effects of the several planetry dasas.

Notes.

(a). As well as the antardasa period according to Commentator. . (b.) That is, wheu the planet occupies his own house, a friendly house or his Moolatrikona or exaltation house

c#. 8.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 81

(e). Similarly the dasa period of a planet which ocou- pies an inimical or depression sign and is in his own Na vamasa, in a friendly Navamsa or a Moolatrikona or exalta tion Navamsa, or if he occupies a Vargotama place, is also known as Misraphala. (d). E. g. The name Sampurna indicates vast pros- perity. Poorna indicates prosperity. Adhama indicates misery or destruction and very little prosperity. Rikta indicates misery and poverty. And Misraphala indicates a mixture of both good and evil. (e). From stanza 12 of this chapter. 8. According as the rising Drekkana is the first, se- cond or third, the Lagna dasa is known as Adhama, Mad- hyama or Uttama if the rising sign be a common sign ; Utta- ma, Madhyama or Adhama if the rising sign be a movable sign ; and Adhama, Uttama or Madhyama if the rising sign be a fixed sign. Notes. In other words, if the rising sign be one of the common signs, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari and Pisces, the Lagna dasa is known as Adhama, if the rising: Drekkana be the Ist, Madhyama if it be the 2nd, and Uttama or Poojita if it be the 3rd. Again, if the rising sign be one of the movable signs, Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn, the Lagua dasa is known as Uttama if the rising Drekkana be the 1st, Mad- hyama if it be the 2nd, and Adhama if it be the 3rd. Lastly, if the rising sign be one of the fixed signs, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius, the Lagna dasa is known as Adhama or Asubha if the rising Drekkana be the first, Uttama or Ishta if it be the 2nd, and Madhyama or Sama if it be the Srd. These names indicate, as already stated, the nature of the dasa period. E. g. Adhama indicates misery, Madhy- ama a mixture of both good and evil, and Uttama indicates drosperity.

82 BBIHAT JATAKA. [OM. 8.

9. The Naisargika (natural) dasas in the case of all' creatures are those of the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun and the Saturn in the order stated, and their periods are respectively 1, 2, 9, 20, 18, 20 & 50 years(a). If the Naisargika dasa period and the ordinary pla- netary dasa period happen to run together, such period (bp will be a prosperous one. According to Yavaneswara, the closing period(c) is the Naisargika Lagna dasa and pro- duces prosperity. This is objected to by some.

Notes. (a). In all 120 years. (b). A similar remark applies to the Antardasa periods (c). The period of life after 120 years. 10. If the lord of the dasa period or one of his friend- ly planets ocoupy the Lagna(a), or if the Lagna belong to the Varga (division)(b) of the lord of the dasa period, or if a benefic planet occupy the Lagna, or if the lord of the dasa period occupy the 3rd, 6th, 10th or 1lth house from the Lagna, such dasa period(c) will be a prosperous one (d). Again, if the Moon that occupies (e) a sign friendly (f) 'to the lord of the dasa(g) or the exaltation sign of the lord of the dasa or the 3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th, 5th, 9th or the '7th house (h) from the sign occupied by the lord of the dasa period, she will bring on prosperity ; otherwise(i), she will produce misery.

Notes.

(a). Lagna : This is interpreted to mean the rising sign at the moment of the commencement of the dasa period; so that the hour of commencement of a dasa period must first be ascertained and a figure of the heavens drawn up for the hour.

CH. 8] BRIHAT JATAKA.'. 83

(b). Varga : If, for instance, theLagna be the sign, Hora, Drekana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa or Trimsamsa of the. lord of dasa period. (c). Or Antardasa period according to Commentator. (d). If either the friendly planet or the benefic planet occupying the Lagna be an Atimitra planet to the lord of the dasa period, such period will be a very prosperous one ; if such benefic planet be an Atisatrajplanet, the period will not be a prosperous one; but if the planet be a neutral one, just the effects of the dasa period will occur. (e). According to the-Commentator, the Moon causes prosperity while it passes through . the several places mon- tioned in the text. These places are with reference to the signs occupied by the lords of the dasa and antardasa pe riods in the course of their motions in the ecliptic. (f). Friendly for the time being. (g). Or antardasas according to Commentator. (h). Vide note (e). (i). That is when the Moon passes through the other places. 11. If, at the time of commencement of the dasa pe- riod of a planet, the Moon occupy sign Cancer, the native will become rich, live in comfort and become a man of note; if, at the time, the Moon occupy sign Aries or sign Scorpio, his wife will become unchaste; if the Moon occu- . py either sign Gemini or sign Virgo, the person will be- 'come more learned, get more friends and become rich ; if the Moon ocoupy sign Leo, the person will live in dense and impenetrable forests ; if the Moon ,occupy sign Taurus or sign Libra, he will eat sumptuous meals; if she occupy sign Capricorn or sign Aquarius, he will get a bad woman, and if the Moon occupy sign Sagittari or sign Pisces, the p erson will become rich, happy and respected.

84 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 8

12. In the benefic(a) dasa period(b) of the Sun, a person will acquire wealth by dealing in perfumes, nails, tusks of elephants and the like animals, in tiger skin and the like, in gold, by means of roads, by the king and by battle. He will become cruel, courageous, persevering, renowned and valorous. In the malefic dasa period of the Sun, he will get into trouble through his wife, son, money, enemy, weapons, fire or the king, and he will become liberal in gifts and addicted to sinful deeds; he will quarrel with his servants and will become afflicted in mind and suffer from chest pain and the like diseases. Notes.

(a). The technical names, such as Sampurna, Adhama, &c., given to the planets indicate the benefic or the malefio character of their dasa period, vide note(d) to stanza 7. If the dasa period be both benefic and malefic, the na- ture of the events will be both good and bad. (b).Or antardasa period according to Commentator. 13. In the benefic dasa period of the Moon, the per- son will derive benefits by dealing in or by means of the mantras, the Brahmins, the productions of sugar-cane, milk, ghee, and the like, cloth, flower, play, sesamum seed, and food ; he will respoct virtuous Brahmins and the Devas ; he will get daughters and will acquire an inorease of wisdom, wealth and renown. In the malefic dasa period of the Moon, the person will indulge in sleep and idleness, will lose his wisdom. wealth and renown and will quarrel with powerful men and with kinsmen. ... 14. In the benefic dasa period of Mars the person will fight with his enemies, will acquire wealth through his brother, the king, lands, woollen goods and goats.

OH.8] BRIHAT JATAKA. 85

In the malefic dasa period of Mars, the person will hate his sons, friends, wife, brothers, learned men aud pre- ceptors; he will suffer from diseases caused by or connect- ed with thirst, blood, fever, bile, loss of limbs or sexual in- tercourse with other women. He will associate with men doing wicked deeds; he will become vicions, harsh in speech and crael. 15. In the benefic dasa period of Mercury the person will acquire wealth by doing acts of message and through friends, preceptors and Brahmins. He will attain renown among learned men. He will become famous and will get brass and the like mixed metals, gold, horns, lands, popn- larity, comfort and ease. He will ridicule others and will serve under other men. He will get an increase of wisdom and successfully do deeds of virtue. In the malefic dasa period of Mercury the person will become harsh in his speech and will suffer from grief, im prisonment, pain of mind and diseases arising from an affec- tion of the three dhatus-vata (the air), pitta (bile), and sleshma (phlegm.) 16. In the benefic dasa period of Jupiter, the person will acquire wealth by acts of worship, by his learning, valor, ingenuity, bright personal appearance, military fame, man- tras, the king and the Vedas. He will have an increase of gold, horses, precious stones and elephants and will acquire the friendship of good kings. In the malefic dasa period of Jupiter, the person will learn things requiring much ingenuity, will suffer from foot journey'and pain in the ear and will quarrel with wicked men. 17. In the benefic dasa period of Venus, the person will enjoy sweet music, various pleasures, perfumes, sump- tuous meals, alcohol, fine cloths, women, and precious

86 BRIHAT JATAKA. [c. 8.

stones. He will be of fine appearance, valorous, and will enjoy every substance, provoking sexual passion, will be- come learned in the Sastras, will obtain the object of bis desire, will acquire friends, will become skilled in trade and in agriculture, and will get hidden treasures and wealth. In the malefic dasa period of Venus, the person will quarrel with crowds of people, with the king, hunters and wicked men and he will suffer much from his own friends. 18. In the benefic dasa period of Saturn the person will get asses, camels, birds, buffaloes and old women, will rule over hamlets, villages or towns, and will thereby become renowned and will get grain of inferior quality. In the malefio dasa period of Saturn the person will suffer from phlegmatic and windy complaints ; will be jealous, angry, distracted in mind, dirty, exposed to danger, idle, suffer from grief, and be much troubled. His servants, sons, daughters and wife will exercise authority over him and he will suffer from defective organs. 19. If the dasa period be a benefic one, the effects will be good ; if it be a malefic one, the effects will be bad, If it be of a mixed nature, the effects will be both good and bad ; the effects for the Lagna dasa are the same as the effects for the dasa period of the lord of the rising sign.

Notes.

As stated already, the character, whether benefic or malefic of a dasa period is to be determined from the tech- nical names given to the lord of the period. Vide stanzas 6 and 7. Again, if, at the time of birth, any of the planets . occupy the Upachaya houses, be of bright discs and of distinct motion, the effects will be good in their dasa pe- riods. But if the planets suffer defeat in conjunction, be

CH. 8 BRIHAT JATAKA. 87

of disagreeable appearance or of small discs, the effeots will be bad in their dasa periods. The planets, which, at the time of commencement of their antardasa periods, might be aspected by benefic planets or occupy the Vargas (divi- sions) of benefic or atimitra (very friendly) planets are power- ful and will not cause death ; if they be situated otherwise they will cause death. 20. In the bonefic dasn periods of the planets a person will acquire the several metals assigned to the planets (vide Chapter II. 12) and in the malefic dasa periods of the planets he will lose them. Again, in the antardasa period of a planet a person's occnpation will be that mentioned for the planet (vide Cbapter X.) The effects described for the 12 houses from the ascendant, for the 12 signs from Aries, .for planetary aspects and for all yogas excepting Nabhasa yogas (Ch. 12) will occur in the dasa period of the planet which is most powerful among the yoga planets. 21. In the dasa period of a particular planet, the person's complexion will be that due to the elementary principle presided over by the planet and the complexion will be accompanied by certain other qualities due to the same elementary principles and discernible by their res- pective organs of sense.

Notes.

Physical man is a composition of the five elementary principles-earth, water, fire, air and akas (ether) : Mercury presides over earth ; Venus and the Moon over water; Mars and the Sun over fire ; Saturn over air ; and Jupiter over Akas. In the dasa period of a particular planet, his elementary principle will predominate and the complexion of the person during such period will be that due to the 12

88 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 8

particular elementary principle. Varaha Mihira in Chapter 68 of his Brihat Samhita (Stanzas 90to 93) has thus stated in detail the complexion due to each of the seven .planets : "The complexion discernible in shining teeth, skin, nails and hairs of the body and of the head will be attend- ed with prosperity ; it is caused by the element of earth ; it makes the person happy, rich and virtuous." "The complexion which is glossy, white, clenr, green and agreeable to look at is caused by the element of water; it will make all creatures possessing it happy and successful in all their attempts and will produce wealth, comfort, luxury and prosperity." "The complexion which is fearful, unbearable, of the color of the lotus, gold or fire, and indicating strength, power and valor, is caused by the element of fire, and it brings success to a person and enables him to gain his desired object." " The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and of bad scent, is caused by the element of air ; it will cause to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss of wealth." " The complexion which is of the color of crystal, noble, clear and indicating wealth and generosity, is caused by the element of ether ; it gives a person all that he desires." Now suppose the dasa period to be that of Mars, his element is fire ; the complexion cuused by the elemontary principle of fire described above, will be the complexion of a person in the dasa period of Mars and so for the other planets. Again, the property of earth is smell, discornible by the nose ; that of water is taste, discernible by the tongue that of fire or light is shape or appearance, discernible by

CH. 8] BRJHAT JATAKA. 89

the eye ; that of air is touch, discernible by the body ; and that of Akas is sound, discernible by the ear. Suppose the dasa period to be that of Venus, his element is water; the quality belonging to water is taste, discernible by the tongue. Therefore in the dasa period of Venus, the person will eat juicy meals according to his desire. In the dasa period of Jupiter (Akas-sound), the person's speech will be sweet and agreeable to the ear; in the period of Mercury (earth-smell), the person's body will be with an agreeable. odor ; in that of Mars (fire-shape) he will be of agreeable appearance; and in that of Saturn(air .- touch, he will be of soft body. From a careful observation of these qualities the particular dasa period of a person may also be deter mined. 22. In the benefic dasa period of a planet the good effects are caused immediately by the Divine Soul living within the body and assuming for the time being a bonefio cbaracter.(a) When a person is found to enjoy the good effects described for a planetary dasa period, it may be concluded that such dasa period is going on at the time. As regards the effects described for planets which might be powerless, these are experienced by a person either in his dream or in mental reveries.

Notes. (a). If the dasa period be a malefic one, the divine soul assumes a malefic character for the time, and if the period be of a mixed nature, the divine soul assumes a correspond- ing character. (b). A wild train of thought in which a person enjoys or suffers according to his hopes or fears. 23. If the character of the lord of a dasa period be found to bebenefic under one yoga and malefic under another yoga neither of the effects will occur ; if two yogas give a

90 BRIHAT JATKA. [CH. 8

charactor and one another character, the former will take effect. But if to two distinct planets conflicting effects have been assigned, both will come to pass.

Notes .- The division of life into dasas as given by the anthor is hardly studied by Indian astrologers, evidently from the difficulties attending its application. These astrolo- gers, as a class, employ the exceedingly simple division of lifeinto what is known asUdu or Nakshatra dasas. According to this the maximum poriod of human life is divided into 9 parts presided over by the seven planets and by Rahu and Ketu-the two nodes of the Moon. They come in the fol- lowing order and their years are also given below : (1) The Sun, 6 years. (5) Jupiter, 16 years. . (2) The Moon, 10 » (6) Saturn, 19 (3) Mars, 7 , (7) Mercury, 17 (4) Rahu, 18 : > (8) Ketu, 7 (9) Venus, 20 years. The lord of the dasa period at the time of birth is ascer- tained from the asterism which the Moon occupies at the time-the nine triangular asterisms represent the nine dasas : if therefore at the time of birth, the Moon occupy one of the triangular asterisms of Krittika,U. Phalguni and U. Ashadha, the dasa period is that of the Sun.

Rohini, Hasta and Sravana ... Moon. Mrigasirsha, Chitra and Sravishta Mars. Ardra, Swati and Satabhishak ... Rahu. Punarvasu, Visakha and P. Bhadrapada ... Jupiter. Pushya, Anuradha and U. Bhadrapada ... Saturn. Aslesha, Jyeshta and Revati .. Mercury. Aswini, Magha and Mala Ketu. Bharani, P. Phalguni and P. Ashadha ... Venu3.

ČH. 8] BRIHAT JATAKA. 91

How much of the period of a particular dasa bas elapsed and how much remains at the time of birth must be ascer- tained from the portion of the asterism passed over by the Moon and the portion remaining at the time. This may be roughly ascertained from the time taken by the Moon to go over the portion of the asterism-the whole time in which the Moon passes through a particular asterism (as given in the Calendar) representing the full period of a dasa ; e.g. suppose the Moon to take 64 ghatikas aud 42 vighatikas to go over the asterism of Krittika, and suppose that at the time of birth, the Moon has gone over a portion of asterism covered by 24 ghatikas and 16 vighatikas. Required the number of years remaining at the time of birth in the dasa period of the Sun. Now the time in which the Moon will go over the remaining portion of the astorism of Krittika= 64 gh. 42. vigh-24 gh. 16 vigh. =40 gh. 26 vigh. Now 64 gh. and 42 vigh. represent the whole period of 6 years of the Sun. Therefore time required 6 years = 64 gh. 42 vigh. x 40 gh. 26 vigh.

6

64 × 60 + 42 ×40 ×60+26.

6 6 x 2426 years = 3882 1941 1213 yeurs

7278 years = 3 years, 8 months, 29 days, 1941

51 ghatikas, 39 vighatikas. To this must. be added in the order stated the dasa periods of the Moon, Mars, Rahu, &c., till we come to the present age of the person. Again, the nine dasa periods are each divided into 9 sub-divisons known as antardasas-the. lord of the first

92 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 9

antardasa being the lord of the dasa period, and those of the antardasas which follow are the same as the lords of the dasa periods which follow ; so that the antardasas, of the dasa period: of Jupiter for instance are those of Jupiter Saturn, Mercary, Ketu, Venus, the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Rahu. The length of the antardasa periods bear the same proportion to each other as the lengths of the dasa periods. For instance, required the length of the antardasa period of Venus in the dasa period,of Jupiter. The dasa period of Jupiter is 16 years, that of Venusis 20 years, that of all the planets is 120 years ; therefore the levgth of the antardasa 16 years 8 period required = - 120 years Ad 20 years = - years=2 years 3

and 8 months. Again, each of the antardasa period is further sub. divided into 9 parts in the same proportion, known as Sukshma periods. The appendix will contain tables for the periods of the dasa, antardasa and sakehme periods- also for readily ascertaining by mere inspection the period from one dasa period to another and from one antar- dasa period to another antardasa period.

CHAPTER IX. ON ASHTAKAVARGAS(a). 1. The benefic places of the Sun are the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th 10th and 11th houses from himself ; the same places from Mars and Saturn ; the 6th, 7th ,and 12th houses from Venus ; the 5th, 6th, 9th and 11th houses from Jupiter ; the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from the Moon ; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th houses from Mercury, and the 3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th, 11th and 12 th houses from Lagna.

CH. 9] BRIHAT JATAKA. 93

(a). This means the benefic and malefio places of a planet with reference to eight places-the places occupied by the seven planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. 2. The benefic places of the Moon are the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from Lagna ; the 2nd, 8rd, 5th, 6tb, 9th, 10th, and 11th houses from Mars ; the Jst, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th and 11th houses from herself (Moon) ; the 3rd, 6th, 7th, Sth, 10th and 11th houses from the Sun ; the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th houses from Saturn ; the 1st, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses from Mercnry ; the 1st, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, ) 1th and 12th houses from Jupiter; and the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 9th, 10th and 1ith houses from Venus.

3. The benefic places of Mars are the 3rd, 5th, 6th 10th and 11th houses from the Sun ; the Ist, 8rd, 6th 10th and 11th houses from Lagna ; the 3rd, 6th, and 11th houses from the Moon ; the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, and 11th houses from himself (Mars); the Ist, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from Saturn ; the 8rd, tb, 6th and 11th houses from Mercury, the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th houses from Venus ; and the 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses from Jupiter. 4. The benefic places of Mercury are the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 11th houses from Venus ; the jst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from Saturn and Mars ; the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th houses from Jupiter; the 5th, 6th, 9th, 11th and 12th houses from the Sun ; the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 6th, eth, 10th and 11th houses from himself; /2 the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from the Moon ; and the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th, and 11th houses from Lagna. 5. The benefic places of Jupiter are the 1st, 2nd, 4th- 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses from Mars ; the 1st, 2nd, 3rd

94 BRIBAT JATAKA. COH. 9

4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses from himself; the Ist, 2nd 8rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from the Sun ; the 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th 10th and 11th houses from Venus; the 2nd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 1lth houses from the Moon ; the. 3rd, 5th, 6th and 12th houses from Saturn; the lst, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, and 11th houses from Mercury, and the Ist, nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 9th,10th and 11th houses from Lagna.

6. The benefio places of Vonus are the 1st, 2nd, 8rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 11th houses from Lagna ; the Ist, 2nd, os' 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th and 12th honses from the Moon ; the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from him- self ; the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from Saturn ; the 8th, 11th and 12th houses from the Sun ; the 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses from Jupiter ; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th and 11th houses from Mercury ; and the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 11th and 12th houses from Mars. 7. The benefic places of Saturn are the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th houses from himself ; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses from Mars ; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th houses from the Sun ; the 1st, 8rd, 4th, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from Lagna ; the 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses from Mercury ; the 3rd, 6th, and ! 1th houses from the Moon ; the 6th, 11th and the 12th houses from Venus .; and the 5th, 6th, 1Ith and 12th houses from Jupiter. 8. Thus have been described the benefic places of the planets ; the other places ure malefic.(a) A place will produce benefic or malefic effects if it be more benefic for the planet than malefic or vice versa(b). These places are all with reference to the places occupi- ed by the planets at the time of birth. The planets while passing through places which happen to be the Upachaya houses or which might be their own houses or their friendly

cH. 9] BRIHAT JATAKA. 55

or exaltation signs, produce benefic effects fully if such houses or signs are more benefic for the planets than malefic ; and planets while passing through places which happen to be Apachaya houses or which might be their inimical or depression signs, produce malefic effects fully if such houses or signs be more malefic for the planets than benefic.

Notes. (a). For instance, the Erd, 5th, 6th and 12th houses from himself are malefic places for the Sun. The Jst, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 12th houses from Lagna are malefic places for the Moon, and so forth. (b). In preparing tables of Ashtakavarga, it is nsual to mark the benefic places with dots and the malefic places with lines. We will put dowu the Ashtakavarga table for Mars in the following horoscope :-

Lngna. Venus. Sun. Moon. Mereury.

Jupiter.

Rasi Chakra.

Mars.

Saturn.

Mark the benefic places, of Mars with dots and tho malefic places. with lincs. .The result will be found to be as follows. 13

f 96 BRIHAT JATAKA .. LOH. 9

000= 3 85 000 = 000 = 3 000 = 3 illl]=5 11111 = 5 11111= 5

0. = 8 0000 = 4 1111l = 5 1111 = 4

Ashtaka Varga of Mars. 00000= 5 00000 =5 111 = 3 1l1=3

00 = 2 0 = 00000 = 5 00 = 2 111111 = 6 1111111 = 7 111 = 3 111111= 6

The table means that while Mars moves through sign Aries for instance, the benefio effects will be f and tho malefic effects will be f. In other words he produces malefic effects to the extent of f-i or f of his power. Similar remarks apply to the other places. Notes .- The Ashatakavarga tables are generally pre- pared with the number of benefic dots alone marked in them -the number representing the malefio lines being the difference between number 8 and the number of dots. The above table will then stand as follows :-

5 .. 5

All these numbers represent the benefic dots.

Ci.91 BRIHAT JATAKA. 97

The A.V. tables are usefal in the prediction of most of the important events of life. Regular treatises exist on this branch of horoscopy, which must be consulted for full particulars. We shall give here some of the uses of the A. V. tables. The tables prepared, as stated above, with figures re- presenting benefic dots are subjected to two reductions or eliminations, known as Trikona and Ekadhipattya reduc- tions-that is, of the figures in the triangular signs, and of the figures in the several pairs of signs forming the houses of the planets from Mars to Saturn.

I. TRIKONA OR TRIANGULAE REDUCTIONS. The Triangular signs are given in the notes to Stanza 6 of Chapter I. The reduction rales are :- J. If the figures in the triangular signs be not all alike subtract from each the least of the three figures, keeping the remainders. 2. If there be no figure in one of the three signs, no reduction need be made. 8. If there be no figure in two of the three signs remove the figure in the third. 4. If the figures in the three signs be equal, remove them all. II.

EKADHIPATTYA REDUOTIONS. . The Ekadhipattya signs are given in the notes to Stanza 6'of Chapter I. The reduction rules are :- 1. If there be planets in both the houses of a planet no reduction need be made. 2. Of the two houses of a planet, one of which is occupied and the other not, (1) if the figure in the former

'98 BRINAT JATAKA. [OH. 9

be smaller than the figure in the latter, make the latter equal to the former, (2) if the figure in the former be greater than the figure in the latter, remove the latter, (8), if the figares in both be equal, remove the fgure in the latter.

9. Of the two houses of a planet, bothlof which are not occupied, (a), if the figares in the two houses be equul remove both ; (b), if the figures be unequal, make the larger figure equal to the smaller oue.

10. If there be no figure in one of the two houses no reduction need be made.

11. The figures in the signs Cancer, and. Loo, which are respectively the houses of the Moon and the Sun, are not subject to the Ekadhipattya reduction.

ILLUSTRATION.

We will apply these rules to the A. V. table of Mars given already.

REDUCTION I.

The figures in the Triangular signs of Aries, Leo and Saggittari are respectively 3, 5, 2. Under rule (1) subtract 2 from each, and the resulting figures are 1, 3, 0. The figures in the triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and Cnpri- corn, are respectively 3, 2, 5. Applying rule (1) we get 1, 0, 3. The figures in the triangular signs of Gemini, Libra and Aquaries are 3, 5, 3. Applying rule (1) we get 0, 2, 0. The figures in the triaugular signs of Cancer, Scor- pio and Pisces are 4, 1, 8. Applying rule (1) we get 3, 0, 2. So that the A. V. of Mars after the first reduction stands as

CH.9. BRIHAT JATAKA. 99

2 1 1 0

3 A. V. of Mars after Reduction No. I .. 3

0 0 2 0

REDUCTION. No. II.

This reduction should be made only to the figures re- sulting from Reduction No. I.

. Of Aries and Scorpio, the two houses of Mars, Aries is occupied and Scorpio is unoccnpied. The figures in them are 1, and o, respectively. Under rule (4) no reduction need .be made. Taurus and Libra, the two houses of Venus, are both occupied; under rule (1) no reduction need be mado. Gemini and Virgo, the two houses of Morcury are both unoccupied, the figures in them are, o and o-Rule (4) applies and there is no necessity for reduction. Of Pisces and Sagittari, the two houses of Jupiter, the former alone .is occupied and the figures in them are 2 and o. Under rule (4) no reduction noed be made. Of Aquarius and Cap- ricorn the two houses of Saturn the latter alone is ocou- pied and the figures in them are o, and 3. Applying rule 4 no reduction need be made. The tigures in Cancer and Leo, which are respectively the houses of the Moon andthe Sun, are not subject to reductiou Vide rule 5. These figures are 3 and 3.

So that after Reduction No. II the '. V. table of Mars will stand thus :-

100 BRIHAT JATAKA ... ECH. 9.

2 1 1 0

0 3 A. V. table of Mars'after Reduc- tiona I and 11. 8 8

0 0 2 0

The total of figures after the 2 reductions is 15. Similarly the A. V. tables of the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Faturn may be reduced. We will now give some of the uses of these tables. A. V. of the Sun. In the case of A. V. of the Sun,(a) multiply the total of the figures after reductions by the figure in the 9th house from the Sun in the A. V. Divide the product by 27 and take the remainder. Mark the asterism, counting the re- mainder from Aswini. When Saturn passes through such asterism or through its triangular asterisms either a person's father or paternal uncle will die or suffer miseries if the planetary dasa period at the time be a malefic one. No work shall be commenced when the Sun passes through signs where there are no figures in A.V. of the Sun. During such periods a person suffers from diseases, misery and quarrel. Multiply the total of reduced figures by the figures in the 8th house from the Sun in the A. V. of the Sun. Divide the product by 12. The remainder represents the sign (month) from Aries, through which or throngh one of its triangular signs when the Sun passes a person dies (in the year of his death). (a) A. V. of a planet is the Ashtaka Varga of a planet before reduction.

• ČH. 9.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 101

Add together the three figures in each of the 4 sets of the triangular signs Aries, Leo, Sagittari, &c. Fiud out which of these totals is the largest. Fiud out the Dik or quurter for the particnlar set of triangular signs giving the total. (Vido note (f) to stanza 19 Chapter II). The place of wor- ship in the house of a person will be in such direction.

A. V. of the Moon.

Multiply the total of the reduced figures by the figure in the 4th house from the Moou in A. V of the Moon ; divide the product by 27, take the remainder and for it find out the asterism from :Aswiri as before. When Saturn passes through such asterism or through its triangular asterisms a person's mother dies or suffers miseries if the planetary dasa period at the time be a malefic one.

Multiply the total of reduced figures by the figure in the 8th house from the Moon in the A. V. of the Moon. Divide the product by 27. Take the remainder; and for it find out the asterism from Aswiui as before. When the Moon passes through it or[through its triangular asterisms there will be quarrel, anger and.grief. No work shall be commenced when the Moon passes through signs in which there are no figures in the A. V. of the Moon.

Find outsthe Dik or quarter as before and it will give the positionjof the bath-room in the house of a.person.

A. V. of Mars.

When Saturn passes through signs in which there aro no figures in the A.V. of Mars, the person will suffer from diseases,: if Mars be powerful, and will die if Mars be weak and if he be not the lord of the ascendant.

102 BRIHAT JATAKA. Tcu. 9

Find out the Dik or quarter as before. It will give the position of the kitchen in a person's house, A. V. of Mercury. When Saturn passes through signs in which there are no figrures in the A.V. of Meroury the person's son or friends will die. Find out the Dik or quarter as before. It will give tho position of the play-ground in the house of a person. A. V. of Jupiter. The figure in the 5th house from Jupiter in the A. V. of Jupiter will give the number of sons of a person. The num- ber of those meeting with early death will be the number of plunots oconpying inimical or depression signs. The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give the position of the Treasury or store-room. A. V. of Venus. A person will get a wife, lands and wealth when Venus passes through signs containing the largest figure in the A. V. of Venus after reduction. The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give the position of the bed room. A. V. of Saturn. In the A. V. of Suturn add together the figures in the signs from the ascendant to the honse occupied by Saturn and also figures in the signs from Saturn to the ascendant. The two totals will give the years in which a person will suffer from diseases and from grief. Add the two totals the sum will give the year in which a persou's lifo will be in danger. A similar romark applies to the A. V. of Mars.

CH. 9.1 BRIBAT JATAKA. 103

When the Sun and the Moon pass through signs in which the figures are least in the A. V. of Saturn, a person dies (in his year of death). The Dik or quarter ascertained as beforo gives the position of the spot where the sweepings are gathered.

Barvashtaka Varga The Ashtaka vargas of the Sun and other planets con- sidered separately are known as Bhinnashtaka vargus and their sum forms what is known as Sarvashtaka varga. In the latter, te figure in sign Aries is the sum of the figures in sign Aries in the several Bhinnashtaka vargas; similarly the figure in sigh Taurus of S. A. V. is the sum of the figures in sign Taurus of the B. A. s. and the figures of the other signs may be similarly obtained. The total of these figures will always be 337-this being the sum of the totals of the figures of the seven B, A. Vs. The latter figures are 48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 52 and 39 from Sun to Saturn. Now various events of life are predicted by means of the figures of the S. A.V. table. (1). If the figure in a particular sign exceed 30 then planets passing through it will produce bonefic effects ; if it be between 25 and 30, such effects will be neither good nor bad aud if the figure be less than 25 the effects will be bad. Again, all good works shall be commenced when the rising sign is one whose figure is largest in the S. A. V. table and marriages and other connections shall be formed with persons whose star is one of the stars of such sign. (2). As the 10th house represents labour, the 1ith house gain and the 12th loss, if the figure in the 11th house be greater than the figure in the 10th bouse and if the figure in the 12th house be smaller than the figure in the 11th house and if the figure in the ascendant be greater than the figure 14

104 BRIRAT JATAKA. [Cg. g.

in the 12th house the person will be happy and prosperous- the meuning is clear, the labor being slight, gain much aud loss comparatively small. If the figures be otherwise the person will be unhappy. (3). Excepting the 6th, 8th and 12th houses, of the remaining 9 houses the significations of those where the figures are large will be in a condition of prosperity (Vide note (a) to Stanz: 15, Chapter I.) (4.) Add together the figures of the four signs from Pisces,-Pisces, Aries, T'aurus and Gemini. Add also the figures of the four signs from Cancer and of the four signs from Scorpio. These three totals represent the three sections of a man's life. Whichever total is the largest, the corresponding division of life will be happy and pros- perous. If three or more malefic planets occupy the four signs from Pisces a person will suffer miserios in the Ist section of life; if they occupy the four signs from Cancer the miseries will occur in the 2nd section, and if they occupy the four signs from Scorpio, then, in the 3rd section of life. If the planets in the several sections be benefic the person will be happy ; and if both malefio and benefic pla- nets occupy the several sections the effects will be buth good and bad. F. Add together the figures in tbe houses ocoupied by Saturn, Lagna and Mars. The sum will give the year in which a person will suffer from diseases and other miseries. G. Add together the figures of houses ocoupied by Rahu, Mars and Saturn. The sum will give the year in which a person will suffer from poison, weapous aud wounds. 7. Add together the figures of the signs ocoupied by benefic planets. The sum will give the year in which a person will get a son, wealth and the like.

cn. 9.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 105

8. Multiply the total of the figures of A. V. of tho planet who is the lord of the 8th house from the.ascendant by the fignre of the 8th house in S. A. V. table. Divide the produot by 12; the remainder will give the Month from Aries in which a person dies (in the year of his death.) In the same way the month of denth of a person's father may be ascertained by a similar culculation with refereuce to the 9th house and that of the mother with reference to the 4th house. 9. Find ont from the S. A. V. table the powerful Dik or quarter. Cow sheds, rice fields, agricultural operations shall be conducted in such dik or quarter and the weak dik or quarter shall be rejected for all purposes. Aguin, Parasara in his Hora Sastra, a very volu- minous work, has treated of 32 distinct processes for ascer- taining the length of human life. They are : I. Pindayurdaya ... 12 II. Dhruvayurdaya ... .-. III. Rasmikayurdaya ... 4 IV. Amsakayurdaya ... ... 4 V. Ashtakavurgaynrdaya ... ... 4 IV. Vishayayurdaya ... ... 2 VII. Nakshatramsakayurdaya ... ... 2 - Total 32 I. Pindayurdaya. This is divided into 3 schools, (1). that of Yavanacharya (vide Stanza 1 Ch. 7), (2) that of Jeevasarmn (vide stanza 9 Ch. 7), (3) that of Budarayana according to which the maximum yenrs of each planet when in his exaltation sign is one-seventh of 100 y'ears. Ench of these three schools has 4 sub-divisions: (a) The Neechardhharana process according to which the

106 BRIHAT JATAKA. [GH.9.

maximum period is one-half at depression. (b) The Neecha- bhava process according to which the period vanishes at depression. (o) The Krita harana process according to which the periods suffer reductions. (d) The Akrita harana process according to which the periods suffer no reduotions. Thus Pindayurdaya is of 12 sorts. II. Dhruvayurdaya. This is otherwise known as Nysargikayurdaya. (vide Stanza ;9 Ch. 8). As stated above there are 4 kinds of this: depending on the 4 divisions mentioned above-(a), (b), (c) and (d). III. Rasmikayurdaya. According to this the years of the planets from the Sun to Saturn are respectively 16, 20, 9, 8, 9, 25, and 26, There are 4 kinds of this as stated above. IV Amsakayurdaya. This is Satyacharyar's method referred to at the end of stanza 9 Ch. 7, This process, in certain cases has to be varied into what is known as Prakrumanugata method. The two processes again divide, each, into two parts known as Kritavridhika and Akritavridhika-i e. the years are to be increased according to some and not to be increasod according to others, Vide Parasara's Hora Sastra. Thus we get 4 kinds of Amsakayurdaya.

V. Ashtakavargayurdaya. This process as stated above has to be varied into what is known as Prakramanugata method. The two pro- . cesses again divide, each, into two parts known as Krita- vridhi and Akritavridhi as stated above. Vide Parasara Hora. Thus we get 4 kinds of Ashtakavargayurdaya. One of these 4 methods is given at the ond of these notes.

CH. 9.] BRJHAT JATAKA. 107

VI. Vishayayurdaya. This consists of two kinds-the one according to Para- sara and the other as mentioned in a work named Prakri- yamala. These partake of the nature of the Ashtakavarga process, VII. Nakshatramsakayurdaya. This is of two kinds-the one is known as the Kala" chakra process and the other as the Nakshtradasa. Thus 82 processes are mentioned by Parasara who at the same time states the particular cases to which each process is applicable. Of these 32 processes, Varaha Mihira has mentioned the most important ones in chapter 7. For further particulars in Ayurdaya the reader is referred to the works of Parasara and other writers. We shall bore state the details of the Ashtakavarga process. The following tables are employed in the process,

Rasi Gunakara or Zodiacal faotors.

Aries ... 7 Libra 7 Taurus 10 Scorpio ... 8 Gemini ... 8 Sagittari. 9. Cancer ... 4 Capricorn 5 Leo 10 Aquarius 11 Virgo 5 Pisces 12

Graha Gunakara or Planetary factors The Sun 5 Mercury 5 The Moon ... 5 Jupiter 10 Mars 8 Venus ... ... 7

SATURN. 5, Multiply the several figures in the sigos from Aries in the Ashtakavarga of the Sun by the figures of the Rasi Gunakara table respectively and add the produots. Again multiply the several figures in the signs occu- pied by the Sun and other planets by the figures, of. the

103 BRIHAT JATAKA .. [CH. 9.

Graha Gunakara table respectively and add the products. Add the two totals. Multiply the sum by 7; divide the podact by 27. The quotient will give the years of the Sun. Multiply the remainder by 12 and divide the product by 27 the quotient will give the months ; multiply the remainder by 30 and divide the product by 27 ; the qnotient will give the days, and similarly fiud the Ghatikas and Vighatikas. Thus we have obtained the A. V. years of the Sun.

Similarly those of the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Snturn may be obtuined from the A. V. tables. Now these periods are subject to the following reduc- tions. (1.) If a planet is accompanied by another planet in a sign the amount of reduction is one-half of the period obtained. (2.) If a planet occupy his depression sign, the amount of reduction is one-half. (3.) If he be an Astangata planet, the amount of ro- duction is also one-half.

(4.) If he occupy an inimical sign, the amount is one- third.

(5.) If he occupy the visible hemisphere the amoant is one-half. (6.) If he suffer defeat in conjunction the amount is one-third.

(7.) In the case of the Sun and the Moon again, if these be of unusual appearance the amount is one-third. .N B. Where several reductions bave to be applied to the period of a planet it will be enough if the largest of them be alone made.

cu. 9.1 BRIBAT JATAEA. 10€

After making the sevearl reductions add up the result- ing years of the planets, multiply the sum by 324 and divide the prodnot by 365. The quotient will give the length of & person's life in years, months, days, &e. Again, in the A. V. of Saturn as before, multiply the figures of the several signs from Aries by the Zodiacal fac- tors and add up the products. Multiply the figures in the several signs occupied by the Sun and other planets by the several planetary factors and add up the products. Add together the two totals. To the sum add the sum of the figures resulting after making the Trikona and Ekndhi- patya reductions to the figures of the A. V. of Snturn. Multiply the sum by the figure in the 8th house from the ascendant in the A. V. of Saturn ; divide the prodnct by 27; the quotient will also give the length of a person's life, pro- vided such length is otherwise found to range between 84 and 66 years ; the length of life will be 27 yenrs less than the period obtained if the person's age is otherwise found to range from 1 to 38 years and 27 years more than the period obtained if such length be found to range between 67 and 100 years and denth will ocour if the dara period be a malefio one. There are brief processes for ascertaining by inspection whether the length of life of a person falls in the first, or the second or the third section of the maxi- mum period of 100 years Vide. the Astrological Aphorisms of Jaimuui. Hitherto we have been dealing with the tables of the B. A. V. and S. A. V. prepared with the tigures re- presenting the benefic planetary places. Tables can also be prepared with figures representing the mnlefic places of the planets. (Vide note b, to stanza 8). Special rules ezist relating to the prediotion of events of lifo with the help of the figures of these tables. The reader is referred to the works of Parasara.

110 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 10.

CHPTER X.

ON AVOCATION. 1. A person gets wealth from his father, mothor, enemy, friond, brother, wife or servant according as tho planet which occupies the 10th house from the Lagna or from the Moon is the Sun, or the Moon, or Mars or Mercury, or Jupiter or Venus or Saturn respectively (a). : If there be no such planet, the avocation of a person will be that stated for the planets (b) which might be the lords of the Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 10th houses from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun (c). Notes. (a). If the 10th house from the ascendant and the 10th house from the Moon be both ocoupied by planets, a person will acquire wealth from both sources, and if several planets occupy the ;10th house there will be several sources of wealth. (b). Vide stanzas 2 and.3.

(c) Suppose sign Cancer is the Lagna ; the 10th house from Cancer is Aries; the lord of Aries is Mars ; suppose Mars to occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari ; the lord of Sagittari is Jupiter and the avocation stated for Jupiter (vide 3rd stanza) will be the avocation of a person. It also follows that a person's avocation will be all the three stated for the lords of the Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 10th houses from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. 2. If the lord of the Navamsa (a) be the Sun, a person will deal in perfumes, gold, woollen fubric, medecine, and the like. If the lord be the Moon, he will till lands or deal in the productions of water (b) or get money through women. (c) If he be Mars, the person will deal

ÒH. 10.] BRIBAT JATAKA: 111

iu metals or minerals, fire (d) or weapons and will also ac- quire wealth by acts of boldness; if he be Mercury, the person will be a writer, an accountant, and the like (e) and will also acquire wealth by various handicraft (f)-

Notes. (a). That is the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 10th house from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. (b). Such as pearls, conch shells, whale-bones and the like. (e). By serving under or otherwise following them. (d). Fire: he may be the driver of a fire engine or a dealer in matches and the like. . (e). By writing commentaries on the works of writers and the like. (f). Such as painting, book-binding, arrow-making or the making of flower-wreaths, sandal paste, perfumes and the like.

3. If the lord of the Navamsa be Jupiter, & person will get wealth through Brahmins, the Devas or learned men, through mines (a) and the like (b) and through acts of virtue (c) ; if he be Venus, the person will [deal in gems,(d) silver and other metals, in cows and buffaloes; and if the lord be Saturn, the person;will acquire wealth by means of hard labour, (e) by acts of torture, (f) by carrying bur- dens and by low deeds unsuited to bis rank. Thus persons acquire wealth by avocation stated! for the flords of Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 10th house. (g). (a). The word in the text is Akara which.includos gold and silver mines, placos where salt is producod or where elephants are found. (b). Such as contract work. 15

112 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 11.

(c). Such as sacrificial rites, gifts, acts of charity, pilgrimage, service under Guru or preceptor. (d). Such as diamonds, rubies, and the like. (e). Such as walking and the like. (f.) Either by self torture or torturing other creatures. (g ) From Lagna, the Moon and the Sun

4. If such yoga planet (a) occupy (b) a friendly sign, a person will acquire wealth (in the dasa or antardasa period of such planet) through a friend. If such yoga planet oocupy an inimical sign, the person will get wealth through his enemy ; and if such planet occupy his own house, the person will get wealth by means of his house. If, when the Sun happens to be the yoga planet, he occupy his exal- tation sign, the person will acquire wealth by his own powers. If (at the time of birth) powerful benefic planets occupy the 11th house, the Lagna or the 2nd house, the person will acquire wealth in various ways (c).

Notes. (a). That is either the planet which occupies the 10th house from the ascendant or the Moon or the planet which is the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 10th house from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. (l). At the time of birth. (c). In other words he will prosper well whatever may be the avocation he may choose to follow.

CHAPTER XI.

ON RAJA YOGA OR THN BIRTH OF KINGS. 1. According to the Yavanas a person born when three or more malefic planets are in their exaltation signs

cH. 11.1 PRIHAT JATAKA. 113

becomes a tyrannical king (a). According to Jeevasarma if such planets be malefic a pérson will never become a king (b). Notes- (a). If three or more planets occupying their exal- tation signs be benefic, the person becomes a good king; if both benefic and malefio he will become both a good and a bad king. (b); According to Jeevasarma, such a person becomes rich and powerful but not a king. Varha Mihira is of the opinion of the Yavanas. 2. Of the four planets, Mars, Saturn, the Sun, and Jupi- ter, by all the four or any three of them occupying exalta tion signs while each of the planets occupies the Lagna, the number of Rajayogas is 16. Again, of the same four pla- nets by any two or by any one occupying exaltation signs and in each case by each of the planets occupying the Lagna while the Moon occupies sign Cancer, the number of Rajayogas is also 16. Notes. 32 Rajayogas.are mentioned in this stanza. A per- son born under auy one of them becomes a king : suppose all the 4 planets-Mars, Saturn, the Suu and Jupiter-to occupy their exaltation signs at the same time; by any ono of such signs being the ascendant the number of Rajsyogas obtained is 4. Again, of the same 4 planets there are 4 groups, each of three planets: thus (1) Mars, Saturn and the Sun, (2) Mars, Saturn and Jupiter, (3) Mars, the Sun and Jupiter, (4) Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter. In tho case of each group, by all the three planets occupying their exnl- tation signs and by each of such sigus being the rising sign,, the number of Rujayogus obtained is 3 ; there being +

114 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 11.

such groups the number of Rajayogas obtained from them all is 4x3 or 12. Adding this to the 4 yogas already ob- tained we get the first 16 yogas mentioned in the text. Again, of the same # planets, there are 6'groups each of 2 planets as follows () Mars and Saturn, (2) Mars and the Sun, (3) Mars and Jupitor, (4) Satorn and the Sun, (5) Saturn and Jupiter and (6) the Sun and Jupiter. In the case of each gronp by both the planets occupying their exaltation signs and by each of sach signs being the rising sign, the number of Rajayogas obtained is. 2. There being 6 such groups, the number of yogas obtained from them all is 6x2 or 12. In each of these 12 cases, the Moon occupies. sign Cancer. Again, of the same 4 planets, by their seve- rally being in their exaltation signs, while such sigu is also the rising sign, the number of Rajayogas obtained is 4 In each of these 4 cases, the Moon occupies sigu Oancer. Add- ing these 4 yogas to the 12 yogas already obtained we get the second 16 yogas mentioned in the text.

3. The Lagna or the Moon being in Vargottama posi- tions, of all the planets, excepting the Moon, by the several groups of four, five and six planets aspecting the Lagna or the Moon, the numbor of yogas obtained is 22. Notes. The six plunets are, the Sun, Mars, Meroury Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, Of these there are 15 groups ench of 4 planets as follows : (1) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter. (2) Venus. (3) Saturn. (4) Jupiter, Venus. (5) Saturn (6) Venus,

BRIHAT JATAKA. 115

(7) The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. (8) Saturn. (9) Venus, (10) Jupiter, (11) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. (12) Saturn. (13) Venus, (14) » Jupiter (15) Mercury, " Again, of the same 6 planets there are six groups each of five planets as follows: (1) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. (2) Saturo. (3) Venus (4) Jupiter (5) „ Mercury (6) Mars, All the 6 planets form again into one group. Thus there are 22 groups. By the planets of each group aspeo- ting the rising sigo in its Vargothama position, the number of yogas obtained is 22; and by their aspecting the Moon in its Varguthama position, the number of yogas obtained is again 22. According to Mandavya, by each of the 12 signs from Aries being either the rising sign or the-sign ocoupied by the Moon in the case of each yoga, the number of yo- gas obtained is 44x.12 or 528. 4. When Saturn occupies sign Aquarius, the Sun. sign, Aries, the Moon sign Taurus, Meroury sign Gemini,. Jupiter sign Leo, and Mars sign Scorpio, a person born becomes a king when the rising sign is Aquarius. or when it is Aries or when it is Taurus. Again, when Saturn occupies sign Libra, the Moon. sign Taurus,, the Sun and Mercury sign Virgo,, Venus sign

116 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 9. Libra, Mars sign Aries, and Jupiter sign Cancer, a person born becomes a king when the rising sign is Libra or when it is Taurus.

5 When Murs occupies sign Capricorn, the Sun and the Moon sign Sagittari, Saturn sign Capricorn and when the rising sign is also Cupricorn, a person born becomes a king. Again when the rising sign is Capricorn and when Mars and the Moon occupy it, and when the Sun occupies sign Sugittari, a person born becomes a king. Agaiu when Aries is the rising sign and when the Sun occupies it, when Saturn and the Moon occupy sign Libra and Jupiter occupies sign Sagittari, a person becomes a king. 6. When the rising sign is Taurus and the Moon occu- pies it, when the Sun occupies sign Leo, Jupiter sig n Scropio and Saturn sign Aquarius a person born becomes a king. Again, when the rising sign is Capricorn, and when Saturn occupies it, and when the Moon occupies the 3rd house, Mars the 6th house, Mercury the 9th house, and Ju- piter the 12th house, a person born becomes a virtuous and famous king. 7. When the Moon andi Jupiten occupy sign Sagittari, and when Mars occupies the first half of Capricorn, a person bron becomes a king when Pisces is the rising sign and Venus occupies it or when Virgo is rising sign and Mercury occu- pies it .. Aguin, when the rising sign is Virgo and when Mercary ecupies. it, when Mars and Saturn occupy the 5th house, when the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupy the 4th house, & person born becomes a king. 8. When Pisces is the rising sign, and the Moon occu- pies it, and when Aquavius, Capricorn and Leo are respec-

CH. 11.] BRIHAT JATAKA, 117

tively occupied by Saturn, Mars, and the Sun, a person born becomes a king. Again, when Mars occupies sign Aries and Jupiter sign Cancer, a person born becomes a king when Aries is the rising sign, also when Caucer is the rising sign. 9. When Cancer is the rising sign aud Jupiter occu- pies it, and when the Moon, Venus and Mercury occupy sign Taurus and the Sun sign Aries, a person born becomes a powerful king. 10 When Capricorn is the rising sign and Saturn pies it, when the signs Aries, Cancer and Leo are ocou- pied by their lords and when Gemini and Libra are respec- . tively occupied by Mercury and Venus, a person born be- comes a famous king. 11. When Virgo is the rising sign, and Mercury occu- pies it, when Venus occupies sign Gemini, the Moon and Jupiter' occupy sign Pisces, and Mars and saturn occupy sign.Capricorn, a person born becomes a King. 12. Persons born under the various yogas described above, though they may be born in low families will be- come kings. If such persons are born in a king's family- they will doubtless become kings. We shall now proceed to describe certain yogas, persons born under which will become kings if they belong to a king's family and will become rich if otherwise.

13. When three or more planets are powerful and occupy either their houses or exaltation signs or their Moolatrikona signs, a person born becomes a king if he belongs to a king's family. Again, when five or more planets are powerful and occupy their houses or exaltatiou signs or their Moolatri- kona signs a person born becomes a king even if he be born

118 BRIHAT JATAKA. CoH. 11.

in a low-fumily. If in either case; the number of powerful planets be less than three or five, the persons described above will not become kings but will become only rich. 14. When Aries is the rising sign and the Sun and Moon occupy it, when Mars occupies sign Capricorn. Saturn sign Aquarins, and Jupiter sign Sagittari, a person born becomes a king, if he belong to a king's famlly, and will become only rich if otherwise.

Notes.

According to another reading, the Sun is made to occupy sign Led aud the yoga remains the same in other respects. 15. When Venus ocoupies the 4th house, and when such house is his own, when the Moon occupies the 9th house, and when the other planets occupy the 3rd, Ist and 11th houses, a person born becomes a king, if he belong to & king's family and only rich if otherwise. Notes.

As Venus is said to be in his Swakshetra he might be either is sign Taurus or in sign Libra. The Lagn a must therefore be either sign Aquarius or sign Cancer respec- tively. As the Moon is said to be in the 9th house, he occu- pies sign Libra in the former case, and sign Pisces in the lutter, and as the other plants are said to occupy the 3rd, Ist and 11th houses from Lagna, these houses are signs Aries, Aquarius und Sagittari in the one case, and Virgo, Caucer, and Tauins in the other. Thus 2 yogas are referred to in this stanza. 16. When Mercury is powerful and occupies the rising . sign, (a) when a benefic planet (b) occupies the 9th house(c) and when the other planets(d)occupy the 9th, 2nd,

CH. 11.] ŚRIEAÝ JATAKA. 11

3rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th houses (e), a person born becomes a virtuous king if he belong to a king's family and only rich if otherwise. Notes. (a). This may be any one of the 12 signs. (b). This is either Jupiter or Venus. (c). The 4th house according to a different reading. (d). When one or more of the other planets according to commentator. (e). One of these houses according to commentator. 17. When Taurus is the rising sign, and the Moon occupies it, when Jupiter occupies the 2nd house, Saturn the 6th house, and the other planets the 11th house, a person born becomes a king if he belong to a king's family, and only rich if otherwise .. Again, when Jupiter occupies the 4th house, the Sun and the Moon occupy the 10th house, when Saturn ocoupies the Lagna (a) and when the other planets occupy the 11th house, a person born becomes a king if he be born in a king's family, and only rich if otherwise.

Notes.

(a.) This may be any one of the 12 signs according to commentator. 18. When the Moon occupies the 10th house, Saturn the 11th house, Jupiter the rising sign, Mercury and Mars the 2nd house, and the Sun and Venus occupy the 4th house, a person born becomes a king if he belong to a king's fa- mily, and only rich if otherwise. Again, when Mars and Saturn occupy the rising sign, when the Moon occupies the 4th house, Jupiter the 7th house, Venus the 9th house, the Sun the 10th house, and 15

120 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 11'

Mercury the 11th house, a person! born becomes a king if he belong to a king's family, and only rich if otherwise. 19. Of the planets producing a Rajayoga either in the Antardasa periods of those which occupy the 10th house or the Lagna (a) or in that of the most powerful planet (b), a person cbtains kingdom and he loses it and courts the frieudship of another king in the Antardasa periods of the planets occupying inimical or depression sigus (c). Notes. (a). If there be planets both in the Lagna and in the 10th house or if there be several planets in either, then in the Antardasa period of the most powerful of them. (b). If there be no planets both in Lagna and in the 10th house. ' (c). If such planets be powerful the king will lose his kingdom permanently, and if they be not powerful, he will recover it by the help of his allies. 20. When Jupiter, Venus and Mercury occupy the rising sign, (a) when Saturn occupies the 7th house and the Sun the 10th house, a person born will live in great comfort and luxury. (b) Again, when powerful benefic signs form the Kendras and malefic planets occupy maletio signs, a person born be- comes rich and the chief of hunters and robbers. Notes. (a). The rising sign is Aries according to com- mentator. The interpretation given of this portion of the text is objected to by some on the ground that when Venus and Mercury (the inferior planets) occupy the rising sign the Sun cannot occupy the 10th house-a place more than 60 degrees removed from them. For the greatest elongations of the two planets from, the Sun are respectively 47 and 29

CH. 12.] BRIBAT JATAKA. 121

degrees. Accordiugly the following interpretation is pro- posed :- "If the rising sign be the house of Jupiter, Venus or Meroury" Bhatta Utpala, the commentator, while granting the validity of the objection, says, that the interpretation objec- ted to has the support of Garga whom he quotes. A similar remark applies to the Vajra and other yogas described in stanza 5 of the next Chspter, and in stanza 6 of the same, Varaba Mibira while admitting the impossibility of the yoga, say's that his task is simply to state the views of the ancient writers and nothing more. Vide notes to stanza 6, Chapter XII. (b). Though he may be poor. (c). This portion of the text is interpreted by some as follows : " When powerful benefio planets occupy the Kendras" But this interpretation is opposed to Garga whom the commentator quotes.

CHAPTER XII. 1. ON NABHASA YOGAS. 1. Nine, ten and eight, multiplied respectively by three, three and four give the sums of the numbers of the first two, the first three, and all the four groups of Nabhasa yogas (a). The Yavanas treat extensively of one thousand and eight hundred of such yogas (b). We shall here sum- marize them.

Notes. (a). Curiously enough the author adopts a rather circuitous method of stating the numbers of the several groups of Nabhasa yogas. The statement amounts to an Algebraical problem : find 4 numbers such that the lst + the

122 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cx. 2.1

2nd=9x3=27. lst+2nd+3rd=i0x3=30.1st+2nd+3rd+ 4th=8x4=32. It is clear that the number of the last group =32-30=2. The number of the 3rd gronp=30-27=3. The number of the first and second group is given as 27. According to the commentator, the lst group consists of 20 yogas and the 2nd of 7. In other words what the author wants to say is briefly this-The Nabhasa yogas consist of 4 groups as follows: Akriti yogas 20 ; Sankhya yogas 7 ; Asraya yogas 3; and Dala yogas 2. (b). Vide note at the end of the Chapter for the particulars of the 1800 Nabhasa yogas. (c). The author says that his 32 yogas contain the 1800 yogas of the Yavanas. 2. According'to Satyachariyar if all the planets occupy. (a) the movable, fixed or common signs, the yogas are respectively known as Rajju, Musala, and Nala and these three form the group of Asraya yogas. Again according to Parasara, if the benefic planets (b) occupy the Kendras (c), the yoga is known as Srikor Mala; and if malefic planets (d) occupy the Kendras (e) the yoga is known as Sarpa. These two form the group of Dala yogas. Notes. (a). One or two or three or all the four of the signs. According to some the planets ought to occupy all the four signs. This is opposed to Garga. (b). Viz., Mercury, Jupiter and Venus according to Garga. (c). Three of the Kendras, while there are no malefic planets in any of the kendra houses according to Bada- rayana. (d). Viz :- The San, Mars and Saturn according to Garga.

CH. 12.] BRIŅAT JAȚAKA. 128

(e). Three of the kendras, while there are no benefio planets in any of the kendra houses according to Bada- rayana. 3. Other Astrologers say that the Asraya yogas. are identical with the Yava (a), Abja (b), Vajra (c), Andaja (d), Goln (e), and the like yogas (f), and that when the effects of planets occupying the kendras are described the effeots of Dala yogas are also desoribed and they produce no separate effects (g). Notes. In this stanza the author explains the reason why. certain Astrologers have failed to treat of the Asraya and Dala yogas in their works. (a), (b), (c). Vide stanza 5. (d). Vide stanza 4. (e). Vide stanza 10. (f). The like yogas: such as Sakata (stanza 4), Kedara, Sula and yuga (all stanza 10). The Asraya yogas may be these aud may not be these; hence the author has deemed it advisable to treat them sepwrately. For instance, if all planets occupy signs Gemini and Sagittari-2 of the common signy-when one of these is also the rising sign, the yoga is known both as Vajra aud Nala; but if any other sign be the rising sign, it is not a Vajra yoga but only & Nala yoga. (g). As regards the Dala yogas, it is said that other writers have described the effects of benefic and of malefic planets occupying the Kendras and as these are also the effects of the two Dala yogus they have omitted to treat of them separately ; the author treats of these separately in order to make it known that the two are Nabhasa yogas. and as such their, effects, are felt throughout life, (vide Stanza 19).

124 BRIHAT JATAKA. Len. 12.

4. If all the planets occupy any two adjacent Kendras, the yoga is known as Gada (a). If they all occupy the ascendant and the 7th house, the yoga is known as Sakata. If all the planets occupy the 4th and the 10th house the yogn is known as Vihaga. If all the planets occupy the ascendant, the 5th and 9th houses, the yoga is known as Sringataka and if all the planets occupy other triangular houses the yoga is known as Hala (b). Notes. The author now proceeds to describe the 20 Akriti yogas. 5 of them are described in this stanza. (a). This may be in 4 ways : All the four planets may occupy (1), the lst and the 4th houses, (2), the 4th and 7th houses (3), the 7th and the 10th houses and (4), the 10th and the Ist house. The Yavanas consider these 4 us four dis- tinct yogas and call them respectively as Gada, Sankha, Vibhuka and Dwaja. (Vide note at the end of the Chapter.) (b). This may be in three ways : all the planets may occupy, (1), the 2nd, 6th and 10th houses, (2), the 3d, 7th and 11th houses, (3) the 4th, 8th and 12th houses. 5. If the benefic planets occupy the ascendant and the 7th house while the malefic planets occupy the 4th and 10th houses the Yoga is known as Vajra ; and if the reverse be the case (a) the yoga is known as Yava. Again, if all the planets occupy the four Kendras the yoga is known as Kamala, aud if they occupy the four Panaphara (b) or the four Apoklima (c) houses, the yoga is known as Vapi. Notes. In this stanza, 4 more Akriti yogas are described. (a). That is if the malefic planets ocoupy the ascen- dant and the 7th house while the benefic planets occupy the 4th and 10th houses. (l). That is the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses. (c). That is the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses.

CH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 125

,6. I have described the Vajra and other (a) yogas adopting the view of former writers (b). How can Mercury and Venus occupy the 4th sign from the Sun (c) ?- Notes. (a). 'That is the Yava yoga and the yoga mentioned in the beginning of stanze 20, of the Chapter on Rajayogn. (b). Maya, Yavana, Garga and others. (c). According to Mr. Sundareswara Sronty of Trivadi, the Vajra and Yava yogas refer to the positions of the pla- nets in the Bhava Chakra and not to their positions in their Rasi Chakra as supposed by Varaha Mihira. He is there- fore of opinion that Garga and other writers have not erred in treating of these yogas as possible ones. This we shall now expluin:

Varaha Mihira says " How can Mercury and Venus occupy the 4th sign from the Sun" The word used in the text is Bhavana which means a sign of the Zodiac (vide stanza 4, Chapter I). If the Vnjra and Yava yogas refer to the positions of the planets in the Rasi Chakra then Varaha Mibira is right in declaring that the ancient writers have erred, but not if the yogas refer to the positions of the planets in the Bhava Chakra. Indeed in all yogas where the positions of the planets are stated with reference to particular Bhavas or houses from the ascendant, they refer to Bhava Cbakra. As it is somewhat tedious to construct this Chakra (table), most of the astrologers confound it with the other Chakra and wrongly apply all yogas to the Rasi Chakra. This is one of fruitful sources of error in astrologi- cal predictions; we shall now expluin what is meant by Bhava Chakra. For the process of coustructing it, the reader is referred to the Appendix at the end of the Book. Both Rasi and Bhava Chakras are divisions of the eclip- tic; the former is division into 12 equal parts and the latter

126 BRIHAT JATAKA. Cou. 12.

is division into 12 unequal parts depending upon thè lati- tude of the place.

Bhaskara Charyar defines Bhava Chakra as follows in his Gola Adhyaya:

यत्रलग्नमपमण्डलंकुजे

मध्यलभ्रमितिदचिपीत्तरे॥

"The point where the ecliptic cuts the horizon in the east is known as eastern or rising Lagna, and in the west as the western or setting Lagna, and the points where the meridian of the place cuts the ecliptic are known as Mndhya or middle Lagnas .- The 10th and 4th Lagnas." These 4 points are respectively the middle points of the Ist, 7th, 10th and 4th Bhavas. The two points of trisec- tion of the distance between the middle points of the Ist and 4th Bhavas are respectively the middle points of the 2nd and 3rd Bhavas. The two points of trisection of the distance between the middle poits of the 4th aud 7th Bharas are respectively the middle points of the 5th and 6th Bhavas. The two points of trisection of the distance betweeu middle points of the 7th and 10th Bhavas are the middle points of the 8th and 9th Bhavas. And the two points of trisection of the distance between the middle points of the 10th and 1st Bhavas are the middle points of the 11th and 12th Bhavas. Thus we have obtuined the middle points of the 12 Bhavas. Now if we bisect these twelve divisions of the ecliptic, the space between the two points of bisection immediately on both sides of the middle point of each Bhava will form a Bhava.

CH. 12. BRIHAT JATAKA. 127

Now as the ocliptic is inclined to the equator by about 23 degrees, the pole of the ecliptio will always be removed from the pole of the equator by about 23 degrees and will describe round it a circle in the course of ech day. So that every day the plane of the ecliptio meridian will coincide with the plane of the meridian of the place twice. Now the point where the ecliptic meridian bisects the eclip- tio is known in Astronomy as the nona-gesimal point. Call this point N. Call the point where the meridian cuts the ecliptic M and the points where the horizon cuts the eclip- tic in the east and west as E aud W respectively. W M N E

So that N E= N W = 90 degrees = 8 signs, and M E is always 3 bhavas and M W is also 3 bhavas, M being the middle point of the 10th Bhara. Now when the plane of the ecliptic meridian coincides with the plane of the meridian of the place, N coincides with M and therefore N M vanishes aud the Rasi and Bhava Chakras coincide. This will ocour wwice a day. At other times they will differ. Now in the higher lati- tudes the angle between the two meridiun lines incr eases. V(ide Spherical Trigonometry). Therefore the distance N M also increases aud M W accordingly dimiuishes and it may even become less than 47 aud 27 degrees, and it never- theless contains 3 bhavas. So that it is possible for Mer- cury and Venus to occupy M (the 10th bhava) while the Sun occupies W (the 7th bhava), i. e., Venus and Mercury may occupy the 4th bhava from the Sun. So that Garga and other writers have not erred if the Vajra and Yara yogas refer to the positions of the planets in the Bhava Chakra. 7. If all the planets occupy the four signs (a) frou . the ascendant, the yoga is knowu as Yupa; if they 16

128 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 12.

occupy the four signs (b) from the fourth house, the yoga is known as Ishu or Bana ; if they occupy the four signs (c) from the seventh house, the yoga is known as Sakti ; and if they occupy the four signs from the 10th house the yoga is known as Danda. Notes. In this stanza the author describes four more Akriti yogas. (a). That is the ascendant and the 2nd, 3rd and 4th houses. (b). That is the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. (c). That is the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th houses. (d). That is the 10th, 11th and 12th houses and the ascendant. 8. If, as before, all the planets occupy the seven signs (a) from the ascendant the yoga is known as Nan ; if they occupy the seven signs (b) from the fourth house, the yoga is known as Kuta ; if they occupy the seven signs (c) from the seventh house, the yoga is known as Chhatra ; and if they occupy the seven signs (d) from the tenth house the yoga is known as Chapa. Again if all the planets occupy the seven houses beginning. from a Pan- phara or Apoklima house, the yoga is known as Ardha- Chandra (e). Notes. . In this stanza, the author desoribes 5 more Akriti yogas. (a). That is, the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. (b). That is from the 4th to the 10th house. (c). That is from the 7th to the 12th house and the ascendant.

CH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 129

(d). That is from the 10th to the 12th house and from the ascendant to the 4th house.

(e) As there are 4 Panaphara and 4 Apoklima bouses the Ardba-Chandra yogas are of 8 kinds: viz., all the planets may ocoupy (1) from the 2nd to the 8th house, (2), from the 3rd to the 9th house, (3), from the 5th to the 11th house, (4), from the 6th to the 12th house, (5), from the 8th to the 2nd house, (6) from the 9th to the 8rd house, (7), from the 11th to the 5th house, (8), from the 12th to the 6th house.

9. If the planets (a) ocoupy the six alternate signs (b ) beginning from the 2nd house the yoga is known as Samu- dra, and if they occupy the six alternate signs (c) begin- ning from ascondant the yoga is known as Chakra. Thus the Akrita yogas have been described briefly.

Notes. In this stanza the author describes the remaining 2 (out of 20) Akriti yogas. (a). All the seven planets. (b). That is, the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th houses.

(c) That is the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th houses. 10. If all the planets occupy any seven signs the yoga is known as Vallaki ; if they occupy any six signs, the yoga is known as Damini; if they occupy any five signs it is known as Pasa; if any four signs, it is known as Kedara; if any three signs it is known as Sula ; if any two signs, it is known as yuga ; and if they'ocoupy a single sign, the yoga is known as Gola. When any of theso Sankhya yogas are at the same time any other Nabhasa yogas, they are to be treated as belonging to the latter class (a).

130 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 12.

Notes. (a). For instance the Gada, Sakata and Vihaga yogas described in stanzn 4 are to be treated only as such and not as Yuga yogas described in this stanza ; the Sringutaka and Hala yogas described in stanza 4 are to be treuted only as such and not as Sula yogas described in this stauza. Again, the Vajra, Yava, Kumala and Vapi yogas described in stanza 5 as well as the Yupa, Ishu, Sakti and Dauda yogas described in stanza 7 shall not be confounded with the Kadara yogas described in this stanzn. Aud so on. 11. A person born under a Rajju yoga will be jealous of the wealth of others, will proceed to foreign lands and will be fond of travelling; a person born under a Musala yoga will be respectable, rich, and will engage in various undertakings; and a person born under a Nala yoga will be of defective organs, settled views, rich and skilled in work. Again, a person born under a Srik yoga will live in comfort and luxury, and one born under a Sarpa yoga, will be miserable in many ways. Notes. In this stanza, the author describes the effects of the three Asraya yogas and of the two Dala yogas. 12. If the Asraya yogas partake at the same time of the character of other yogas they should be treated as the latter; otherwise they produce the effects described for them. Notes. This subject has already been discussed in stanza 3. For instance, if a Rnjju yogs or a Musala yoga or a Nala yoga partake of the nature of a Kamala yoga (stanza 5) it should be treated as the latter. 13. A person born under a Gada yoga will perform sacrificial rites, will be rich, and will ever be engaged in the

CH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 131

acquisition of wealth; a person born under a Sakata yoga will live by means of carts, will be afflicted with disenses, and will have a mean wife; a person born under a Vihaga yoga will live by currying messages, will be fond of travels, and will cruse quarrels ; a person born uuder a Sringataka yoga will be happy in the latter end of life (a) and a person born under a Hala yoga will till lands. Notes. In this stanza the author describes the effects of 5 Akriti yogas. (a). The word in the text is "Chira Sukhi." This is interpreted by some to mean "huppy for a long time." This interpretation is opposed to Gurga. 14 A person born under a Vajra yoga will be happy both at the beginning and end of life, will be a genoral favorite and will be bold in fight. A person born in a Yava yoga will be powerful, and will be happy at the middle of ife. A person born under a Padma (Kamala) yoga will be of grest renown, will be grently happy and possessed of many attainments. A person born under a Vapi yoga will live in poor comfort for a long time, will bury his wealth under ground and will be a miser.

Notes. In this stanza, the author describes the effects of 4 more Akriti yogas. 15. A person born under a Yupa yoga will be liberal in gift and will perform high sacrificial rights. A person born under a Bana (Ishu) yogn will indulge in torture, will be a jailor and will make arrows. A person born under a Sakti yoga will engnge in deeds disgraceful to his rank in life, will not be skilled in work, and will be without money and comfort. A person born under a Danda yoga will be

132 BRIHAT JATAKA. COB. t2

separated from persons of his affection (a) and will earn his livelihood by the lowest of means, viz., servitude. Notes. In this stanza the author describes the effects of 4 more Akriti yogas. (a). Sons and the like. 16. A person born under a Nau yoga will be of wide- spread fame, happy only now and then, and will be a miser. A person born under a Kuta yoga will indulge in lies, and will be a jailor. A person born under a Chhatra yoga will make his people happy and will live in comfort in the latter end of life A person born under a Chapa yoga will delight in fight and will live in comfort buth at the beginning and end of life. Notes. The effects of 4 more Akriti yogas are described in this stanza. 17. A person born under an Ardha-Chandra yoga will be a general favorite, of agreeable person and be respected by all. A person born under a Samudra yoga will be as prosperous as a king and will live in comfort. A person born under a Chakra yoga will have his feet illumined by the lastre of the gems in the crowns of kings falling pros. trate before him by way of respect and submission (a). A person born in a Vallaki yoga will be skilled in work and will delight in musio and dunce. Notes. In this stanza the author describes the effects of the three Akriti yogas and of the first Sankhya yoga. (a). In other words he will become an emperor or king of kings. 18. A person born under a Damini yoga will be liberal in gift, will delight in helping others and will possess many cows. A person born in a Pasa yoga will, with his servants

CH. 12.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 133

and kinsmen, earn wealth by proper means. A person born under a Kedara yoga will till lands, and by doing good deeds, will be useful to others. A person born under a Sula yoga will be bold in fight, will receive blows and will be fond of money (a) but will be poor. Notes. In this stanza the author describes the effects of 4 more Sankhya yogas. (a). "Will be fond of torture " according to some other reading. 19. A person born under a Yuga yoga will be poor and will act in contravention of Vedic rules. A person born under a Gola yoga will be poor, dirty, ignorant, addicted to low deeds, unskilled in work, and will ever be wandering from place to place (a). Thus have been been deecribed the several Nabhasa yogas with their effects. These effects are felt throughout a man's life. Notes. In this stanza the effects of the remaining two Sankhyn yogas are described. (a). For bare subsistence.according to commentator. (b). Except in the case of Vajra and other yogas (vide stanza 14) whose effects will be felt, as stated, in particular periods of a person's life. So that where ver no periods are mentioned the effects will be felt throughont life.

Notes :- Dala Yogas will coincide neither with Asraya yogas nor with Akriti yogas. They might coincide with Sankhyayogas-with the Vallaki, the Damini, the Pasa, or the Kedara yogas, in which case the yogas are to be treated as only Dala yogas and not as Sankhya yogas. (Vide stanza 10). Again, according to stauza 12 if the Asraya yogas coincide with other yogas, they cease to be Asrayn

134 BRIBAT JATAKA. CoH. 12.

yogas and according to stanza 10 if the Sankhya yogas coincide with other yogas, they cease to be Sankhya yogns. Now suppose Asraya and Sankhya yogas to coincide with each other. Are they to be treated as the former or as the. latter? The commentator snys that if the coincidence refers to the Kedara, Sula, and Yuga yogas, the yogns are to be treated as Asraya yogas only ; but if it refer to the Gola yoga, it is to be treated as such and not as an Asrya yoga-otherwise there will be no room for Gola yoga at all. We shall now explain how the Yavanas obtain 1800 Nabhasa yogas. As stated in stanza 3, the Yaranas do not treat of the three Asrayn yogas and the two Dala yogas. They treat of 23 Akriti yogas and 127 Sankhya yogas or 1:0 yogas in all for a Lagna ; there being 12 Lagnas, the number of Nubhasa yogas treated of by the Yavanas is 12x150=1800. We shall explain these more fully. As explained in note (a) to stanzn 4, the Gada yoga of the author is treated of as 4 distinct yogas by the Yavanas. Adding these to the remaining 19 Akriti yogas, we get 23 Akriti yogas as treated of by the Yavanas. Again, the seven Sankhya yogas of the author are split into 127 Sankhya yogas (for a Lagna) by the Yavanas as follows: The first Sankhya yoga treated of by Varaha Mihira is known as Vallaki yoga according to which the 7 planets might occupy any seven sigus. This may be in many ways ; but the Yavanas select only a few : as ench of the seven planets might occupy the Lagna the number of yogns auder this divisiou is 7. Again the 2nd Sankhya yoga treated of by the author is one uccording to which the 7 planets are said to occupy any six signs. This may be in many ways; but the Yuvanas select the following few : of the 7 planets 5 may occupy 5 houses and two more may

CB. 13.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 135

occupy the Lagna. These two may be any two of the seven planets. The number of yogas under this head will be the number of combinations of 7 things taken 2 together =1xg=21. Again, the 3rd Sankhyn yoga is one in which the seven planets occupy 5 houses. This may be in many ways; but the following are selected :- 4 planets occnpying 4 houses and 3 more occupying the Lagna. These three may be any three out of the 7 planets. The number of cases under this head is the number of combinations of 7 things taken 3 together =1xx=35. The next Sankhya yoga of Varaha Mihira is similarly split by the Yavanas into 7x#xx=35, and the next into i xgx{x#x}= 21, and the next into }xgx#x*x}x *= 7, and the last into ? x;xxxx;x}=1. So that the seven Sankhya yogas are split into 7+21 +35+35+21+7+1= 127. These added to 23 Akriti yogas give us 150 yogas for a Lagna or 1800 yogns for the 12 Laguas. To find the number of combinations of n things taken r at a time, the reader is referred to the Lilavati of Bhas- kara Charyar or to the Chhandas Sutra of Pingala or to Chapter 77, stanza 22 (notes) of the English Translation of Brihat Samhita or to the notes to stanza 4 of the next Chapter of this Book.

CHAPTER XIII. ON CHANDRA (LUNAR) YOGAS. 1. The conduct, wealth, knowledge, intelligence and skill of a person will be poor, moderate or excellent accord- ing as the Moon occupies the Kendra, the Panaphara or the Apoklima houses from the Sun (a), and a person will be rich and will 'live in comfort if the Moon occupy his own Navamsa or an Atimitra Navamsa (b), provided she is 17

136 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 18.

aspected by Jupiter if the birth occur by day, and by Venus if the birth occur by night. Notes. (a). At the time of birth. In other words, a person will have very little of these qualities if the Moon occupy either the sign occupied by the Sun or the 4th, 7th or 10th sign from it. He will have these qualities in a moderate degree if the Moon occupy the 2nd, 5th, 8th or 11th sign from the sign occupied by the Sun ; and he will have these qualities in a large measure, if the Moon occupy the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th sign from the sign occupied by the Sun. (b). An Atimitra Navamsa is a Navamsa of an Atimitra or a very friendly planet. 2. If the benefic planets (a) occupy the 6th, 7th and 8th houses from the Moon, the yoga is known as Adhi- yoga (b). A person born in the yoga will become a gene- ral, a minister or a king (c) and will be in the enjoyment of great pleasures and wealth with subdued enemies and long life and free from diseases and fear. (a). These are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. (b). The yoga is of 7 sorts according as the benefic planets occupy one or more of the three houses: (1), They might occupy all the three houses ; (2), or the 6th and 7th houses ; (3) or the 6th and 8th ; (+) the 7th and 8th, (5), the 6th ; (6) the 7th ; (7), the 8th houses from the Moon. (c). According as Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are weak, of moderate power, or of very great power according to Badarayana. In the Astrological work known as Saravali, the Adhi yoga is classed with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are not Astangata plauets, nor aspected by maletic planets. Mandavya is of the same opinion.

CH. 13.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 137

3. Excepting the Sun if the other planets occupy the 2nd, the 12th, or both the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon, the yoga is respectively known as Sunapha, Anapha or Durudhura ; otherwise (a), the yoga is known as Kemadruma by numerous writers. According to some (b), if the Moon occupy the Kendra house from the ascen- dant or if the Moon be accompanied by a planet, the yoga ceases to be a Kemadruma yoga. According to others (c) the three yogas, Sunapha, Anapha and Durudhura are re- ferred to the Kendra bouses from the Moon (d), while again some others (e) refer the three yogas to the houses on both sides of the sign the Navamsa of which the Moon ocou- pies (f). But these views are not considered as authori- tative. Notes. (a). Otherwise: i. e., if the 2nd, the 12th, or both the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon be not ocoupied by planets-the Sun excepted. (b). Garga and Parasara. (c). Srutakeerti and others. (d). That is, if the planets excepting the Sun occupy the 4th house from the Moon, the yoga is known as Suna- pha; if they occupy the 10th house from the Moon, the yoga is known as Anapha, and if they occupy both the 4th and the 10th house from the Moon, it is known as Duru- dhura and if the 4th and 10th houses from the Moon be not occupied by planets, the yoga is known an Kemadruma. (e .· Jeevasarma. (f). Suppose the Moon to occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari in sign Aries. Now if the planets, excepting the Sun and the Moon occupy the 2nd, or the 12th or both the 2nd and the 12th houses from sign Sagittari the yoga is respectively known as Sunapha, Anapha and Durudhura.

138 BRIHAT JATAKA. [on. 13.

but if these two houses, be not so occupied the yoga is known as Kemiadruma. 4. The Sunapha and the Anapha yogas are each of thirty-one sorts, and the Durudhura yogas are of one hun- dred and eighty sorts, as will be found to be the case by forming series as desoribed in the rule for finding the num- ber of combinatious of a given number of things. Notes. The rule for finding the number of combinations of a given number of things is only hinted at in the text, but not fully given. It is quoted in stanza 22 of Chapter 79 of the Brihat Samhitta. The rule is :- "Beginning from unity, form a series by adding to- gether the first figure with the next and the sum with the next figure and so on omitting only the last. From the series thus formed, form a fresh series similarly, beginning from unity, and so on. The last terms of the several series will give the number of combinations required." Suppose there to be 7 substances. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, will form the first series. Obtain the 2nd series as follows: 1+2=3; 3+3=6; 6+4=10; 10+5=15; 15 +6=21. The 2nd series therefore is 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21. Obtain the 3rd series as follows: 1+3=4; 4+6=10; 10+10=20; 20+15=35. The Srd series therefore is 1,4, 10, 20, 35. Obtain the 4th series as follows : 1+4=5; 5+10 =15; 15+20=35. The 4th series therefore is 1, 5, 15, 35. Obtain the 5th series as follows: 1+5=6. 6+15= 21. The 5th series therefore is 1, 6, 21. Obtain the 6th series as follows: 1+6=7. The 6th series therefore is 1, 7. The seventh series is 1. The last termns of the seven series are, 7, 21, 35, 35, 21, 7, 1. These are respectively the number of combinations of seven things taken 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 at a time. Bhaskara Chariar gives a simpler process in his Lilavati-a work on Arithmetic. He scye'

CH. 13.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 139

Form fractions with the numbers beginning from the last number to unity for numerators and with the nnmbers beginning from unity to the last number for denominators respectively. The number of combinations taken 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., at a time will respectively be the first fraction, the product of lst two fraotions, of the first three fractions or of the 1st four fractions, &c. Suppose, for instance, the number of things to be 7. Then the fractions ars 1, ;, ", t,%,ª,1. The number of combinations of 7 things taken one at a time=7=7; Taken two at a time=}x{=21, taken 3 at a time =? x{xx=35; taken 4 at & time=}#x ;** =35; tnken 5 at a time =? x{x$, x;x = 21; taken 6 at a time =}xgx$xx*x=7; and taken 7 at a time

. Now in the Sunapha or Anapha yogas the 2nd or the 12th house from the Moon may be occupied by the five . planets from Mars either singly or two at a time or three or four or all at a time. The number required is the number of combinations of five things taken 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 together at a time. This is to be deduced from the following : f, $, , }. The number will be found to be 5+10+10+5+1 =31. Take the case in which the 2nd house from the Moon is occupied by a single planet; while it. does so, the remaining four planets may occupy the 12th house from the Moon 1, 2, 3 and 4 at a time. The number of these will be the sum of the number of combinations of four things taken 1, 2, 3 and 4 together. This will be found to be 4+6 +4+1=15. So that for one of the five Sunapha yogas we get 15 Durudhura yogas. The five Sunapha vogas of one planet will therefore give us 5x 15=75 Durudhura yogns. Take one of the 10 Sunapha yogas of two planets from Mars to Suturn ; the remaining 3 planets may occupy the 12th house from the MooD, 1, 2 and 3 at u time. The num-

140 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 13.

ber required is the sum of the number of combinations of three things taken 1, 2 and 3 at a time. This will be found to be'8+3+1=7. Combining these with the 10 Sunapha yogas of 2 planets we shall get 10x7=70 Duradhura yogas. Similarly the 10 Sunapha yogas of three planets will give 10x3=30 Durudhura yogas; and the five Snnapha yogas of 4 planets will give us 5x1=5 Durudhara yogas. So that the number of possible Durudhura yogas=75+70+20 +5=180. 5. A person born in a Sunapha yoga will be possessed of self-acquired property, will be a king or will resemble a king, and will be a man of intelligence, wealth and renown. A person born in an Anapha yoga will be a man of influence and authority, will be free from diseases, will have a control over his passions, will be of great renown, will be in the enjoyment of all manner of pleasures, will wear neat dress and will be free from grief. 6. A person born in a Durudhura yoga will be in the enjoyment of all munner of pleasures, will be possessed of wealth and chariot, will be liberal in his gift and will have good servants. A person born in & Kemadruma yoga, though he may belong to a king's family, will be dirty, afflicted with grief, will do deeds not suited to his rank in life, will be poor, will serve under others and will be wicked. 7. If the yoga planet be Mars, the person will be active, fond of fight, and wealthy, and will engage in deeds without thought. If the yoga planet be Mercury, the person will be skilled in work, will be of good speech and learned in the arts (a). If the yoga planet be Jupiter, a person will be wealthy and virtuous, will live for ever in comfort aud will be respected by the king. If the yoga

CH. 18.1. BRIHAT JATAKA. 141

planet be Venus, a person will be afflicted with sexnal pas- sion, will be very wealthy and in the enjoyment of all man- ner of pleasures. Notes. (a). In music, dance, painting, &c. 8. If the yoga planet be Saturn, a person will enjoy the wealth, property and servants of others, will engnge in various deeds and will be the chief of parties of men (a). It the birth oocur by day, the Moon will bring on misery if she occupy the visible hemisphere, and will bring on prosperity if she occupy the invisible hemisphere; if other- wise, the results will be the reverse of these (b): Notes. (a). If two or more planets be yoga planets the effects described for them all will come to pass. (b). That is, if the birth occur by night, the Moon will bring on misery if she occupy the invisible hemisphere and prosperity if she occupy the visible hemisphere. 9. If all the benefic planets (a) occupy the Upachaya places (b) from the ascendant at the time of birth, a person will be very rich and if they occupy the Upachaya places from the Moon, he will be moderately rich. If two of the planets occupy the Upachaya places a person will be moderately wealthy and if one of them occupy such places he will possess small wealth (c). Even if the person be born in other malefic Yogas (d) the present yoga will take effect to their exclusion (e). Notes. (a). Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. (b). The rd, 6th, 10th aud 11th houses from the ascendant. (c). Or poor. If benefic plauets occupy the Upachaya places both from the ascendant and from the Moon a person will be exceedingly rich.

142 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH 14.

(d). Such as Kemadruma yoga. (e). That is, suppose a person to be born in a.Kema- druma yoga and suppose the benetic planets to occupy the Upachaya places from the ascendant or the Moon or both, the person will become rich and not poor.

CHAPTER XIV. ON DOUBLE PLANETARY YOGAS. 1. If at the time of birth the Sun and the Moon oocu- py together a sign of the Zodiac, the person born will be a maker of fire engines (a) and will work in stones; if the Sun and Mars occupy a sign together, the person 'will be addicted to sinful deeds; if the Sun and Mercury occupy a sign together, the person will be skilled in work, will bo intelligent and famous, and will live in comfort; if the Sun and Jupiter occupy a sign together, the person will be cruel and will work for other men ; if the Sun and, Venus oc- cupy a sign together the person will gain money by engaging in public sports and by the use of weapons, and if the Sun and Saturn occupy a sign together, the person will be skilled in metal work and in earthen-ware. Notes. (a). Engines of destruction according to Commentator. 2. If the double planets'occupying together a sign of the Zodiac at the time of birth be the Moon and Mars the person will earn money by the, sale of works of art, of women, of liquor, and of pots and will give trouble to his mother ; if they be the Moon and Mercury, the person will be of sweet speech, skilled in literary interpretation and will become popular and famons ; if they be the Moon and Jupiter, the person will defeat his enemies, jwill be an im- portant person in his family, will not be of firm views and will be greatly rich; if they be the Moon and Venus, the

ot. 14.] DRIHAT JATAKA: 148

person will be skilled in cloth work (a) ; if they be the Moon and Saturn, the person will be the son of a re-married woman (b). Notes. (a). In weaving, stitching, dyeing; buying and selling cloths.

(b). The Sansciit term for the woman is Punarbhu. She is said to be a woman, who, out of sexual passion, quits her husband and marries a person of her owi caste whether or not she may have joined in sexual union. 3. If the double planets occupying together a sign of the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mars and Mercury, the person will deal in roots and the like, in oil, in works of art and will be skilled in duels; if they be Mars and Jupiter, the person will be the chief of a town or a king, will acquire money or will be a Brahmin ; if they be Mars and Venus; the person will protect cows, will engage in duels, will be skilled in work, will indalge in sexual union with the wives of other men and will be a gambler ; if they be Mars and Saturn, the person will be afflicted with grief; will be a liar, and will be despised by others. 4 .. If the double planets occupying together a sign of the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mercury and Jupiter, the person will be skilled in duels, will be fond of music and learned in dauce ; if they be Mercury and Venus the person will be one of good speech, and will be a ruler over countries and over men ; if they be Mercury and Saturn, the person will be skilled in deceiving others, and will reject the advico of his preceptor; if they be Jupiter and Veuus, the person will be learned in some respectable department of knowledge, will possess wenlth, a wife and various virtues ; if they be Jupiter and Saturn, the person will be a barber, a potman or a cook. 19

.14

i 1: heeooole: wane ocomrig sueshegu

appaa

. Tns a i inor v moesniness oeop ae

Noramry a ooogy ostarimgi gTi

Moroary. H,. te Mou m es. 5, t ia a Tdndi

singit ngz a oomr. & thesans a brai i wid

be a brghi annnam

lias aod a sinner.

tiful strong ane d ta: rug

Com. 14 BRIHAT JATAKA. 145

(4). The Sun and Jupiter, he will be earnest in work, will be a favorite with the king and rich. (5). The Sun and Venus, he will acquire wealth through women, will have kinsmen and enemies and will bo intelligent. (6). The Sun and Saturn, he will be of dull under- standing and subject to his enemies. (7). Moon and Mars, he will be bold and born of a high family; will be virtuous, wealthy and possessed of good qualities. (8). Moon and Mercury, he will be charitable, learned in sciences, and possessed of excellent qualities. (9). Moon and Jupiter, he will protect good and pious men and will be very intelligent. (10). Moon and Venus, he will be a sinner and a Merchant. (11). Moon and Saturn, he will possess a bad wife, will ill-treat his father and will be poor. {12). Mars and Mercary, he will be of good speech and learned in medicine, arts and sciences. (13). Mars and Jupiter, he will be of strong sexual passion, will possess excellent qualities and will be a mathe- matician. (14). Mars and Venus, he will be fond of fight and of the world, and will be deceitful.

(15). Mars and Saturn, he will be litigious, fond of music and of a dull understanding.

(16). Mercury and Jupiter, he will be of good specch, beautiful and very rich.

(17). Mercury and Venus, he will be a ruler over countries and over men.

146 BRIHAT JATAKA. [ca. 14.

(18). Mercury and Saturn, he will be deceitful, and will not be open to the advice of his preceptor. (19). Jupiter and Venus, he wil! be of bright appear- ance, a favorite with the king, will be very intelligent and skilled in work. (20). Jupiter and Saturn, he will be a sculptor and will protect cows. (21), Venus and Saturn, will be skilled in duels.

II .- OF THREE PLANETS.

Again, if the Yoga planets occnpying a single sign be (1). The Sun, the Moon and Mars-the person will destroy the family of his enemy, will be rich and just. (2). The Sun, the Moon and Mercury, he will resemble a king and will be learned and famous. (3). The Sun, Moon and Jupiter, he will be posseesed of many good qualities and will be learned. (4). The Sun, Moon and Venus, he will commit ad ultery, will be cruel, will be subject to fear from his enemy and will be rich. (5). The Sun, Moon and Saturn, he will be a man of wrong views, will be deceitful and will travel to foreign lands. (6). The Sun, Mars and Merenry-he will be without enjoyment of any kind and will have sons, wealth and wife. (7). The Sun, Mars and Jupiter, he will be fond of sexual enjoyment, will be considerate, will be a commander of armies or a magistrate. (8). The Sun, Mars and Venus, he will be afflicted with diseases of the eye, will live in comfort and born in a good family.

cw. 14.] BRIHAT JATAKA: 147

(9). The Sun, Mars and Saturn, he will be separated ' from his kinsmen, will be dumb, will suffer from diseases and will be rich. (10). The Sun, Mercury and Jupiter, he will be of sound views, will be learned, wealthy and famous. (11). The Sun, Mercury and Venus, he will be of soft body, will be learned and famous and will live in comfort. (12). The Sun, Mercury and Saturn, he will be with- out kinsmen and poor; will hate mankind and will be of vicious habits. (18). The Sun, Jupiter and Venus, he will possess a good wife and children, will be very intelligent, will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be rich. (14). The Sun, Jupiter and Saturn, he will be fearless, will be liked by the king and will be of quiet and excellent disposition. (15). The Sun, Venus and Saturn, he will be of bad reputation and will be haughty and insolent. (16). The Moon, Mars and Mercury, he will be glut- tonous, will be addicted to wicked deeds and will abuse other people. (17). The Moon, Mars and Jupiter, he will be of angry speech, will be of strong sexual passion and will be beautiful. (18). The Moon, Mars and Venus, he will be of bad conduct, will have no sons and will be fond of travels. (19). The Moon, Mars and Saturn, he will be virtuous and wealthy, will have a bad wife and will be litigious. (20). The Moon, Mercury and Jupiter-he will be charitable and learned in sciences, will protect good 'and pious men and will be of good speech.

148 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH 14.

(2)). The Moon, Mercury and Venus-will be learned, will be addicted to low deeds and will have numerous ser- vants. (22). The Moon, Mercury andSaturn-will be liberal in gift, will be respected by the king and will be possessed of good qualities. (23). The Moon, Jupiter and Venus-will be intelligent, will have good sons and will be skilled in works of art. (24). The Moon, Jupiter and Saturn-will be learned in sciences, will be fond of old women and will be as happy as a king. (25). The Moon, Venus and Saturn-will be learned in the Vedas, will be the king's chaplain and will be liked by all people. (26). Mars, Mercury and Jupiter-will be fond of music, of Vedas, of literature and of drama. (27). Mars, Mercury and Venus-will be of defective organs, will be born of a bad family and will be of settled views. (28). Mars, Mercury and Suturn-will serve under other men, will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be fond of travels.

(29): Mars, Jupiter and Venus-will be liked by the king, will have good sons, and will live in comfort. (30). Mars, Jupiter and Saturn-will be of thin body, without comfort, respectable and given up to a vicious course of lifo.

(31.) Mars, Venus and Saturn-will have bad sons and will ever be of pure mind.

32. Mercury, Jupiter and Venus-will conquer over his enemies and will be of wide-spread fame.

CH. 14.1 BRIBAT JATAKA. 149

33. Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn-will live in great comfort, will be wealthy and will be attached to his wife. 34. Mercury, Venus and Saturn-will tell lies. 35. Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-will be of clear understanding and will be happy and famous.

III .- OF FOUR PLANETS. Again, if the yoga planets occupying together a sign of Zodiac at the time of birth be (1). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Mercury-the person will be deceitful, skilled in the art of writing and will suffer from diseases. (2). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Jupiter-will be rich, famous, intelligent and liked by the king and will be free from diseases and from grief. (3). The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Venus-will have a wife and children, will be learned, a moderate eater, happy, skilled in work and merciful. (4). The Sun, Moon, Mars and Saturn-will suffer from diseases of the eye, will be fond of travels and of prostitutes and will be poor. (5). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Jupiter-will have eight sons, will be rich and possessed of good qualities ; will be famous, powerful and liberal in gift. (6). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Venus-will be of defective organs and of good speech. (7). The Sun, Moon, Mercury and Saturn-will be poor and ungrateful. (8). The Sun, Moon, Jupiter and Venus-will be possessed of many good qualities, will commit adultery with other women, will be intelligent and will suffer from diseases of the eye.

150 BRIHAT JATAKA. [oH. 14:

(9). The Bun, Moon, Jupiter and Saturn-will be fond of travels, will be rich, intelligent and attached to prostitutes. (10). The Sun, Moon, Venus and Saturn -- will be of defective limbs, will be timid, will follow girls and will be fond of wealth and meals. (11). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter-will be strong, will get into difficulties, will be married and rich, will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be fond of travels. (12). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus -- will be fond of the wives of other men, will be of fearful eyes and appearance, will be addicted to thieving and will be weak. (18). The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn-will be a commander of armies or a miuister, will be addicted to low deeds and will be in the enjoyment of numerous pleasures. (14). The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venue-will be as famous as the king, will be respected everywhere and will be rich. (15). The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn-will be blind, will be a wauderer and will have friends and kins- men. (16). The Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn-will suffer disgrace, will be slothful and possessed of good qualities. (17). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus-will be very rich and famous. (18). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn-will bring about quarrels, will be respectable and of vicious habits.

(19). The Sun, Mercury, Venus and Saturn-will be of good speech, will be truthfu!, will be a man of principlo and will be of good conduct.

CH. 14.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 151

(20). The Snn, Jupiter,\Venus and Saturn-will be learned in arts, will be the chief of low people and will be obstinate. (21). The Mocn, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter-will be liked by the king, will be a minister or an eminent poet. (22). The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus-will have a good wife and sons, will be intelligent, will be ugly and deformed and will live in comfort .. (23). The Moon, Mars, Meroury and Saturn-will have double parents, will be bold and will bave several wives and childreu. (24). The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus-will do sinful deeds will indulge in sleep and will be fond of money. (25). The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Suturn-will be of firm views, bold, happy and learned. (26). The Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn-will be of bad conduct, will have no sons, will be learned in the Vedas or will be the king's priest. (27). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus-will be very rich, attached to his kinsmen and virtnous. (28). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Satnrn-will be liberal in gifts, will be respected by the king will live iu great comfort, will be wealthy and attached to his wife.

(29). The Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn-will be hated by the people and will be fond of the wives of other men.

(30). The Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-will be without sons, will not be earnest in work and will be without mercy. (31). Mars, Morcury, Jupitor and Venus-will be rich and despised by the people 20

152 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 14

(32). Mars, Mercnry, Jupiter and Saturn-will suffer from diseases and will be poor. (33). Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn-will be of defective limbs, will serve under other men, will tell lies and will bave bad sons. (34). Mars, Jupiter, Venns and Saturn-will be liked by the king, will be of thin body, will have bad sons and will be of clear understanding. (33). Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-will be very rich, learned, and of good conduot.

IV. OF FIVE PLANETS.

Again, if the yoga planets occupying together a sign of Zodiac at the time of birth be (1). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter-the person will engage in figt, will be deceitful and skilled in work. (2). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus-will be devoid cf charity, will be earnest in work, will be with- out kinsmen and will work for other men. (3) .. The Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn-will be of short life, will be fond of earning money and without wife and children. (4). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus-will delight in annoying other men, will be rejeoted by his parents anb kinsmen and will be of defective eyes. (5). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn-will be avaricious and will be afflicted with grief owing to sepa- ration from his wife. (6). The Sun, Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn-will be wealthy, powerful, able and dirty and will covet the wives of other men.

cH. 14.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 153

(7). The Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus- will be a minister, will be rich, successful, famous and powerful and will also be a magistrate. (8). The Sun, Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn- will depend on other men for meals, will be timid, will commit sins and will engage in fearful deeds. (9). The Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn- will be poor, tall, without sons and sickly. (10). The Sun, Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn- will be without a wife, of good speech, will have enemies will be fearless and learned in jugglery. (11). The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus- will be without grief, a good friend and master of horses and covet the wives of other men. (12). The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn- will beg his meals, will be dirty and dressed in ragged clothes. (13). The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn- will be an important person aud will be afflicted with grief, fear, disease and hunger. (14). The Sun, Mars, Jupitor, Veuus and Saturn- will be respeoted everywhere, will be rich, will be blind and will have friends and kinsmen. (15). The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn- will possess a knowledge of Atma, will do deeds acceptable ' to Devas and to his preceptors and will be learned in sciences. (16). The Moon, Mars, Meroury, Jupiter and Venus -will be of a mild disposition, happy, rich, powerful and learned. (17). The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn -will be skilled in engineering, will be of strong physique and will be famous for his skill iu work.

154 BRIHAT JATAKA. LCH. 14

(18). The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn- will have a good wife and sons, will be intelligent and wi ll live in comfort. (19). The Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn- will work for other men, will be poor, of dirty appearance, ignorant and addicted to thieving. (20). The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn -will be respected in all lands, will be of defective limbs, will be a minister and will resemble a king. (21). Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn- will be respected everywhere, will be skilled in work, will suffer from torture, imprisonment and disease.

V .- OF SIX PLANETS.

Lastly, if the yoga planets occupying a single sign of Zodiac at the time of birth be the several planets except (1). Saturn-the person will be a writer of scientifio works, will dwell in woods and mountains and will be possessed of a wife, sons and wealth. (2). Except Venus-will bo addicted to thieving, will covet other women, will be despised by his kinsmen, will be without sous, will be a fool and will travel to foreigu lands. (3). Except Jupiter-will be a man of low birth, will work for other men, will suffer from consumption and will be despised by the people. (4). Except Meroury-will be a minister, will be possessed of a wife, sons, wealth and comfort and will have a control over his passions. (5). Except Mars-will suffer from headuche, will be mad, will live in places unfrequented by man and will travel to foreign lands.

CH. 15.]. BRIHAT JATAKA. 155

(6). Except the Moon-will be an energetic traveller and intelligent. (7). Except the Sun-will visit holy places, and will be rich.

CHAPTER XV.

ON ASCETIC YOGAS.

1. A person born when four or more (a) powerful (b) plauets occupy a single sign of the Zodiac becomes an ascetic of the Sakya, Ajivika, Bhikshuka, Vridhasravaka, Ohakra, Nirgrandha or Vanyasana cluss according as the most powerful planet of the group is Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, the Moon, Venus, Saturn or the Sun. (c) If such powerful plauet be one that has suffered defeat in conjunction at tho time of birth, the ascetic will, after a time revert to his previous condition of life. Notes. (a). That is 5, 6 or 7 planets. (b). If no planet be powerful there will be no Pravri- jia (ascetic yoga). (c). The ascetic life of the most powerful planet will be embraced by the person first, then that of the planet next in power and so on. The first chango of life will occur in tho Dasa and Antardasa period of the most powerful planet ; the succeeding changes will occur in the Antardasa periods of the respective planets. If the yoga planet be a single power- ful planet which does not suffer defeat in conjunction, the ascetic life assumed will continue till death. We shall now explain the terms referring to the several classes of ascetics. (1). Sakya :- A Budhist ascetic dressed in red robes. (2). Ajivika :- A Jain ascetic; the term includes Vaishuava ascatics as well.

156 BRIHAT JATAKA. Ccu. 15.

(3). Bhikshu :- A Brahman ascetic who abandons his house and family and subsists entirely on alms. (4). Vridhasravka :- known as kapalika, & follower of Siva. (5). Chakra :- known as Chakradhara, is an ascetic who wears a discus. (6). Nirgrandha :- a naked ascetic. (7). Vanyasana :- an ascetio who subsists on the roots of the forest and is engaged in Divine meditation.

2. If the most powerful yogo planet be an Astangata planet, (a) a person will not become a Deekshita (b) but will be attached to persons who are such. Again, if the power- ful planet which suffers defeat in conjunction be aspected by other planets, a person will not become a Deekshita (c) but will possess a strong desire to become one. Notes. (a). This has already been explained.

(b). That is, one of the holy order of men. (c). If not aspected, he will become one, and after a time revert to his former condition of life as stated in the last stanza. 3: If the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon as- pects Saturn and be not aspected by any other planet, (a) or if Saturn aspect the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon when such lord is not powerful, (b) a person will become an ascetic. Again, if the Moon occupy the Drekkana of Saturn and the Navamsa of Satnrn or Mars and be aspected by Saturn, (c) a person will become an ascetic (d). Notes.

(a). The Pravrijia will be that of such lord or Saturn whichever is powerful.

CH. 16.] BRIBAT JATAKA. 157

(b). The Pravrijia will be that of Saturn. (c). And not aspected by any other planet. (d). The ascetic life will be that described for Saturn.

4. A person born when Jupiter, the Moon and the rising sign are aspeoted by Saturn, when Jupiter occupies the 9th house from the ascendant and under one of the Raja yogas becomes & scientific author. (a). Again, & person born when Saturn occupies the 9th house from the ascendant and is not aspected by other planets and under a Raja yoga will become both a king and an ascetic. (b). Notes. (a). If the horoscope contain a Raja yoga and an ascetic yoga, the former will not take effect, but the latter will; such for instance as the lives of Varaha Mihira, Kanada, Budha, Panchasikha, Brahma Gupta and others. If the horos- cope contain two Raja yogas and an ascetic yoga, the person will become a king-such as Janaka, Kasiraja, Suchidhwaja and others. (b). If the horoscope contain no Raja yogas but only the ascetic yoga described in the text, the person will be- come an ascetic.

CHAPTER XVI.

ON THE NAKSHATRAS.

OR

The Moon In The Asterisms. 1. A person born whon the Moon passes through the asterism of Aswini will be fond of ornaments, will be of fine appearance, will be popular, skilled in work and intelli- gent.

158 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 16.

A person born when the Moon passes through the 2 asterism of Bharani will be successful at work, trathful, free from diseases, able and free from grief. 2. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Krittika will bo a glutton, fond of the wives of other men, of bright appearance and of wide-spread fame. ٹی A person born when the Moon passes through the as- terism of Rohini will be truthful, will not covet the property 14 of other men, will be of cleanly habits, of sweet speech, of firm views, and of fine appenrunce. 8. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Mrigasirsha will be of no firm principles, will be able, timid, of good speech, of active habits, rich and will indulge in sexual pleasures. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Ardra will be insincere, of irascible temper, ungrateful, troublesome and addicted to wicked deeds. 4. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Punarvasu will be devout and of patient habits will livo in comfort, will be good-natured, quiet, of wrong views, sickly, thirsty and pleased with trifles. 5. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Pushya will have a control over his desires, will be generally liked, learned in the Sastras, rich and will be found of acts of charity. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Aslesha will not be attentive to the work of other men, will be a promiscuous eater, will be sinful, un- grateful and skilled in cheating other men. 6. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Mugha will have numerous servants, will wor- ship the Devas and Pitris and will be engaged in important works.

CH. 16 ] BRIBAT JATAKA. 159

A person born when the ' Moon passes throngh the as- terism of P. Phalgnni will be of sweet speech, will be liberal in his gifts, of wandering habits and will serve under kings. 7. A person born when the Moon passes through the 17 asterism of U. Phalguui will be generally liked, will earn money by his learning aud will live in comfort. A person born when the Moon passes through the as-

13 terism of Hasta will be of active habits, full of resources, shameless, merciless and a thief and a drunkard. 8. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Chittra will wear cloths and flowers of various H colors and will have beautiful eyes and limbs. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Swati will be of a mild and quict nature, will control his passion, will be skilled in trade, will be merci- ful, unable to bear thirst, of sweet speech and disposed to do acts of charity. 9. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Visakha will be jealous of another's prosperity, will be a niggard, of bright appearance, of distinct speech, skilled in earning moncy and disposed to bring about quar- rels among men. A person born when the Moon passes through the as- terism of Anuradha will be rich, will live in foreign lands, will be unable to bear hunger and disposed to wander from place to place. 10. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Jyeshta will have few friends, will be very cheerful, virtuous, and of irascible temper.

A person born when the Moon passes through the as-

19 terism of Moola will be haughty, rich, happy, not disposed to injure other men, of firm views and will live in luxury. 21

160 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 16.

11. A person born when the Moon passes through the $4.0 asterism of P. Ashadha will have an agreeable wife, will be proud and attached to friends. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of U. Ashadha will be obedient, will be learned in the rules of viriu9, will posses many friends, will be grate- ful and return favors received and will be generally liked. 12. A person born when the Moon pusses through the astorism of Sravana will be prosperous and learned, will have a liberal-minded wife, will be rich and of wide- spread fame.

A person born when the Moon passes through the as- terism of Dhanishta will be liberal in gifts, rich, valient, fond of music and will be a niggard.

13. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Satabhishak will be harsh in his speech, will be truthful will suffer grief will conquer his enemies, will thoughtlessly engage in work and will be of independent ways.

A person born whon the Moon passes through the as- terism of P. Bhadrapada will suffor from grief, will place his wealth at the disposnl of his wife, will be of distinct. speech, will be skilled in earning money and will be a niggard.

14. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of U. Bhadrapada will be an able speaker, will be happy, will possess children and grand-cbildren will con- quer his enemies and will be virtuous. A person born when the Moon passes throngh the as- terism of Revati will possess perfect limbs, will be liked by all the people, will be deeply learned, will never covet the property of other men and will be rich.

CH. 17.] BRIHAT JATAKA.

Notes. The effects described above will fully come to pass only if the Moon be powerful.

CHAPTER XVII.

ON THE MOON IN TIE SEVERAL SIGNS OF

THE ZODIAC.

1. A person born with the Moon in sign Aries will have ronnd red-eycs, will be fond of vegetable food and will eat hot meals bnt in a moderate degree; will be of a quickly relenting nature, will be fond of travels and of soxual union; will be of strong knees; will possess no permanent wealth; will be fond of fight and of women ; will be skilled in befriending other men ; will have dis- figured nails and a wounded head ; will be haughty, will be the eldest of his brothers ; will have lines in his hand of the shape of the weapon known as Sakti ; will be fickle-min- ded and will be afraid of water.

2. A person born with the Moon in sign Taurus will be of fine appearance and of beautiful gnit; will possess large thighs aud face ; will possess marks on his hack, face and sides, will be liberal iu his gifts ; will bear misfortunes; will possess great influence and authority ; will have a large hump on the neck ; will have daughters; will suffer from phlegmatic affections, will be sepurated from his kinsmen, wealth and sons; will be of agreeable manners and of patient nature; will be a great eater ; will be fond of women; will be attached to his friends and will be hap- py both when young and old. 3. person born with the Moon in sign Gemini will be fond of women, will be skilled in sexuul union ;will possess

162 BRIHIAT JATAKA. Ccu. 17.

red eyes; will be learned in the Sastras; will carry messages; will possess curling hairs and a sharp intellect; will be skill- ed in wit, in discovering the thoughts of other men and in game; will possess beautiful features; will be of sweet speech; will be a great eater; will be fond of music, and skilled in. the rnles of dance; will join in sexual union with herma- phrodites; and will possess an elevated nose. 4. A person born with the Moon in sign Cancer will possess a bent body ; will walk fast ; will have a high hip; will be subject to the influence if womon; will have an excellent friend ; will be learned in Astrology ; will have numerous houses, will have a wealth which will increase and decrease as the Moon; will be short; will possess a thick neck; will be capable of being won over by kind words, will be attached to his friends and will bo fond of water and forests. 5. A person born with the Moon in sign Leo will be of irascible temper, of large cheeks, broad face and brown eyes; will have very few sons ; will hate women; will be fond of animal food, forests and hills; will continue angry at trifles for a long time; will bo afflicted with pains caused by hunger, thirst, belly-ache, tooth-ache as well as purely mental anxieties ; will be liberal in his gifts ; will be bold in fight ; will be of fixed principles; will be haughty and attached to his mother. 6. A person born with the Moon in sign Virgo will,out of modesty, be of mild and boantiful eyes and gait; will have his shoulders and arms sunk or depressed; will live in com- fort, will be of soft body ; will be truthful, will be skilled in dauce, music and painting; will be learned in the Sastras; will be viituous and intelligent, will be fond of sexual union; will enjoy the house and property of other men; will live in foreign lands; will be of swoet speech; and will have daughters and very fow sons.

CH. 17.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 163

7. A person born with the Moon in sign Libra will res- pect the Devas, Brahmins, and holy men ; will be intelligent, will never covet the property of other men; will lead a reli- gious life; will be subject to the influnce of women ; will he tall ; will have a raised nose ; will be of thin and defective limbs and fond of travels; will be rich ; will be a trader ; will bear the name of a Deva coupled with an excellent sur- name granted by a body of learned men; will bo sickly; will protect his family and will be disgraced and rejected by his kinsmen. 8. A person born with the Moon in sign Scorpio will have broad eyes, a broad breast and round shanks, thighs and knees; will be separated from his parents and preceptors; will be afflicted with diseases when young ; will be rospected by kings, will of brown color; will not be of a straight- forward nature ; will have lines in his hand and feet of the shape of the fish, the Vajrayudha or & bird ; and will end- .eavor to conceal his sins. 9. A person born with the Moon in sign Sagittari will have a long face and neck ; will inherit his father's property ; will be liberal in his gift; will be a literary author ; will be powerful and skilled in speech ; will have large teeth, ears, lips aud nose, will engage in numerous works ; will be skilled in sculpture; will have indistinct shoulders, disfigured nuils and large hands; will be of a deep and inventive intellect, will be a man of right under- standing ; will bate his kinsmen ; will never yield to compul- sion but only to kind treatmeut. 10. A porson born with the Moon in sign Cnpricorn will be ever attached to his wife and children; will do deeds of virtue; will have thin lower limbs, good eyes and a thin waist; will be open to advice; will be of amiable manners and slow at work ; will not bear cold ; will be of a

164 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 17

wandering nature, powerful and a literary author ; will be a niggard and will be attached to old women of low caste ; will be shameless and merciless. 11. A person born with the Moon in sign Aquarius will have a neck like that of the Cumol, a body covered with muscles, rough and covered with hair ; will be tall ; will have large legs, thighs, back, buttocks, face, and lower belly ; will be deaf; will be attached to the wives of other men and interested in the wicked deeds of other people ; will rise and fall by turns ; will de fond of flowers aud per- fumes ; and will be attached to friends aud will walk with- out fealing tired.

12. A person born with the Moon in sign Pisces will be a dealer in the produce of the sea and a trader in general ; will be fond of his wife and clothes; will hava perfect Jimbs, a bright body, long nose and large head, will put his enemies into disgrace, will be subject to the influence of women, will have beautiful eyes, and will be fair, rich, happy and learned.

13. If at the time of birth of a person, the Moon, the sign occupied by the Moon and the lord of such sign be all powerful the effects described in this chapter will fully come to pass (a) ; the same remark applies to planets other than the Moon (b). Notes. (a). If two of the three be powerful, the effects will come to pass imperfectly ; if only one of the three be power- ful, they will come to pass still more imperfectly and if none of the three be powerful, the effects will fail.

(b). This refers to the next chapter in which the anthor describes the effects of the various planets occupy- ing the several signs of zodiac at the time of birth.

OH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 165

CHAPTER XVIII. ON THE SUN, MARS AND ¡OTHER) PLANETS In the Several Signs of Zodinc. 1. A person born with the Snn in Aries but not in its exaltation degree (a) will be of wide-spread fame, able, of wandering habits, possessed of small wealth and will carry wenpons. A person born with the Sun insign Tanrus will denl in cloths, perfumes and other articles, will hate women and will be skilled in music. Notes. (a). A person born with the Sun in the exaltation degree will be very rich, will remnin for ever in a place, will have servants carrying arms, will be of great fame and able. 2. A person born with the Sun, in sign Gemini will be learned in grammar, will be an Astrologer and will be rich. A person born with the Sun in Cancer will be independ- ent, fierce, poor, will do the work of other people and will suffer from the fatigue of foot-journey. A person born with the Sun in sign Leo will be fond of living in forests, mountains and cow-sheds, will be powerful and will be a fool. A person born with the Sun in sign Virgo will be sk!ll- ed in writing, painting, in literary productions and in mathe- matics, and will possess a body resembling that of a woman. 3. A person born with the Sun in sign Libra will be fond of liquor or will manufacture it, will be of a wandering nature, will be an alchemist and will do wicked deeds. A person born with the Sun in sign Scorpio will be of a fierce nature, will thoughtlessly engage in work, will earn money by acts connectod with poison and will be vastly learned in the use of arms.

166 BRIHAT JATAKA .. [CH. 13.

A person born with the Sun in Sagitari will be reepec- ted by sages, will be rich and independent and will be leurned in medicine and sculpture. A person born with the Sun in sign Cupricorn will engage in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be igno- rant, will deal in mean articles, will possess small wealth, will be avaricious aud will enjoy the property of other men. A person born with the Sun in sign Aquarius will engage in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be poor and will have no sons.

A persn born with the Sun in sign Pisces will become rich by dealing in the produce of water, will bo respected by women, will possess a mole or other marks in the part of body corresponding to the sign occupied by the Sun and Moon together.

5. A person born witho Mars in sign Aries or Scorpio will be respected by the king,will be of a wandering nature, will be a commander of armies or a trader, will be rich, will have a body marked with wounds, will be a thief and will be in the enjoyment of the pleasures of the senses.

A porson born with Mars in sign Taurus or Libra will be snbject to the influence of women, will not be open to the advice of friends, will be fond of the wives of other men, will be learned in the games of magic, will adorn his per- son, will be of a timid nature and will have a rough body. f. A person born with Mars in sign Gemini or Virgo will be of bright appearance, will have sons and no friends, will belp others, will be skilled in music and fight, will be u niggard, and will be fearless and of a begging nature. A person born with Mars in sign Cancer will be rich, will cross seas aud eara wealth, will be of defective limbs and will be wicked,

OH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 167

7. A person born with Mars in sign Leo will be poor, will patiently bear afflictions, will wander in the forests, will be fearless and will have few wives and children. A person born with Mars in sign Sagittari or Pisces will have many enemies, will be the king's minister, will be of wide-spread fame, will be fearless and will have very few children. A person born with Mars in sign Aquarius will ever suffer grief, will be poor, will wander from place to place, will be a liar, will be independent and wicked. A' person' born with Mars in sign Capricorn will be very rich, will have many sons and will be a king or will resemble a king. 8. A person born with Mercury in sign Aries or Scorpio will be fond of gambling, of running into debt and of liquor; will be an atheist, will argue against the spirit of the Sistras, will be a thief, will be poor, will have a mean wife, will be deceitful, will be a liar and will swerve from the path of rectitude. A person born with Mercury in sign Tanrus or Libra will be a preacher, will have many sons and wives, will ever be engaged in earning money, will be liberal in gift and will respect his preceptor. 9. A person born with Mercury in sigh Gemini will be talkative, will be a liar will be learned in the scionces, in music, in dance and iu painting ; will be of sweet speech and will live in comfort. A person born with Mercury in sign Cancer will earn money by works connected with' water and will be disliked by his kinsmen. 10. A person born with Mercury in sigu Leo will be disliked by women, will be poor, will have ncither comfort nor sons, will wander from place to place, will be ignorant, will be fond of women and will suffer disgrace. 22

168 BRINAT JATAKA. [om. 18.

A person born with Meroury in sigu Virgo will be liberal in gift, will be learned, will possess many virtues, will live in comfort, will be of a patient nature, will be ingenious and fearless. 11. A person born with Mercury in sign Capricorn or Aquarius will work for other men, will be poor, will be a sculptor, will run into debts and will work for no fees. A person born with Mercury in sigh Sagittari will be respected by kings, will be learned in sciences and in laws. A person born with Mercury in sign Pisces will be skilled in befriending other men, will readily discover the views of other people, and will be learned in the handicruft of men of low castes. 12. A person born with Jupiter in sign Aries or Scorpio will be a commander of armies, will be very rich, will have many wives and children, will be liberal in gift, will have good servants, will be of a patient nature, and of bright appearance, will be happy with his wife and will be of great fame. A person born with Jupiter in sign Taurus or Libra will be free from diseases, will live in comfort, will be rich, will have friends and sons, will be liberal in gift and will be liked by all. A person born with Jupiter in sign Gemini or Virgo will have many clothes, houses, servants, sons and friends, will be a minister and will live in co mfort.

18. A person born with Jupiter in sign Cancer will be possessed of gems, sons, wealth, wives, influence, intelligence and comfort. - A person born with Jupiter in sign Leo will be all that has been said in the case of a person born with Jupiter in Cancer and will besides be a commander of armies.

cn. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 169

A person born with Jupiter in sign Sagittari or Pisces will be the ruler of a province or a minister under a king or the commander of armies or will be very rich. A person born with Jupiter in sign Aquarius will be all that has been said in the case of a person born with the Moon in sign Cancer. A person born with Jupiter in sign Capricorn will do deeds disgraceful to his rank in life, will possess very little wealth and will be afflicted with grief. 14. A person born with Venus in sign Aries or Scorpio will be fond of the wives of other men, will lose his property through their influence and will bring disgrace on his family. A person born with Venus in sign Taurus or Libra will acquire wealth by his own powers, will be liked by the king, will be an important person among his kinsmen, will be a man of fame and will be fearless. 15. Aperson born with Venus in sign Gemini will do the work of a king, will be rich and learned in music. A person born with Venus in sign Virgo, will engage in hard work. A person born with Venus in sign Capricorn or Aqu- rius will be liked by all, will be subject to the influence of women and will be fond of bad women. 16. A person born with Venus in sign Cancer will have two wives, will be a beggar, will be timid and haughty and will suffer grief. A person born with Venus in sign Leo will acquire money through women, will have an excellent wife and very few sons. A person born with Venus in sign Sagittari will be possessed of excellent quulities and will be rich.

170 BRIBAT JATAKA. [OH. 18.

A person born with Venus in sign Pisces will be learn- ed, will bo a man of authority, will be rich, will be respect- ed by the king and will be liked by all. 17. A person born with Saturn in sign Aries will be a fool, will wander from place to place, will be a fop and will be separated from his friends. A person born with Saturn in sign Scorpio will suffer im prisonment, will receive blows, will be indifferent to work and will be merciless. A person born with Saturn in sign Gemini or Virgo will be shamsless, will suffer grief, will be poor, will have no sons, will be a bad painter, will be a constable and will be a chief officer. 18. A person born with Saturn in sign Taurus will be fond of women of low caste, will possess small wealth and will have several wives. A person born with Saturn in sign Libra, will be the chief of a party of men in a town or in an army or in a village and will be rich. A person born with Saturn in sign Cancer will be poor, will havo very few teoth, will be separated from bis mother and will have no sons. A person born with Saturn in sign Leo will not be deserving of respect, will suffer grief, will have no sons and will carry burdens. 19. A person born with Saturn in sign Sagittari or Pisces will die an excellent death, will be a faithful officer in the king's palace, will have good sons and a good wife, will be wealthy, will be the chief mau in a town, in an army or in a village. A person born with Saturn in sign Capricorn or Aqu- arius will enjoy the wives and property of other men, will be the hend of u town, a village or an army, will have weak

CH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 171

eyes, will be dirty, will be indifferent to bathing, will have a permanent wealth and authority and will enjoy the porperty acquired by him. Notes. To determine the effects of the planetary places the reader is referred to Stanza 13 and Note (b) to it of the last Chapter. 20. The effects described for the several sigus of the zodiac when the Moon occupies them or when they are as- pected by planets also apply to the rising sign; nay - more effects are due to the risnig sign and to the 2nd, 3rd, and other bhavas (houses). If the houses be powerful and if their lords be also powerful, these effects will come to pass fully. Notes. If the rising sign and its lord be powerful, a person born will be of strong physique ; if the 2nd house and its lord be powerful, the person will be rich. Similar remarks apply to the other bhavas. The following have been extracted from Satyachariar's work on Horscopy. 1. A person born when Aries is the rising sign will have disfigured fingers, will be of irascible tempr, will bring on quarrels, will act inconsistently with his views, will be of bilious and windy temperament, will be a nig- gard, will suffer grief, will when young, be sepnrated from his parents and from his preceptor, will have very few sons will assist his brothers and kinsmen, will be virtuous, will travel to foreign lands, will engage in useless work, will marry either a woman of low caste or a deceitful woman or a woman of defective limbs or one who was already married, will obtain as relations persons of a friendly nature and will meet his death either by weapons or by poison or by bilious complaints or by the people about him or by fire, by rain, by being shut up in a prison or by fall.

172 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 18

2. A person born when Taurus is the rising sign will have large lips, cheek, nose and forehead, will be of phleg- matic and windy tomperament, will be liberal in gift, will be a spendthrift, will have daughters and very few sons, will ill-treat his parents, will be fond of work, will do wicked deeds, will earn much wealth, will ever be fond of his wife and will suffer from weapons. He will meet his death by weapons, ropes or animals, in foreign lands or will die through over work or by water or by a spear or through want of exercise or by quadrupeds. 3. A person born when the rising sign is Gemini will be either of defective limbs or will possess extra limbs, will be of sweet speech, will engage in excellent works, will be of a mixed temperament, will be of small understanding and of small body, will be liked by his preceptor and by sages, will have very few younger brothers, will not be of very active habits, will put other men to disgrace, will possess good qualities, will be anxious to engage in a number of works, will be virtuous and not wicked, will earn and spend much, will possess several wives and will be free from serious diseases. He will meet his death by snake-bite, poison, animals or by water. 4. A person born when the rising sign is Cancer will be a man of no fixed principles, will suffer diseases of genital organs, will be of a timid nature, will be grateful, will be of phlegmatic and windy temperument, will readily understand things, will follow his enemies, will spend the property of other men also, will be haughty among his people, will be pat to disgrace by his kinsmen, will lose bis children, will engage in important works in foreign lands, will be of imperfect sp9ech, will be a master over other men, will have an unequal wife, will suffer disgrace from his enemies and will be respected by many persons. He will meot his death by means of a neck ornament or a

CH. 18.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 173

rope, by phlegmatic complaints, by the fracture of bones, by sword out, or by dropsy. 5. A person born when the rising sign is Leo will be severe, fond of animal food and of bilious temperament, will conceal himself, will support his family by engaging in various works, will be a niggard, will like the people, will be a man of renown aud of resignation ; will annoy bis kinsmen, will be able, and energetic, will be of a sinful nature, will possess several wives and will have a diseased waist, knees and teeth. He will meet his death by n ea. pons, hurtful animals, by poison, by wood, by diseases, by the creatures of water or by starvation. 6. A person born when the rising sign is Virgo, will be of sweet speech, of bright personal appearance, long legs aud arms, will be of a mixed temperament, will be of excellent beauty, will receive wounds, will be rich, will be a niggard, will be attached to his kinsmen, will have many daughters, will be in bad terms with his brothers and sisters, will be inclined to deeds of virtue, will not earn much, and will be skilled in work. He will meet his death by means of quadrupeds, weapons, bilious attacks, grief, fire or rope. 7. A person born when Libra is the rising sign will be of a rough body, a harsh nature and a phlegmatic and windy temperament, will thoughtlessly begin a work, will be of short neck, will be grateful, will acquire much wealth, will become famous by his acts of liberality, will serve under his preceptor, will be respected by his father, brothers and others, will be fond of walking, will be virtuons, will conceal himself to escape troubles from his kinsmen, will lose his wife, will be fond of fight and will suffer from grief. He will meet his death by a famous man, by his kinsmen, by mild quadrupeds, by perspiration, by sepa- ration from an object of desire and by the fatigue of journey.

174 BRIHAT JATAKA. COH 18

8. A person born when the rising sign is Scorpio wil have a broad face and a long belly, will be of a harsh nature and of a bilious temperament, will have brown eyes, will be slow and of quick pace, will be a master over others, will protect a large family, will be hated by his kinsmen, will spend much, will have many children, will not live in comfort, will have no enemies, will lose his virtues, will protect oxen, will fall into bad temper on account of his wife, will yield nothing to his enemies, will have his own men for his enemies, will snffer from numerous diseases and will surrender himself to his foe out of fear of sword- cut. He will meet his death by imprisonment, blows, sword-cut, bad diseases or by fire. 9. A person born when the rising sign is Sagittari will have large lips, teeth and nose, will be of phlegmatic and windy temperament, will have a fleshy genital organ, thighs and arms, will be of defective nails, will be skilled in work, will be bold in fight, will serve under men of low caste, will be deprived of his property by thieves, by fire or by the king, will be learned in laws, will be respected by many people, will give trouble to his brothers, will work in foreign lands, will be liked by the king, will be indifferent to deeds of virtue, will quarrel with his wives and will have a diseased face. He will meet his death by quadrupeds, snakes, the king or by imprisonment. 10. A person born when the rising sign is Capricorn will have a small nose, long face, arms and legs ; will be of windy temperament, of a timid nature, will thoughtlessly engage in work, will suffor imprisonment, will have a small family, and small wealth, will be a niggard, will have daughters, will have no kinsmeu, will live in plenty, will acquire wealth by his valor, throngh the king and by forest will observe fasting, will have a wife of low caste, and will be attached to her, will have a large body, few hairs and

cH. 19.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 175

weak knees and will suffer fron diseases. He will meet his death by children, by the wind, by weapons, by the king, by poison, by fall, by an elephant, by an increase of bile or by dyspepsia. 11. A person born when the rising sign is Aquarius, will be of inactive habits aud of harsh nature, will be the eldest in the family, will be of bilious and windy temper- ament, will have a nose shaped like the flower of the sesamum plant, will waste his wealth, will have many servants, will be hated by his kinsmen, preceptors, enemies and friends ; will be fond of deeds of wickedness, will acquire much property, will never spend money on charity, will assume a show of virtue, will worship the Devas and will suffer from phlegmatic attacks affecting the chest. Ho will meet his death from pains in the belly by vomition and by drugs administered by women. 12. A person born when the rising sign is Pisces will have thick lips, fish-like eye and large nose, will be of phlegmatic and windy temperament, will be a sage, will be of disfigured skins and of active habits, will be remarkable for his gain and loss, will have good servants and kinsmen, will be disposed to deeds of virtue, will have a good wife, will help his father, will join a woman of low deeds and will have bad enemies. He will meet his death by disease, corruption of the blood, snake- bite, attack of a lion, by the chiefs of parties of men, by venereal diseases, by drugs, by fusting: or by the fatigues of journey.

CHAPTER XIX ON PLANETARY ASPECTS. 1. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Aries and be aspected by Mars, the person will become a king; if she be aspectel by Mercury, the person will be learned ; if 23

176 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cB. 19.

by Jupiter, he will resemble a king; if by Venus, he will be a man of good conduct; if by the Saturn, he will be a thief and if by the Sun, he will be poor. If at the time of birth, the Moon ocenpy sign Taurus and be aspected by Mars, the person will be poor; if she be aspeoted by Mercury, he will be a thief; if by Jupiter, he will be respected by the people; if by Venus he will be & king ; if by Saturn, he will be rich and if by the Sun be will be a Servaut. If at the time of birth the Moon ocoupy sign Gemini and be aspected by Mars, the person will sell weapons; if she be aspected by'Mercury, he will become a king ; if by Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Venus, he will be fearful; if by Saturn, he will be a weaver and if by the Sun, he will be poor. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Cancer and be aspected by Mars, the person will be a valiant sol- dier ; if she be aspected by Mercury, he will be a literary author ; if by Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Venus, he will be a king ; if by Saturn, he willlive by weapons and if by the Sun, he will suffer from diseases of the eye. 2. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Leo and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be an Astrologer; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be rich ; if by Venus, he will be a king ; if by Saturn, ho will be a barber ; if by the Sun, he will be a king and if by Mars, he will also be a king. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Virgo and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a commander of armies ; if by Venus, he will be vigilent and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, ho will live by serving under women. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Libra and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king; if

on. 19.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 177

aspected by jupiter, he will work in guld ; if by:Venus, he will be a trader ; and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will be a chief and will work mischief. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Soorpio and be aspected by Mercury, the person will get twins ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be obedient ; if by Vernus, he will be a washerman ; if by Saturn, be will be of defeotive limbs; if by the Sun, he will be poor and if by Mars he will be a king.

3. If at the time of birth, theMoon occupy sign Sagit- tari and be aspected by Mercury, the person will protect his kinsmen; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, he will protect many men; and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars he will be a fop, will put on a show of virtue and will not attend to the work of other persons. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Capricorn and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be the king of kings; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king ; if by Venus, he will be learned; if by Saturn, he will be rich; if by the Sun, he will be poor and if by Mars, he will be a king. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Aquarius and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will resemble a King ; if by Venus or Saturn or the Sun or Mars he will bo foud of the wives of other men. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Pisces and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be witty ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, he will be learned and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will do wicked deeds. Notes. As stated in the last Stanza of the last chapter, all that has been said of the Moon applies also to the rising sign.

178 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 19.

The Moon by aspecting the several signs of the Zodiac except sign Cancer produces malefic effects when such signs are rising signs. 4. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the solar or lunar hora of a sign, she will produce benefic effects if She be aspected by planets occupying respectively the solar and lunar horas. (a) If the Moon be aspected by the lord of the Drekkana occupied by her or by planets occupying friendly signs she will produce benfic effects. (b). The effects described for the Moon occupying the several signs and as- pected by the several planets apply to her when she occu- pies the several Dwadasamsas and is aspected by the seve- ral planets. (c.) If the Moon occupy particular Navamsas and be aspected by the several planets, the effects will be those stated as follows. Notes. (a). If the Moon be aspected by planets occopying horas whose lords are different from the lords of the horas occupied by her the effects will be malefic. The same re- marks apply to the rising hora. (b). The samo remarks apply to the rising Drekkana. (c). The same remark holds with reference to the rising Dwadasamsa. If the rising Dwadasamsa be other than that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be aspected by the Moon the effects will be malefic; if the rising Dwada- samsa be that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be aspected by the Moon, the effects will be benefic. 5. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Mars and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be the protector of a city ; if aspected by Mars, he will be fond of torture; if aspected by Mercury he will be skilled in duel fight; if by Jupiter, he will be a king ; if by Ve- nus he will be rich and if by Saturn, he will bring on quar- rels.

CH. 19.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 179

If at the time of birth,theMoon occupy the Navamsa of Venus and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a fool; if aspected by Mars, he will be fond of the wives of other men; if by Mercury or Jupiter he will be produce good literary works; if by Venus, he will be fond of com- forts ; if by Saturn, he will unite with the wives of other men.

6. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Mercury and be aspeoted by the Sun, the person will be a duellist or a dancer ; if aspected by Mars he will be a thief; if by Mercury he will be a great poet; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if by Venus, he will be skilled in music and if by Saturn, he will be skilled in mechnnical arts.

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Cancer and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be of small body ; if aspected by Mars, he will be a niggard and will possess small wealth ; if by Mercury he will prac- tise austerities; if by Jupiter, ho will be a chief, if by Venus, he will thrive by women and if by Saturn, he will be fond of work.

7. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Leo and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a man of angry temper; if aspected by Mars, he will be liked by the king ; if by Mercury, he will become rich by the discovery of hidden treasure; if by Jupiter, he will cairy his orders into effect; if by Venus, he will have no sons and if by Saturn he will do wicked deeds. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Jupiter and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a man of well-known powers; if aspected by Mars, he will be learned in'the rules of fight ; if by Mercury, he will be skilled in ridicule; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if

180 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 19.

by Venus, he will be a man of no virility and if by Saturn, he will be charitably disposed. 8. Ifat the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Suturn and be aspected by the Sun, the person wil: have very few children ; if aspected by Mars, he will be anhappy though rich ; if by Mercury, he will bo haughty ; if by Jupiter, he will do deeds unsuited to his station iu lifo ; if by Venus, he will be fond of bad women and if by Saturn, he will be u niggard (a). All that has been said for the Moon occupying particular Navamsas and aspected by the several planets applies also to the Sun-with this exception that where solar aspect has been referred to, it shall be read as lunar aspect. Notes. (a). The same remark applies to the rising Navam- sa as to the Moon-but if the Moon aspect the rising sign when the rising Navamsa is other than that of Cancer the effects will be malefic. 9. If the Moon occupy a Vargottama position, her own Navamsa, or other Navamsas and be aspected by benefic planets, the offects will respectively be full, imper- fect and sinall. But if she be aspected by malofic planets, the effects will respectively be small, imperfect and full (a). If the lord of the Navamsa be powerful, the effects described for planetary aspects in the case of signs and Navamsas (b) will alone come to pass (c.) Notes. (a). The sume remark applies to the rising sign and to the Sun. (b). Navamsas occnpied by the Sun or the Moon or the rising Navamsa. (c). And those described for planetary aspects in the case of horas, Drekkanas and Dwadasamsas.

CH. 20.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 181

CHAPTER XX.

ON THE PLANETS IN THE BHAVAS.

. 1. If at the time of birth of a person, the sun oc- cupy the ascendant, the person will be fond of fight, slow at work, without sight and without mercy; but if Aries be the rising sign and the Sun occupy it the person will be rich and afflioted with diseases of the eye; if Leo be the rising sign and the Sun occupy it, he will be blind at night ; if Libra be the rising sign and the sun occupy it, the person will be blind and poor ; if Cancer be the rising sign and the Sun occupy it, he will have a mote in his eye. If the Sun occupy the 2nd house from the ascendant, the person will be greatly rich, will have his wealth carried away by the king and will suffer from diseases in the face. . 2. If at the time of birth, the Sun occupy the 3rd house from the ascendant, the person will be intelligent and powerful ; if he occupy the 4th house, the person will be afflicted with grief and mental sufferings ; if he occupy the 5th house, he will have no sons and will be poor and if he occupy the 6th house, the person will be powerful and be subjugated by his enemy (a). Notes. (a). According to another reading, if the Sun occupy the 6th house from the ascendant the person's enemies, will meet with ruin According to Satyachariar such a person will be free from enemies, diseases and grief ; but the text has the support of Yavanachariar and Suchidhwaja. 8. If at the time of birth of a person the Sun occupy the 7th house from the ascendant, the person will suffer digrace at the hands of women ; if he occupy the 8th house, the person will have very few sons and will become blind ; if he occupy the 9th house, the person will have sons

182 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 20.

wealth and comfort (a). ; if he occupy the 10th house, the person will live in comfort and will be powerful ; if he occu- py the 11th house the person will be very rich and ifhe occupy the 12th house he will become an apostate. Notes. (a). According to another reading a person born with the Sun in the 9th house will have neither sons nor wealth. Accordingly Satyachariar says that such a person will do wicked deeds, will be afflicted with diseases and will attain an humble position in life, 4. If at the time of birth of a person the Moon occu- py the ascendant such person will become dumb or mad or an idiot or blind or deaf ; he will do mean deeds or will become a slave ; if the rising sign occupied by the Moon be Cancer, Aries or Taurus the person will be rich, will have many sons and will be wealthy respectively. If the Moon occuppy the 2nd house from the ascendant, the person will be a man of a large family. If she occupy the Srd house, he will delight in torturing animals. If she occupy the 4th or the 5th house, he will be in the full enjoyment of whut the houses signify (a). If she occupy the 6th house, the person from will be of soft body, will have a dull appetite will be sparing in sexual union, will be cruel and will be slow at work. Notes. (a). That is, if the Moon occupy the 4th house from the ascendant, the person will be happy,will have kinsmen and houses, and will be learned; and if she occupy the 5th house, the person will possess intelligence, sons and the like. (5.) If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the 7th house from the ascendant, the person will be jealous of the prosperity of other men and will be lustful. If she occupy the 8th house, the person will be fiickleminded and will be afflicted with diseases. If she occupy the 9th house the

ctr .. 20.j BRIHAT JATAKK

person will be liked by all and will have sons, kinsmen and wealth. If 'she occupy the 10th house, he will be successful in all places, will be virtuons, wealthy, intelligent aud valorous. If she occupy the 11th house, the person will be famous and will gain wealth and the like and if she occupy the 12th house from the asceudaut, the persou will be wicked and of defoctive limbs.

6. If at the time of birth of a person Mars occupy the ascendant, such person will possess a wounded body ; if ho occupy the 2nd bouse, the person will eat low menls ; if he occupy the 9th house, the person will be a sinner und if he occupy the remaining houses (a) he will produce the same effects as tho Sun iu those places.

Again, if at the time of birth of n person Mercury occu- py the ascendant such person will be learned. If he occupy the 2nd house, the person will be wealthy. If he occupy the 3rd house the person will be wicked. If he occnpy the 4th house, the person will be learned. If he occupy the 5th house, he will be a minister under a king ; if he occupy the 6th house, he will have no enemies. If he occnpy the 7th house, he will possess a knowledge of law. If he occupy the 8th house, the person will be renowned for bis virtnes. If he occupy the 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses he will pro- duce the same effects as the Sun in those places.

Noles.

(a). That is the 3rd 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 10th. 11th, and 12th houses.

7. If at the time of birth of a person Jupiter occupy the 12 signs from the a cendant, such person will respec" tively be learned, of good speech, a niggard, will live in cothfort, will be intelligent, will have no Guemies, will possess qualities superior to those of bis father, will do deeds 24

181 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 20%

unsuited to his rank in life, will be a devotee, will be pos- sessed of wealth, will be full of gain and will do fearful deeds. 8. If at the time of birth of a person Venus occupy the ascendant, such person will be skilled in acts of love and will live in grent comfort; if Venus occupy the 7th house, the person will be fond of quarrels and of sexual union; if Venus occupy the oth house the person will live in comfort and if he occupy the remuining houses (a) the effects will be the same as those of Jnpiter in those places ; but if Venus occupy sigu Pisces at the timo of birth the person will become rich. Notes. (a). That is the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses. 9. If at the time of birth of a person Saturn occupy the ascendant, such person will be poor, will be afflicted with diseases and sexual passion, will be dirty will suffer muoh from diseases while young,and will be of indinstinct speech. But if the ascendant, occupied by Saturn, be Libra, Sagittari, Cupricorn, Aquarius or Pisces, the person, will be as happy as a king, will rule over a village or a town, will be learned and will possess fine limbs. But if Saturn occupy any of the other houses (from the 2nd to the 12th) the effects will be tbe same as those of the Suu in the same places. 10. In determining the effects of the planets in the several houses from the ascendaut the nature of such houses shall bo taken iuto account, that is, whether the houses occupied by the several planets are their friendly signs or inimical or neutral signs or their own houses or their exal- tution signs and the like (a). Aguin, uccording to Satya- churiar, benefic planets promote the bhavas while maletio oues reduoe them ; but in the ouses of the 6th, 8th and 12th houses the reverso is the case (b)

CH. 20.1 BRİHAT JATAKA. 185

Notes. (a). That is if the houses oconpiod by the planets be their exaltation sigus, their friendly signs or theit own louses the effects described will fully come to pass; if such honses be their inimical signs the effects will fail and if the houses be neutral signs, neither more nor less of the effects described will come to pass. All this is according to Garga. (l). According to Satyachariar, if a benefic planct occupy the 6th house the enemies will meet with ruin and if a malefic planet occupy it, the enemies will increase. Again, if a benefic planot occupy the 8th house, a person will be freed from dangers to life aud if a malefic planet occupy it, danger to life will increase. Lastly if a beuefic planet occupy the 12th house there will be no loss to the person and if a malefic planet occupy it there will be an increase of losa. 11. If the planets to which good effects have been assigned occupy their exaltation signs such effects will fully come to pass. If they occupy their Moolatrikona sigus only three-fourths of such effects will come to pass ; if they occupy their own houses one-half of such offects will como to pass; if they occupy their friendly signs one-qnarter of snch effects will come to pass; if they occupy their inimical signs less than one-quarter of such effects will come to pass and if the planets occupy their depression signs or if they happen to be Astangata plunets the good effects described will wholly fail. Notes. If the effects be bad, then if the planets occupy their dep re ssion signs or if they be Astangata planets, the evil effects will fully come to pass. If they occupy their inimi- cal signs, then three-fonrths, if they occnpy their friendly sigus, then one-balf, if they occupy their own signs then one- quarter, if they occupy their Moola Trikona signs, then less

186 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 1

than a quarter of the evil effects will come to pass. But if they occupy their exaltation signs, the evil effects will fail

CHAPTER XXI.

ON THE PLANETS IN THE SEVERAL VARGAS. 1. If a single planet occupy its own honse ut the time of birth of a person such person will. possess the average dignity of the members of his fumily ; if two planets occupy their own houses the person will be an important member of hisfamily; if three planets oscupy their own houses, the person will be respected by his kinsmen; if four planets occupy their own houses, the person will be rich ; if five planets do so he will live in comfort; if six, he will livo in luxurious ense and as happy as a king and if seven planets occupy their own houses the person will become a king. Again if one of the planets occupy a friendly sign, the person will lead a dependent life ; if two planets do so hie will be protected by his friends ; if three, by his kinsmen ; if four, by his brothers and cousins ; if five, the person will be a master over many poople ; if six, he will become a com- mn ander of an army and if seven, he will become a king. 2. If at the time of Lirth of a person, a single planet occupy its exaltation sign and be aspected by u friendly planet such persou will become a king; if at the time of birth one of the planets occupy its exaltation sign and be nccompanied by a friendly planet, the person will become very rich and will be univer ally respected ; if ut the time of birth one of the planets cocupy either an inimical or a depression sign, the person will become poor; it two planets occupy their inimical or depression sigus, the person will become afflicted with griof. If three planets occupy their inimical or dopression sigus, the person will become a fool. If four planets do so, the porson will become afflicted with

CH.'21.] BRIHAT JATAKA .. 187

diseases. If five planets do so the' person will suffer'im- prisonment; if six plnnets, the person will be a victim to much grief and if seven planets do so, he will subject to torture persons who ought not to be tortured. : Mercury and the Sun cannot at the same time occupy Notes.

their depression signs-viz. Pisces and Libra respective- ly. Seven planets cannot therefore occupy their depression signs at the same time. In this as in certain other cases already stated, the author has simply quoted the views of for- mer writers.

3. According to Satyachariar a person born whon Aquarius is the rising sign will not be happy ; but accord- ing to Yavanas, a person born when Aqunrius is the rising Duadasamsa will not be happy. This latter view is objec- ted to by Vishnugupta on the ground that each sign of the Zodiac contnins the Dwadasamsa of Aquarius and that bene. ficial effeots have been ascribed to several signs. 4. A person, born when malefic planets occupy the solar horas of odd signs will be of wide,spread fame, will do important deeds, will be powerful, healthy and of bright appearance. A person born when benefic planets occupy the lunar horas of even signs will be of gentle manners and of bright appearance ; will live in comfort, will be liked by all; will be intelligent and will be of sweet speech.' 5. If the horas occnpied by the malefic and benefio planets be the same as stated above while the signs are dif- erent, (a) the person will be all that has been stated above for the two yogas in a moderate degree; but if both the horas and signs be different (b) the effeots will fail. Notes. (a). That is if the malefic planets occupy the solar. horas in even signs or the benefiic planets occupy the Junar horas in odd signs. :

188 .BRIHAT JATAKA. CH. 21.]

(h) That is if the malefic planets occupy the lunar horay of the even signs or the benefic planets occupy the solar horas of odd s gus. N. B. Both the author and commentator have failed to notice the cise of a person born when the malefic planets ocoupy the lunar horas of odd signs or the benefic planets occupy the solar horas of even signs. Evidently a person born under these yogas wll be all that has been stated in the 4th stanza in a moderate degree. .

6. A person born when the Moon occupies either her own Drekkana or a friendly (a) Drekkana will be of very fine beauty and of well-known virtues; but if the Moon occupy other Drekkanas the person will be what has been stated above agreeably to the character of the lord of such Drekkuna.(b). If at the time of birth the Moon ocoupy a Sarpa (serpent) Drekkana (c) the person will be wieked ; if she occuny an Ayudha (weapon) Drekkana (d) the person will do. deeds ot torture ; if she occupy a Chatushpad (qnadruped) Drekkana (e) the person will cohnbit with his preceptor's wife, and if she ocoupy a Pakshi (bird) Drekkna (f) the . person will be of wandering habits. . Notes. (a). Friendly at the time of birth. Vide chapter. II stanza 19. (b). That is if such lord be netural (at the time of birth) to the Moon, the person will be what has been stated in n moderate degree ; but if he be inimical to the Moon, the effects will fail. (c). Sarpa Vynla Drekkanas : These are the 2nd Drek k ana of Cancer, the 1st of Vrischika and the 3rd of Pisces (d). Ayudha Drekkanas : These are the lst and 3rd Drekkanas.of Aries, the 2nd of Gemini, the lst of Leo, the 2ud of Libra aud the Ist of Aquarius

CH. 21.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 189

(e). Chatushpad Drekkanas : These are the 3nd Drek- kana of Aries, the 2nd and 3rd of Taurus, the lst of Cancer, the 3rd of Libra, the 3rd of Scorpio and the lst of Sagittari (f). Pukshi Drekkanas : These are 2nd Drekkana of Aries, the 2nd of Gemiui, the Ist of Leo and the 2nd of Libra. If the Drekkanas occnpied by the Moon be of more than one character, the person will be all that has beeu stated for each character. 7. A person born when the rising Navamsa (a) is thnt of Aries will be a thief; when it is that of Taurus, he will enjoy away his earnings ; when it is that of Gemini, the per- son will be learned ; when it is that of Cancer he will be wealtby ; when it is that of Leo, he will be a king ; when it is that of Virgo, he will be hermaphrodite ; when it is that of Libra, he will be bold in fight; when it is that of Scorpio he will earn his livellihood by carrying loa ds; when it is that of Sagitari he will become a slare ; when it is that of Capricorn he will be a sinner ; when it is that of Aqu- arins, he will be wicked and when it is that of Pisces he wilt be fearless. But if the rising Navamsa be at the same time a Vargottma Navamsa (b) the person born will be the chief of the respective classes of persons mentioned (c). The rising Dwudasamsas produce the same effects as the rising signs. Notes. (a). These Navamsas of Aries, Tanrus, Gemini &c., ars Navamsas other than those of the respective signs Aries, 'T'aurus, Gemini &c. (b). That is Navamsas excluded in note (a). (c). For instance, the person will be a chief of thieves &o.

190 BRIBAT JATAKA. [OH. 21;

8. A person born when Mars occupies his own Trim samsa will be a married man, will be powerful, will wear ornaments, will be generous, will be of bright appearauce and will thoughtlessly engage in work. A person born when Saturn occupies his own Trimsamsa will be afflicted with diseases ; his wife will die before him, he will be wicked, will covet the wives of other men, will be afflicted with grief, will have a house, clothes, attendants and the like and will be dirty. 9. A person born when Jupiter occnpies his own Trimsamsa will be rich, famous, happy, intelligent, of bright appearance, universally respected, free from diseases, of active habits and will live in luxury. A person born when Mercury occupies his own Trim- samsa will be intelligent and learned in the fiue arts; will be a fop, a literary author, of distinct speech, will be skilled in carpentry and the `like, will follow the rules of life laid down by sages, will commence bold projects and will be much respected. 10. A person born when Venus occupies his own Trim- samsa will have many sons, will live in comfort, will be free from diseases, will love mankind, will be rich, beautiful, wick- ed, of fair body and will enjoy many women.

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Mars is occu- pied by the Sun, will be bold in fight and when it is occu. pied by the Moon he will be slow at work. A person born when the Trimsamsa of Saturn is occu- pied by the Sun will be wicked aud when it is occupied by the Moon, he will indulge in acts of torturo.

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Jupiter is occu- pied by the Sun will be of good disposition and when it is occupied by the Moon, the person will ber o ne rich

CH. 22.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 191

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Mercury is occu- pied by the Sun will live in comfort aud when it is occu- , pied by the Moon the person will be learned. A person born when the Trimsamsa of Venus is occu- pied by the Sun, will possess a fine body and when it is occupied by the Moon he will be liked by the people.

CHAPTER XXII. ON MISCELLANEOUS YOGAS. 1. Planets occupying their own sigus or their exal. tation or Moolatrikona signs are said to be Karaka planets to one another, if, at the sumne time they occupy the Ken- dras from the ascendant. Iu the above case u planet occu- pying the 10th house from another plauet is said to be the special Karaka of that planet. Notes. In this and in the next two stanzas the term " Karaka (belping) planets " is defined. 2. Accordingly, if the rising sign be Cancer and the Moon occupy it and if Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter occupy their exaltation signs, these four planets are known as Karaka plauets to one-auother (a). Again, to a plauet oconpying the rising sign all planets (b) occupying the 10th or the 4th house are Karaka planets (c). Notes (a). In other words Jupiter occupies sign Cancer which is at the same time the rising sign, Suturn occupies the 4th house Libra, Mars the 7th house Capricorn and the Sun the 10th house Aries. The commentator infers from this stanza that planets occupying their Swakshetra, Ucha and Mulatrikona signs are also mutually Karaka planets, if they occupy Kendra signs from one another though not the Kendra signs from the ascendunt.

192 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OH. 22.

(1). All the planets whether they occapy their own signs, their exaltation signs or their Mulatrikona signs or not, according to the commentator. (c). T'hat is the reverse does not hold. In other words the planet occupying the ascendant is not & Karaka planet of those occupying the 4th or the 10th house. 3. A planet occupying its Mulatrikona and exaltation sign (a) is ulso said to be a Karaka planet to one that occupies the 10th house (b) from such sign, and to the latter his Atimitra planet is also said to be a Karaka planet. Notes. (a). But not occupying the Kendra houses from the ascondant. (b). This Intter planet must be in his Swakshetra, Mulatrikona orexaltation house. The effects of the Knraka planets are described in Varaha Mihira's work on Yoga Yatra in which it is stated that when a prince loses his kingdom, he recovers it in the Antardasa period of a Karaka planet; again it is said that a man enjoyscomfort, wealth and success when the Moon passes through the house of a Karaka planet, or through the 2nd house from that occupied by the Sun. Also, that the journey may be a successful one it shall be commenced when the Moon occupies either of the two places mentioned above-otherwise the traveller will receive blows on bis way. 4. A person born when the rising Navamsa is a Vargottama one or when the Moon occupies a Vargottama position will be happy and prosperous. The same remark applies to a person at the time of whose birth the 2nd house from the Sun may be occupied by beuefie planots or the Kendra houses may happen to be occupied by planets at all (a). Also, a person at the time of whose birth there are Karaka planets occupying the signs of the Zodiac will be happy and prosperous ..

CH. 28.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 193

Notes. (a). If one of the Kendras be occupied the person will be happy; if two or more be occupied he will be happier still and if the planets be benefic the person will be exceod- ingly happy and prosperous. 5. If at the time of birth of a person Jupiter, the lord of the sigu opcupied by the Moon, or the lord of the ascendant occupy a Kendra house, such person will be hap- py when in his manhood. Again, if at the time of com- mencement of a dasa period the lord of such period happeu to occupy a Prishtodaya sign, he will produce his effects at the end of the period. If such lord occupy a Sirodaya sign he will produce his effects at the commencement of the period and if he occupy a Sira-Prishtodaya sign, the effects will be felt in the middle of the period. Notes. The Dasa period is to be divided into three equal parts and the Sirodnya, Prishtodaya and Siraprishtodaya signs are defined in stanza 10 of Chapter I. G. The Sun and Mars produce their effeots immedi -. . ately after entering a sign ; Jupiter and Venus when pass- ing through the middle of a sign; Saturn and the Moon before quitting a sign and Meroury throughout his course. Notes. The sign must be supposed to be divided iuto three equal parts of 10 degrees each

CHAPTER XXIII. On Malefic Yogas. 1. If at the time of birth of a person the 5th and 7th houses from the ascendant or from the Moon be either ocoupied or aspected by benefic planets or by their lords, such person will have respectively sons (a) and a wife- otherwise, (b) he will not have either the one or the other.

194 BRIHAT JATAKA. [ca. 23.

If Virgo be the rising sign and if the Sun occupy it, the person will lose his wife provided Saturn occupies sign l'isces at the same time and will lose his sons if Mars occupy sign Capricorn at the same time. Notes. (a.) One of 12 sorts of sons (1) Ourasa, (2) Kshetraja, (3) Datta, (4) Krittrima (5) Gudhotpanna, (6) Apavidha, (7) Kaneena, (8) Sahodha, (9) Kreets, (10) Pounarbhav», (11) Swayamdatta and (12) Adhamaprabhava. (b.) That is if the 5th and 7th housea from the ascendant or the Moon be not occupied or aspected by benefic planets or by the lords of the honses, If the Moon and Snturn occupy the 7th house a peraon's wife will quit him and marry another .. If the 7th honse be aspected by the Moon and Saturn the namber of wives of a person will be the number represented by the Navaman occupied by'the lord of the 7th honse counting from the Navamsa of Aries. If Jupiter or the Moon and Venus occupy the 7th house and the Navamsa of the Sun or Mars, the person will have a single wife; but if the 7th house be aapected by the Moon and Venua, the peraon will have soveral wives. 2. If, at the time of birth of a person, malefic planets occupy the 4th and 8th houses from Venus or if malefic planets be on both sides of Venus or if Venns be not ac- companied or aspected by benefic planets the person's wife will die by fire, by fall or by ropes respectively. Notes. Provided, in the first Yoga, Venns at the same time ocenpies an Agni (fiery) Drekkana, in the second a Nipata (falling) Drek- kana and in the third a Pasa (rope) Drekkana. (Vide Chapter 27 on the Drekkanas.) 3. If, at the time of birth of a person, one of the two houses, the 12th and the oth, from the ascendant be oscu-

CR. 23.1 BRIHAT JATAKA. 195

pied by the Sun and the other by the Moon, the person and his wife will each have a single eye. Again, if Venus and the Snn (a) occupy one of the three houses the 7th, the 9th and the 5th from the ascendant, the person qwill be of an defective limbs.

(a.) Venns or the Monn SNotes. according to some. This is opposed to Garga whom the commentator qnotes. 4. If, at the time of birth of a persor, Saturn occupy the rising sign (a) and if Venus oconpy the Chakra-sandhi Navamsas and the 7th house, the person's wife will be barron (b), provided the 5th house is not occupied by benefic planets. Agnin, if the malefic planets occupy the 12th and the 7th houses and the ascendant and the waning Moon occupy the 5th house, the person will have neither wife nor sons. Notes. (a.) It is clear that the rising sign must be Taurus or Virgo or Capricorn in which case the 7th honses will respeotively be Scorpio; Pisces and Cancer and the last Navamsas of these three houses are known as Chakrasandhies or Rikshasandhies (Vide stanza 7 Ch. I.) (7.) If the person will marry again, he may get sous ac- cording to some. 5. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus occupy the 7th house from the ascendant and be in the varga (division) of Saturn or Mars and be aspected by Saturn or Mars, the person will commit adultery. Again, if when Venus occnpies the varga of Saturn or Mars and is aspected by Saturn or Mars, the Moon, Saturn and Mars occupy the 7th house from the ascendant, both the man and his wife will commit adultery. Again, if when Venus and the Moon occupy a sign, Saturn and Mars occupy the 7th house from the ascendant, the person will have neither wife

196 BRIHAT JATAKA. [он. 28.

nor sons. Aguin, if, when male and female planets occupy a sign, Saturn aud Mars orcupy the 7th house from the ascendant and be aspected by benetio planets, the person's wife will be of advanced age and the man will marry late in life. 6. If at the time of birth of a person the Moon occupy the 10th honse, Venus the7 th house and the malefic planets the 4th honse, such a person will destroy his family. (a) If, at the time of birth, Saturn occupy a Keudra house and aspect a sign the Drekkana of whose lord may be oceupied by Mercury, the person will become a painter. If, at the time of birth, Venus ocupy the 12th house from the ascen- dant and the Navamsa of Snturn, the person will be the son of a serving woman ; and if at the timo of birth the Sun and the Moon oceupy the 7th house and be aspected by Saturu, the person will do deeds unsuited to his rank in life. Notes. (a.) The family will become extinct with him. 7. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus and Mars ocoupy the 7th houso from the ascendant and be aspected by malelic planets such person will be nfflicted with swelling illuess (a). If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon occupy the Nuvamsa of Cancer or Scorpio and be accompanied by malefic planets the person will be afflicted with diseuses of the genital organ. If, at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the ascendant, Saturn and Mars occupy the 1eth and 2nd houses and the Sun the 7th honse, the person will be afflicted with white leprosy. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon occupy the 10th house from the ascendant, Mars the 7th house and Saturn the 2ud house from the Sun, such person will be of defective limbs. Notes. (a.) Such as elephantiasis and the like.

CB. 23.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 197

8. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon oconpy a place between Saturn and Mars and the Sun occupy sign Capricorn, such person will be afflicted with asthma, consnmption, and the diseases of the spleen ; and if at the time of birth, the Sun occupy the sign or the Navnmsa of the Moon, the perron will be afflicted with plumonary consumption, and if the Sun and the Moon occupy together either Cancer or Leo, the persou will be reduced to a skeleton. 9. If, nt the time of birth of a person, the Moon occupy the 5th Navamsa of Sagittari (a) or the Navamsa of Pisces, Cancer, Capricorn, or Aries :b), and be either accompanied or aspected by Saturn and Mars, such person will be nfflictod with leprosy ic). Agniu, if the 5th or the 9th house from the ascendant be sign Scorpio, Cancer, Tanrus, or Capricorn and be either occupied or aypected by Saturn and Mars, the person will also be afflicted with leprosy. Notes. (a.) That is the Navamsa of Leo in sign Sngittari. (b.) These may be NAVAmSaR of any sign. (c.) According to Yavanacharyn, if the Moon be aspected by benefic planets also at the snme time, the person will be of disfigured body resulting from scratching. 10. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun, the Moon, Murs and Saturn occupy the 8th, 6th, 2nd and 12th houses in any way, such person will become blind by causes pertaining to the most powerful of the four planets (a). Notes. (a.) If the powerful planet be the Moon, blindness will be caused by phlegmatio affections. If suoh planet be Mars, it will be caused by bilious affections; if it be the Sun, then by heat or wood ; and it it be Saturn, it will be caused by windy affeotious, by stones aud like.

198 BRIHAT JATAEA. [cu. 23.

11. If, at the time of birth of a person, the malefio planets (a) occupy the 9th, 1lth, Srd and 5th honses aud be not aspected by benefic planets, such person will become deaf by causes pertaining to the most powerful planet ; if such malefic planets (b) occupy the 7th house from the ascendaut, the person will be of doformed teeth. Notes. (a.) The Su, tbe Moon, Mars and Suturn. (b.) That is, while covepying the 9th, Ith, ud and 5ot heusos ad not aspected by beuefic plauets. 12. If, ut the time of birth of a persou the eclipsed Moon, occupy the rising sign and if Saturn and Mars occupy the 5th aud 9th houses from the ascendant such person will be subject to the influence of ghosts. Again, if, at the time of birth, the eclipsed Sun occupy the rising sign and if Saturn and Mars occupy the 5th and 9th houses from the ascendant, the person will lose his eyes. 13. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn occupy the 7th house and Jupiter the ascendant, such person will be afflicted with windy complaints ; if, at the time of birth, Mars occupy the 7th house and Jupiter the ascendant, the person will become insane. If, at the time of birth, Suturn occupy the ascendant and Mars occupy the 5th, 7th or 9th house, the person will become an idiot. Also, if, at the time of birth, the waning Moon and Saturn ocoupy the 12th house, the person will also become an idiot.

12. If, at the time of birth of a person, one of the four planets-the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Mcon, the Sun, the Moon, and Jupiter-occupy the Navamsa of the lord of his depression sign or au inimical Navamsa, such person will serve under other men for his livelihood ; if two of the four planets occupy either the one Navamsa or the other, he will become a slave ; and if three of the

eH. 23.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 199

planets or all the four occupy the one Navamsa or the other, the person will be the son of a slave.

15. If, at the time of birth of a person, the rising sign be Taurus, Aries or Sagittari and if malefo planets aspect it, such person will have ugly teeth ; if, at the time of birth, one of the malefic signs (a) or sign Sagittari or sign Taurus be the rising sign and if sunh sign be aspected by malefic planets, the person will be bald-headed ; if the Sun occupy the 9th or the 5th house from the ascendant and if he be aspected by malefic planets the person will bo of weak sight ; if, at the time of birth, Saturn occupy the 5th or the 9th house and be aspected by malefic planets, the per- sonwill bo nfflicted with various diseases ; and if at the time of birth, Mars occupy the 5th or the 9th house and be aspect- ed by malefie planets, the person will be of defective limbs.

Notes. (a.) These are the signs of Aries, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn and Aquarius- 16. If, at the time of birth of a person, the malefic planets occupy the 12th, 5th 2nd, and 9th houses in any way, such person will suffer imprisonment and restraint of the nature of the rising sign (a). Again, if, at the time of birth, the rising Drekkana be either a Sarpa (b) (snake) Drekkana or a Pasa (c) (rope) Drekkana and if the sign (d) of its lord be aspected by malefic planets the person will also suffer imprisonment of the nature of such sign. Notes. .

(a.) If the riaing sign be Aries, Taurus or Sagittari, the person will be bound with ropes. If the rising sign be Gemiui, Virgo, Libra or Aqnarius, he will be loaded with fetters. If the rising sign be Cancer, Capricorn or Pisces the person will be shut up in a fortress bat will be taken care of. If the rising sign be scorpio, the person will be kept in a subterranean cellar. B

200 ERIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 24.

(b.) The Sarpa Drekkanas : These are the firat Drekkana of Cancer, the Ist and 2nd of Soropio, and the 3rd of Pisces. (c) The Pasa Drokkaua: This is the Ist Drekkana of Capricorn. (d.) That is, if tbe rising Drekkana be the first Drekkana of Cancer for instance, the lord of such Drekkana is the Moon whose sign again is Onncer. If the rising Drekkana be the 2nd Drekkana of Cancer, its lord ia Mars whose sign is Scorpio and if it be the 3rd Drekkana of Cancer, the lord of snch Drekkaua is Jupiter whose sign is Pisces. 17. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon be accompanied by Suturn, aspected by Mars and be surround- ed by a halo, such person will be a man of harsh speech, will be afflicted with epilepsy and with consumption (a). If, at the time of birth, the Sun, Saturn and Mars occupy the 10th house from the ascendant and if they be not aspected by benefic planets, the person will be a servant of varying rank-dignified, of moderate rank and of a low rank (b). Notes. (a.) If the Moon be subject to the first of the three malefio Yogas, the porson will be a mau of harsh speech ; if she be sub- ject to the 2nd Yogn, the person will be afflioted with epilepsy ; and if to the 3rd Yuga, the person will be afflicted with consamp- tion. (b.) If one of the three planets occupy the 10th house the person will be a dignified servant. If two planets occupy the 10th bouse he will be a servant of middle rank and if three oocupy the 10th house he will be a servant of low rauk.

CHAPTER XXIV.

ON THE HOROSCOPY OF WOMEN. 1.' The same remarks apply to the horscopy of women as to the horosoopy of men; but the effects which are suitable

CH. 24.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 201

will alone affect women and the rest will affect their hus- bands. According to some all the offects (a) will affect tho husband. The death of the husband shnll be determined from the 8th house (from the ascendant) in the horoscope of a woman. Matters connected with the physique of a woman shall be determined from the rising sigu and the sign occupied by the Moon and matters connected with her fortune and her husbaud shall be determiued from the 7th house. Notes. (a.) Eaects which can be enjorel by both will affent both. Such effeota as bigh appointments in the state will affect the husband and matters connected with the body will affeot the woman only. Heace the advisahility of a man marrying a girl born under excelleut planetary Yogas. 2. If the rising sign and the sign occupied by the ' Moon be even signs the woman will be of a true femiuine character aud if such signs be aspected by benefic planets she will be virtuous and modest and will wear ornaments. (a). Butif such signs be odd the woman will possess a mnsculine shape and will be of mascnline churaster ; ahd it they be either occupied or aspected by malefic plauets she will be wicked and possess few virtues (b). Notes. (a). According to some, virtnes will be her ornaments. (b). If either the rising sign or tho sign occupied by tle Moon be odd or even while the other sign is even or odd, the woman will partake of the character of a male and a femnale. A Similar remark applies when one of the signs is occupied or aspected by a malefio or a benefie planet and the cther by & bonefio or a maletio planet. 3. Wheu the rising sign or the sign ocenpied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Aries or Scorpio, if tho rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occu-

202 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 24.

pied by the Moon be that of Mars, she will become un- chaste before marriage ; if it be that of Snturn, she will lead a life of servitude. . If it be that of Jupiter, she will be chaste; if it be that of Mercury she will be deceitful and if it be that of Venus, she will be of bad couduct. 4. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either 'l'aurus or Libra, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsa nsa occnpied by the Moon be that of Mars, she will be of bnd conduct ; if it be that of Saturn, she will Marry a second time; if it be that of Jupiter she will possess good qualities; if it be that of Mercury, she will be skilled in music and dance and if it be that of Venus, she will possess all good quali- ties and will be of wido-spread fame. Again, when the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Gemini or Virgo, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon be that of Mars she will be deceitful; if it be that of Saturn she will partake of the nature of a hermaphrodite ; if it be that of Jupiter she will be chaste; if it be that of Mercury she will possess many good qualities and if it be that of Venus, she will, out of lust, commit adultery. 5. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is Cancer, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moou be that of Mars she will be of an independent nature; if it be that of Saturn she will murder her husbaud; if if be that of Jupiter, she will possess many good qualities; if it be that of Mercury she will be skilled in works of art and if it be that of Venus she will be of bad conduct. When the rising sign or the sigu occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is Leo, if the rising Trims- . amsa or the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon be that of Mars, she will be of a masculine nature. If it be that of

CH. 24.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 208

Saturn she will commit adultery ; if it be that of Jupiter she will be the wife of a king; if it be that of Mercury, she will be of masculine nature aud if it be that of Venus she will commit adultery with a person of low caste. When the rising sign or the sign ocoupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Sagittari or Pisces if the rising Trimsumsa or the T'rimsamsa ocoupied by the Moon be that of Mars, she will possess many good qualities ; if it be that of Saturn, she will not indulge much in sexual union ; if it be that of Jupiter she will possess many good qualities; if it be that of Mercury she will be a woman of khowledge and if it be that of Venus she will not be chaste. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Capricorn or Aqua- rius, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon be that of Mars she will leud a life of servi- tude; if it be that of Saturn she will join a person of low caste; if it be that of Jupiter she will be chaste; if it be that of Mercury she will be of bad conduct and ifit be that of Venus she will be barren.

6, The effects described tor the rising Trimsamsa or those described for the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon will come to pass according as the one Trimsamsa or the otber is the more powerful. 7. If, at the time, of birth of a woman, Saturn and Venus occupy each other's Navamsa and aspect each other or, if the rising sign be either Taurus or Libra and the rising Navamsa be that of Aquarius, the woman will quench the poisonous fire of her strong lustful desires by means of other women assuming a masculine charaoter.

8. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 7th house from the rising sign or from the sign occupied by the Moon be not oocupied by planets, and if such house be weak and

201 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 21.

not aspected by benefic planets, the husband of the womnn will be wicked ; if such 7th house be occupied by Mercury the hnsband will be a hermaphrodite ; if such 7th house be a movable sign, the husband will be travelling in foruign lands (a) ; if such 7th house be occupied by the Sun, the woman will be rejected by her husband; if it be ocoupied by Mars aspected by maletic planets, she will become a widow while young, aud if it be occupied by Suturn aspec- ted by malefic planets she will remain unmarried to an old age. Notes. (a). If it be a fixed sign the hnsband will remain in his place and if it be a common sign, he will travel to foreign lands but will be retarning to his place every now aud then. 9. If the 7th house, from the rising sign or from the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a wo:nan, be occupied by sèveral malefic planets, the woman will be- come a widow; if such 7th house be occupied by several benefic and malefic planets she will quit her husband and marry another person and if such 7th house be occupied by a malefic planet (a), be weak, aud be aspected by a bonetio planet (b) the woman will be rejected by her husband. If Venus and Mars occupy each other's Navamsa the woman will commit adultery ; and if the 7th house from the rising sign be occupied by the Moon, Venus and Mars, she will commit adultery with the premission of her hus" band. Notes. (a). Eithor the Sun or Mars or Satorn. (b), Either Mercury or Jupiter or Venus. 10. It at the time of birth of a woman, the rising sign be that of Saturn (a) or Mars (b) and if it bo occupied by . the Moon and Venus and aspected by malefic planets, the

CH. 24.] BRIHAT JATAK. 205

woman and her mother will cimmit adultery ; if the setting Navamsa be that of Mars and if the setting sign be aspec- ted by Saturn, the woman will possess a disensed genital organ ; and if the setting Navamsa be that of a benetio planet the wornn will possess a fiue geuital organ and will become an agreeable wife. Notes. (a). Caprioorn or Aquarius.

(b). Aries or Scorpio.

1i. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the setting sign or the setting Navumss be that of Saturn, the husband of the woman will be an old.man and a fool ; if such sign or Navainsa be thut of Mars, the husbaud will be of irnscible temper bnt will be attached to his wife. If such sign or Navamsa be that of Venus, the busband will be beautiful and fond of his wife; if such sign or Navamsa be that of Mercury, the husband will be learned and intelli- gent. . 12. If the setting sign or the setting Navamsa at the time of birth of a womau be that of the Moon, the hus- band will be full of lustful desires and of a quiet nature. If such sign or Navamsa be that of Jupiter, the husband will possess courage and other virtues and will have & con- trol over his passions and desires ; if such sigu or Navamsa be that of the Sun, the husband will be of very soft nature and will ongage in many works (a). Notes. (a). According to some the reading of this portion of the text is Ratikarma instead of Atikarma, in which caso the meaning is that the husbaud will indulge much in sexual union. Again if the sotting sign be that of one planet and the setting Navamsa be that of another planet, then, the effects described for such sigu or Navamsa, whichever is powerful, will come to pass.

206 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 24.

13. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the rising sign be occupied by the Moon and Venu4, the woman will be envious of the prosperity of other persons and will be greatly mindful of her comforts; if the rising sign be occu- pied by the Moon and Mercury the woman will be learned in the fine arts, will be in the enjoyment of comfort and will possess many good qualities ; if the rising sign be occupied by Venus and Mercury the woman will be beautiful, much liked by her husband and learned in music, vocal and in- strumental; if the rising sign be occupied by the Moon, Meroury and Venus, the woman will be in the enjoyment of immense wealth and comfort and possessed of many good qualities. If the rising sign be occupied by Mercury, Jupi- ter and Venus, the same remarks apply.

14. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 8th house from the ascendant be occupied by a malefic planet, the wo- man will become a widow and the widowhood will occur in the Antardnsa period of the planet whose Navamsa is oc- cupied by the lord of such 8th house. If the 8th house be occupied by a malefic planet and if the 2nd house be oc- cupied by a benefic plauet the woman will die before her husband and if the Moou occupy sign Virgo, Scorpio, Tau- rus or Leo, she will have very few sons.

15. If, at the time of birth of a woman Saturn be neither powerful nor weak, the Moon, Venus and Mercury be weak, and the Sun, Mars and Jupiter be powerful and if the rising sign be odd, the woman will be of a masouline character (a).

If, at the time of birth of a womau, Jupiter, Mars, Ve- nus and Mercury be powerful and if the rising sign be an even Sign, the woman will be of wide spread fame, will be vastly learned and learned also in the Sceince of Divinity.

CH. 25.] .. BRIHAT JATAKA. 20.7

Notes: (a). According to some the woman will enjoy many 'men! I6. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 7th house fuom the rising sign be occupied by a malefic planet while the 9th house is occupied by some planet, the woman will without doubt become an ascetic of the class belonging to the planet occupying snch 9th house (a). All that has been said in this chapter apply to the posi- tions of the planets at the time of promise of gift of girl in marriage, of such gift and of marriage (b), also at the time of query. Notes. (a). And the other effects already described will fail. (b). Provided such effects do not clash against the effects described in the chapters on Marriage. (vide Chapters 100 and 103 of Brihat Samhita).

CHAPTER XXV. ON DEATE 1. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 8th houso from the rising sign be unoccupied and be aspeoted by a powerful planet, the person will die of an excess of the hu- mour belonging to such powerful planet (a). The part of the body attacked will be the part which such 8th house repre- sents in the body of the Kalapurusha (b). If several pla- nets aspect the 8th house the part of tho body will ba subject to several attacks resulting from au excess of the various humors belonging to such powerful planets and death will ensue. But if the 8th house be occupied by the Sun, the death of the person will be caused by fire; if it be occupied by the Moon the death will be caused by water; if by Mars death will be caused by. weapons; if by; Mercury it will be caused by fever; if by Jupiter it will be caysed Di

208 BRIHAT JATAKA. Coa. 25.

by some unknown disease; if Venus, it will be caused by thirst; and if it be occupied by Saturn death will be caused by starvation (c). Again, if the 8th house be a movable sign the person will die in foreigu lands; if it be a fixed sign he will die in his own country ; and if it be a common sign he will die on his way. Notes (a). Planets ... Hamor The San .........: Bile Planets ..... Jupiter ......... Humor

The Moon ....... Wind & Phlegm

phlegm Venus .. Wind

Mars .......... ... Biphleru. phlegm

Mercury ...... Ale Satoro ..... .... Wiud

three humors. (b) Vide stanza 4 chaptor 1. (c). If the planet be powerfol there will be death while- the person is ongaged in a good work ; if the planet be weak death will ensne while the person is engaged in a bad work and if the planet be neither powerful nor weak tbe person will die while engaged in a work of indifferent character. 2. If at the time of birth of a person the Sun and Mars occupy the 4th or the 10th house from the rising sign the person : will die boing struck. with stonos. If the 4th, 7th and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Sa- turn, the Moon and Mars, the person will die by falling in- to a well. If the Sun and Moon occupy sign Virgo and if they be aspected by a malefic planet there will be death caused by the person's kinsmen. If the rising sign be & common sign and if it be occupied by the Sun and the Moon there will be death by drowning 8. If, at the time birth of a person, Satnrn cccupy sign Cancer and the Moon sign capricorn the person will die from an attack of dropsy. If the Moon occupy sign Aries or Scorpio and be between malefic planets, death will be cansed by weapons or by fire. If the Moon occupy sign Virgo and be between malefic planets death will be caused

CH. 25.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 209

by a corruption of the blood or by want of blood. If the Moon occupy sign Capricorn or Aquarius and be between malefic planets, there will be death by hanging, by fire or by full.

4. If at the time of birth of a person, the 5th or the 9th house be occupied by two malefic planets and if such plauets be not aspected by benefio planets the person will meet his death by being shut up 'in a prison or by other restraint. If the 8th house from the 'rising sign contain a Sarpa or Nigala Drekkana (a) death will also result from imprisonment or other restraint. If Virgo be the 7th house from the ascendant and if it be cccupied by the Moon accompanied by a bonefic planet, if Venus occupy sign Aries. and the Sun the rising sign, the person will die in his own house and such death will be caused by a woman.

Noteś. (a.) Vide notes to stanza 16 of Chapter XXIII. 5. If, at the time of birth of a person, (1) the 4th house from the ascendant be ocoupied by Mars or the Sun and if the 10th house be occupied by Saturn or, (2) if the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the waning Moon occupy the ascend- ant, the 5th house and the Dth house or, (3) if the San occupy the 4th house and if Mars which coipies the 10th house be aspected by the waning Moon, the person will die in each case boing stabbed with a spenr. Agnin, if the Snn occupy the 4th house and if Mars, which cocupies the 10th, house, be aspected by 'Saturn, the. person will die being struck with a piece of wood. 6. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 8th, 10th, 1st, and 4th honses be occupied respectively by the waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun, the person will die being struck with a club or stick. If the 10th, th, Ist and 5th houses be occupied respectively by the waning Moon Mars,

210 BBIHAT JATAKA. [cH. 25.

Saturn and the Sun, the death of the person will be cansed by smoke, by fire, by imprisonment or by blows. 7. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 4th, 7th and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Mars, the Sun and Saturn, the person will die by weapons, by fire or by the king. If the 2nd, 4th and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the person will dio of soros and worms.

8. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun occupy the 10th house and Mars occupy the 4th house, the person will die in consequence of a fall from a vebiole or convey- ance. If Mars occnpy the 7th house and the Sun, Moon and Saturn occupy the rising sign, the person will die being cnught in a machine. If (1) sign Libra be occupied by Mars, sign Aries by Saturn and sign Capricorn or Aquarius by the Moon or (2) if the 10th, 7th and 4th houses be respectively occupied by the waning Moon, by the Sun and by Mars the person will die in the middle of excrement. 9. If tho waning Moon be aspected by powerful Mars and if Saturn occupy the 8th house, the person will die of disouses affecting the privities (a)-the part affected will Le either eaten through by worms or cut with the laucet or burnt or blistered. Notes. (a.) Such as piles and fistula iu the Pudendum Muliebre. 10. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun and Mrs occupy the 7th house, Saturn occupy the 8th house and the waning Moon occupy tho 4th house, the death of the person will be caused by birds. If the Ist, 5th, 8th and 9th honsos be occupied respectively by the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon, the person's death will be caused by a fall isan moumtain lop, by an attack of lightning or by the fall pf a wall.

'CH. 25.] BRIHAT JTAK. 211

11. The cause of death of a person whose horoscope. does not contain any of the Yogas enumerated above sball be determined from the 22nd Drekkana counted from the rising Drekkana at the time of birth of a person ; and death will be cnused by the lord of such (22nd) Drekkana or by the lord of the sign of which the Drekkana is a division, whichever

lord (a). is powerful, by water, fire or other means belonging to such

Notes. (a.) Vide stanza 1 of this chapter. 12. The, place of death of a person will be that of the sign occupied by the Lord of the rising Navamsa (a) or it will be the place of the sign of the planet which occupies the same sigu as that occupied by the Jord of the rising Navnmsa or it will be the place of the sign of the planet . aspecting the lord of the rising Nuvamsa or it will be tho place of the sign of the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa (L). The actual place of death shall be determined by a careful examination of tho several points. The period for which a person will remaiu insensible beforo denth will be the time of obliqne ascension of the portion of the rising sigu below the horizon. If the rising sign be aspected by his lord, such poriod will be twice, and if it be aspected by benefic planets, it will be throe times, the time of such oblique ascension (c). Notes. (a) Aries-place frequented by sleep; Taurus-place freqnented by oxen ; Gomini-a house; Cancer-a well; Leo -- a forest; Virgo-water-bank; Libra-bazuar or store-house; Scorpio-a hole; sagittari-placo frequonted by horses ; Capri- corn-watery tracts; Aquarius-a houso; Pisces-watery places. The above is general. If a distinot place of denth be mentioned in connection with a Yoga rolating to death, the death will occur only in such a place.

212 BRIHAT JATAKA. [oH. 25.

(b.) If different places of death are pointed ont by different planets, the place belonging to the sign of the most powerful planet will be the place of donth. Again, of the two signs of a planet, the place of the Moolatrikona aign will be the place ot death, According 'to some, the placo of'death is the particular portion'of the liouse belonging to the most powerful planet- anch as the place of worship, the bath-room, the kitchen &o. (vido stauza, 12 of Chapter II.) !. (c.) If the rising sign be aspected by its lord and by a benefio planet the period of insensibility will be 6 times as long. 13. If, at the time of birth of a porson, the 22nd Drekkana from the rising Drekkana be a fiery Drekkana (a) the body of the person after death will be buint and redu- ced to aslies.' If the 22nd Drekkana be a watery Drekkana (b) the body will' be thrown iuto water; if such Drekkana be a Misra Drekkann (c) the body will be neither burnt nor thrown into water but allowed to dry up. If the 8th house contain a Sarpa Drekkana (d) the body will be devoured by dogs, jackals, crows and the like. Thus has been described the change of the body after death. For a knowledge of the past and future life of a person and of the nature of such life tho reader is referred to higher works ou horoscopy. Notes. . (a.) A Fiery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a malefic planet.

(b.) A watery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefic planet. (c.) A Misra Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefie planet occupied by a malefio planet as well as the Drekkana of a malefio planet occupied by a beuefio planet. (d) Sarpa Drekkanas :- These are the lat and 2nd Drek- kanas of Cancer, the Ist and 2nd Drekkanas of Scorpio and the 3rd Drekkana of Pisces. According to Subhodhini, the terms ".Vyala varga" is interpreted int, the Drekkanas of Vyala Sarpa), Gradhra (vulture), Kolu (liog) and the like.

CH. 25.] BRIMAT JATAKA. 213

14. If the lord of the Drekkana occupied by the Sun or the Moon, whichever is powerful, be Jupiter, the person has come from Devaloka ; if such lord be cither the Moon or Venus, the person has come from Pitriloka ; if sucli lord be the Sun or Mars, the person has come from the world of lower animals ; and if such Jord be either Saturn or Mercury, the person has come from the region of hell. If the Jord of the Drekkana occupied by the Sun or the Moon, whichever is powerful, be in his exaltation sign such Jast life of the person will be of an exalted character; if such lord ocenpy a place between the exaltation and de- pression signs the last life will be one of middle importance ; and if such lord occupy his depression sign the lust lifo.of the person will be one of a low character. 15. If the 6th and the 8th houses be unoccupied, the person will, after death, go to the world of the planet most powerful of the lords of the Drekkanas of such lith and 8th houses (a) ; or the person will go to the world of the planet occupying the 6th, 7th or the 8th bouse (b). Again, if Jupiter occupy the 6th house or one of the Kendra houses or the 8th house and be at the same time in his exnltation sign or if the rising sign be Pisces and Jupiter occupy it and be in the Navamsa of a benefic planet while the other plancts are weak, the person will obtain Sulvation after death. (c) Noter. (a). For the worlds of the several planets, vide lant stanza. (b.) If two or more planets occupy the 6th, 7th and 8th houses, the porson will go to the world of the most powerful of them. (c). The next world may nlso be determined from the positiou of the planots at the time of death as at tho time of birth of a person. :

214 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 26.

CAPTER XXVI. ON LOST HOROSCOPES. 1. When a person is ignorant of the time of his concep- tion or birth, the time of birth shall, when duly question- ed about, be determined from the Prasua Lagna (a). If the Ist half of the rising sign be out by the horizon, the month of birth will be in the Uttarnyana (b) and if the 2ud balf be cut by the horizon the month will be in the Dekshi- nayana (c). Notes. (a). Prasna Lagna : the riring sign at the timo of qnery. (b). "ttarayana : the 6 months from Capricorn to'. Gemini. (c.). Dekshinayaua : the 6 months from Cancer to Sagit- tari. 2. If at the time of query the first Drekkana of a sign. begin to rise, the sign occupied by Jupiter at the time birth will be the Prasna Lagna itself. If the 2nd Drekkana of a sign begin to rise at the time of query, the sign occupied by Jupiter at the time birth will be the 5th sign from the Prasna Lagna; if the 3rd Drekkana of a sigu begin to rise at the time of query, the sign occupied by Jupiter at the time of birth will be the 9th sigu from thePrasana Lagna (a). The year of birth shall then be determined from the appearance of the person (b). If the Sun occupy the Prasana Lagna or if the Drekkana of the Sun rise at the time of query, the Ritu(a period of 2 months) of birth will beGreeshina(when the Sun passes through Gemini and Cancer) ; aud in the case of other planets their Ritus have been mentioned elsewhere (c). If the Ritu thus determined do not happen to be tho Rita of tho Ayana already determined, the correct Ritu shall be determined as explaived in the next stanza (d). Notes. h.a. In other worde, if the rising Dwadasamsa at the time of query be the first, the sign occnpied by Japtier at the time of birth will be the Prasana Tagua itself; ii the rising Dwada-

CH. 26.] BRİHAT JATAKA. 215

samsa be the 2nd, the sign ocenpied by Jupiter at the time of birth will be the 2nd sign from the Prasna Lagna and so on. t, As Jnpiter takes 12 years to go tound the beavens, if the number of circuits passed throngh by Jupiter from the time of birth be known, the age of the person can be at once determined. F'or instance suppose Jupiter to occupy sign Scorpio at the time of qnery and sign Taurus at the time of birth, and suppose him to be in his 4th circait. The age of the person will be 8x 12 + 6 or 42 years. The cyole of Jupiter can be determined from the appearance of the person-from a rough estimate of his age. In the instance cited above the age of the person is either 6, or 12+6=18 or 24 + 6=30 or 36+ 6= 42 and so on. If however the oyole of Jupiter cannot be easily ascertained from the appearance of the person, the number of the cycle shall be determined from the part of body touched by a person at the time. In stanza 24 of chapter 70 of the Brihat Samhita, the human body is divided into ten parts, each part corresponding to a Dasa period of 12 years, (1). Feet and ankles. (2). Shanks and knees. (3). The thighs and genital organ. (4). The loins and the navel. (5). The belly. (6). The breast and the bosoms. (7). The shonlders. (S). The neck and lips. (9). The eyes and brows. (10). The forehead and the head. So that if the belley be touched, it may be determined that at the time of query Jupiter is in his 5th round. So that the age of the person will be 4 x12 or 48 years, plus the number of years taken by Jupiter to move from the sign occupied by him at the time of birth to the sign ocenpied by him at the time of qaery. (c). So that if the Sun occupy the Prasna Lagna or if the Drekkana of the Sun rise at the time of query, the Ritu is Grecshma,

216 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 26

If Venus occupy the Prasna Lagna or if the Drekkana of Venus rise at the time of query, the Ritu is Vasanta (when the Sun passes through Aries aud Taurus). In the case of Mars and his Drekkana the Ritu is Greeshma (Gemini and Cancer). In the case of the Moon and her Drekkana, the Ritu is Varsha (Leo and Virgo). Iu the case of Meronry and his Drekkana, the Ritu is Surat (Libra and Scorpio). In the case of Jupiter and his Drekkuna, the Ritu is Hemanta (Sagittari and Capricorn) In the case of Saturn and his Drekkana the Ritu is Sisira (Aquarins and Pisces). If two or more planets ocoupy tho Prasna Lagna, the Ritu of the most powerful planet will be the Ritu of birth. (d). Suppose the Ayana determined from stanza I to be the Uttarayana so that the mouth of birth is one between Capri- corn and Gemini. Suppose the Prasna Lagna to be ocoupied by the Moon whose Ritn is Varsha (Leo and Virgo); in such a case, the Ritu of Venus, the alternative planet of the Moon viz the Vasanta (Aries and Taurus) shall be determined as the Ritu of birth as explained in the 3rd stanza. 3. If the Ritu do not agree with the Ayana then the Ritu of the alternative planet shall be determined as the Ritu of birth of a person (a). The Moon and Vonus are alternative planets. So aro Mureury and Mars (b), and so Jupiter and Saturn. If the first half of the rising Drekkana should rise at the time of query, the month of birth will be the first of the two months of the Ritu and if the second half shonld rise then the 2nd month of the Ritu will be the month of birth. The date of birth shall be determined from the portion of the half Drekkaua that has risen abore the horizon. (c) Notes. (a). This point has been already explained, vide note (d) to the last stanza. (b). According to the commentator Mercury, Mars and the Sun are altornative planets.

CH. 26.] BRIHAT JATAKA. . 217

(c). As the halfi Drekkana which may be rising at the time of query represents all the 30 days of a month, if just one half of it should have risen above the horizon, the birth must have occurred just after 15 days of the menth. In other words, the date of birth may be determined from the portion of the half sign that has risen above the horizon by proportion. A Drek- kana is 10 degrees; half a Drekkana is 5 degrees and a thirtieth part of it is 10 minutes, so thatevery 10miuutes of the rising half Drekkana represents a day. It will be convenient if the Lagon sphuta i. e. the exact longitude in sigus, degrees and minutes of the point of the ecliptic cut by the horizon be determined in the first instance (vide Appendix). 4. The Learned Brahmins in the Science of horoscopy say that the number of degrees passed over by the Sun in any particular sign represents the lunar day at tho time of birth (a). If the Prasna Lagna be & day-sign the birth will have occurred at night and ifit be a night-sign, the birtl will have occurred by day; the ghatika of birth shall be determined from the portion of the rising sign that has risen above the horizon (b). Notes.

(a). Beginning from tho first lunar day in the Moon's in- crease. Suppose the Sun to occupy the 24th degree of Sagittari at the time of birth. The lunar day or Tithi at the time of birth is the 24th day from the first day in the Moon's iucrease or 24-15 or the 9th day in her wane.

(b). The length of the day or night of birth leing known it is represented by the rising sign and the Lagna Sphota will give us the exact proportion of the Sign that has risen above the horizoD. By the Rule of Three we cau arrive at the exact time of birth from Snn-rise or Sun set. When this is known tho horoscope may be cast with the help of the astronomical tablos or the Almanac. The fiist four stanzas therefore give us a ompleto process for the discovery of the time of birth of orson from the Prasva Lagna.

218 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CII 26.

5. According to some the lunar month of birth shall be determined from the Navamsa occupied by the Moon at . the time of query (a). Again, tho sign oocupied by tho Moon at the time of birth will bo either the Prasna. Lagna or the 5th house or 9th house from it whichever is most powerful. If it be diffioult to determine which of the three signs is most powerful, the sign occupied by the Moon will be the sign represented by the part of body of Knlapurusha that may happen to be touched by a person at the time of query or the sign may be determined from the like indicu- tions occurring at the time of query (b).

Notes.

(a). The rule stated in the Text is very vagne. Wbat the anthor means is thus explaiued by the commentator.

Suppose each Navamsa to be divided into 9 equal parts: then,' if at the time of query the place occupied by the Moon be Beyond the And within the The lunar month will bo (1). 8th part of the ? 7th part of the Na- Kartikam. Navamsa of Arios. ... Svamea of Taarus (2). 7th part of the ) Gth part of the Na- Margasira Navamsa of Taurus ... S vamsa of Gemiui (3). 6th part of the ? 5th part of the Na- Pousha. Navamsa of Gemini ... S vamsa of Cancer (4). 5th part of the ? 4th part of the Na- Magha. Navamsa of Cancer ... 5 vamsa of Leo (5). 4th part of the ? 7th part of the Na- S Phalguna. Navamsa of Leo ... S vamsa of Virgo .(6). 7th part of the 6th part of the Na- S Chaitra. Navamsa of Virgo ... S vamsa of Libra (7). 6th part of the ? 5th part of the Na- Vaisakha. Navamsa of Libra ... S vamsa of Scorpio (8). 5th part of the 4th part of the Na- Jyeshtha. Navamsa of Scorpio ... 5 vamsa of Sugittari ...

CH. 26.1 BRIBAT JATAKA. r219

(9). 4th part of the ? 3rd part of the Na-S Ashadha. Navamsn of Sagittari ... 5 vamsa of Capricorn .... 2 (10). 3rd part of the ? 2nd part of the Na- Sravana N. of Capricorn. ... S vamsa of Aqnarius (11). 2nd partfof the ? 5th part of the Na-S Bhadrapada Navamsa of Aquarins ... vamsu of Pisces (12). 5th part of the ? 8th part of tho Na- Aswayuja. Navamsa of P'isces ... S vamsa of Aries. ... (b). For instance, if, at the time, oreaturos representing any of the signs of the Zodiac bo seen or their sounds heard, the Moon will occupy such sigu at the time of birth. 6. The sign occopied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person will be as many signs removed from the sign occupiod by tho Moon at the time of query as the Moon is removed from the rising sign at the time of query (a). Bit if the rising sign be Pisces, then Pisces will be the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth. (In case of doubt), the sign shall be determined by any articles of food that may be brought, any figures that mny appear or by any sounds that may be heard at the time (b). Notes. (a). For instance, snppose Scorpio ia the rising sign and Pisces the, sign occupied by the Moon at the time of query. From Scorpio to Pisces is 5 signs ; the 5th sign from Pisces is Cancer. Cancer will therefore be the sign occupied by tho Moon at the time of birth of a person. (b). From articles having the shape of, or in any way connected with the creatures representing the signs of tho Zodiac and from the sounda of tho like creature, the sign occupied by the Moon may be determined. In all these cases, it is assum- ed, that an all-pervading Intelligent Being helps an astrologer by various signs and auggestions. 7. The rising sign at the time of birth will be the sign of the lord of the rising Navamsa at the time of query (a). Or, the rising sigu at the timo of birth will be as

220 BRIHAT JATAKA. ECu. 26,

many signs removed from Prasna Lagna as the Drekkana occupied by the Sun is removed from the rising Drekkana at the time of query (b). Notes. (a). Snpposing the risiug Navamsa at the timo of qnery to be that of Sagittari, the rising sign at the timo of birth is Sagit- tari. (b). Sappose the rising Drekkana at the time of query to be the 2nd Drekkana of sign Gemini and the Drekkana occupied by the Sun at the same time to be the 3rd Drekkana of Sngittari. The number of Drekkanas from the one to the other is 20. Therefore the rising sign at the time of birth is the 20th sign from Gemini; subtracting 12 from 20 it is the 8th sign from Gemini i. e., sign Capricorn,

8. Or, multiply the Sphuta (Longitude) of the planet or of the most powerful planet occupying the rising sign by the number of inches in the length of the shadow of a twelve inch Sanku (a straight rod) placed vertically on a horizontal surface aud in the sun; divide the product by 12. The remainder will give the rising sign at the time of birth (a). According to others, if the querent be seated at the timo of query, the 7th house from the rising sign at tho time will be the Lagna at the time of birth; if the querent be lying at the time, the 4th house from the rising sign will be the Lagna at the time of birth ; if the querent be stun- ding at the time, then, the 10th house will be the Lagna and if he be rising from his seat, then the rising sign itself will be the Lagua at the time of birth (b). Notes. (a.) Sappose the longitnde of the planet, or, (where there are several planets) of the most powerful planet occupying tho rising sign to be 4 signs 10 degrees and 20 minutes aud suppose the length of the shadow to be 4} inches, the product of the two numbors is 19 sigus 16 degrecs and 30 miuutos, This dividod

CH. 26.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 221

by 12 gives as remainder 7 signs, 16 degrees and 30 minutes- The Lagua at the time of birth is therefore the 8th sign from Aries, which is sign Scorpio. (b.) According to Subhodhini, the 7th, 4th, 10th and lat honses are not with reference to the Prasna Lagna as explained by Bhatta Utpala bat with reference to the Lagna obtained from the process given in the first half of the text, that is, from sigu Scorpio in the instance quoted in note (a). 9. If the rising sign at the time of qnery be Taurns or Leo, multiply the Ligna Sphuta (the longitudle of the ascendant) by 10; if it be Gemini or Scorpio, then, multi- ply the sphuta by 8; if Aries or Libra, then by 7; if Virgo or Capricorn, then, by 5; and if it be any of the remaining signs, thon by tho number of such sign from Aries (a). Again, if the planet occnpying the risiug sign be Jupiter multiply the Lagua sphuta by 10; if it be Mars, by 8; if Venus by 7; if any of the remaining planets by 5 ; if severul planets occupy the rising sign, then mnultiply the Lagna Sphuta by the factor for each of such planets. Add up the several products and find the sum (b).

Notes. In this and in the next stanzs the author states a process for discoveriug the Nakshatra (asterism occupied by the Moou) of the querent, his wife, brother, sou aud enemy. Tne figures given in the text are known as those of Rasi Gunakara and Graha Gunakara-Zodiacal and Planetary factors, referrod to iu the chapter on Ashtakavarga. (a.) For instance, if Cancer be the sign, it being the 4th sign from Aries, the factor for Oaucor is 4. The factor for Sagittari is 9; that for Aquarius is 11 and that for Pisces is 12. (b.) Suppose the Lagna sphuta to be 5° 10° 20' and sup- pose Jupiter and Vonus to ocoupy the rising sign. Now, from the. Langa Sphuta it is evident that the rising sigu is Virgo. The factor for Virgo is 5, multiplying 5' 10º 20, by 5, we get 26

222 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 26

21° 40 Dividing this by 12 we got as remainder 2 21° 40' (R.) Again, the factor for Jupiter is 10 and that for Venns is 7. Multiplying 5' 10° 20' by 10 we get 53" 13° 20' Dividing by 12 we got as remnincer 5ª 13° 20'. Agnin, multiplying 5ª 10° 20' by 7 we get 37' 12° 20'. Dividing by 12 we get I' 12° 20'. Adding this to 5ª 13° 20' we get Ga 25° 40' (G). Adding together R and G we get 9' 17° 20. 10. Multiply this sum by 7, add 9 to the product if the rising sign be a moveable sign ; or substract 9 from the product if the rising sign be a conmon one or leave the . product as it is if the rising sign be a fixed one (a). Divide the sum or the difference or the product as the case may be by 27. The remainder will represent the Nakshatra of the querent at the time of birth. By a similar process applied to the Sphuta of the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 7th houses (b), wo shall get theNakshutras of the querent's brothor, son, onomy and wife. Notes. (a,) According to Bbatta Utpala, if the rising Drekkang be the first Drekkana of the aign, 9 is to be added; if it be the 2nd, 9 noed neither be added to nor subtracted from the producto and ifit be the 3rd, 9 is to be snbtracted from the product. (b. If you add 2 signs to the Lagna sphuta, you get the sphuta of the 3rd house which represents a persou's brother; if you add 4 signs to the Lagna sphuta, you get the sphuta of tho 5th house which represents a porson's son; if you add 5 signs to the Ingna sphuta you get the sphuta of the 6th house which represents a person's enemy and if you add 6 signs to the Lagna sphuta, you get the sphuta of the 7th house which represents a person's wife. Multiply the several sphutas by the Zodiacal factors of the several houses and by the factors of the planete; occupying such houses, add the products, multiply the sum hy 7, add or subtract 9 if necessary, divide the sum or remainder by 27, the remainder will give you the Nakshatra of the several persons.

CH. 26.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 223

11. Multiply the same sum (a) by 10, 8, 7, 5; add or substract 9 if necessary, as stuted above; divide the result by their appropriate numbers, (b) you will obtain the year, Ritu, Month, Lunar day, day or night, Nakshatra, the ghatika the rising sign and the rising Navamsa at the time of birth.

Notes.

In this and in the following three stanzas, the author states another process for discovering the year, month &c. of the birth of a person. (a') The sum obtained at the end of stanza 9.

(b.) These and the process of division will be found cx- plained in the next three stanzas. 12. From the product of the sum by 10 shall be doter- mined the year (age), Ritu and month of birth (a) ; and from the product of the sum by 8 shall be determined the Paksha (fortnight) and Tithi (lunar day) (b). Notes. (a.) This prodact is the first of the four products referrod to in the last stanza with 9 added to or subtracted from it if uecessary. Divide the qnantity by 120, the remainder will give the age of the. person. . Divide the same quantity by 6, the remainder will give the Ritu of birth from : Sisira. Divide the same qnantity. by 2, the remainder will give the first or the second month of the Ritu. (b.) This product is the second of the four produots referred to in the last stanza with 9 added or subtraoted if necessary. Divide this quantity by two, the remainder will give the fortnight of birth. Divide the same quantity by 15, the remainder will give the lunar.day. .. 13 .. From the product of the sum by.7 shall be deter- mined whether the birth occurred by day or by night,and also the Nakshatra.

224 BRIHAT JATAKA. [CH. 26,

Notes. This product is the 3rd of the four produots mentioned in the 11th stanzs with 9 added or subtracted if necessary. Divide the quantity by 2, the birth will have ocourred by day or night according as the remainder is. one or more than one. Divide the same quantity by 27, the remainder will give the Nakshatra from Aswini. 14. From the product of the Sum by 5 shall be deter mined the Ghatika, the rising sign, the Hora aud the rising Navamsa at the time of birth. Notes. This product is the last of the four products mentioned in stanza 11 with 9 added or substrneted if necessary. Divide the quantity by the number of Ghatikas in the day or night of birth as the case may be, the remainder will give the Ghatika from Sun-rise or Sun-aet at the timo of birth. Divido the same quantity by 12, the remainder will give the rising sign from Aries. Divide the quantity by two, the hora of birth will be the lst or 2nd according as the remainder is 1 or more than 1. Divide the quantity by 9, the remainder will give the unmber of the rising Navamsa from the first Navamsa of the rising sign. . Similarly divide the quantity by 12, the remainder will give the number of the rising Dwadasamsa ; divide the quantity by 3, the remainder will give the rising Drekkana. N. B .- In all the above cases, it is evidont that the remain- der will be in the shape of sigus, degrees and minntes. The nnmber representing the signs, is the number representing the particular Nakahatra, year, month, Paksha, Tithi, Ghatika &o at the time of birth-the degrees and minutes only go to increase the number by uuity. 15. Multiply by two the number of Matras in a person's name ; add the length of shadow to it ; divide the sum by 27; the remainder will give the Nakshatra, at the time of birth, from Dhanishta.

CH. 27.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 225

Notes.

The name is the name given to a person at the Namakarana ceremony. A short vowel sound is connted as one Matra and a long vowel sound is counted as two, and a consonent is counted as half a Matra. The length of the shadow of a twelve inch Sankn shall be added in invhes.

16. The Dik numbers are :

East 2 West 15 S. East 3 N. West 21 South 14 North 9 S. West 10 N. East 8

Multiply by 15 the number for the Dik or direction which the querent faces ; add to the product the number cf persons facing the same dik, divide the sum by 27 The remainder will give the Nakshatra of the person from Dhanishta.

Notes. This stanza coutains another process again to discover the Naksbatra. 17. Thus has been stated by me various processes for the construction of a lost horoscope. Intelligent pupils shall study them carefnlly and use them.

CHAPTER XXVII. ON THE DREKKANAS.

1. The 1st Drekkana of sign Aries is a man with a white cloth tied round his loins, black, facing a person as if able to protect him, of fearful appearance and of red eyes and holding an axe in his hand. Notes.

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Mars is its lord.

226 BRITAT JATAKA. [CB. 27.

2. According to Yavanachuriar the 2nd Drekkana of sign Aries is a woman fond of ornaments and sweetmeats ; with a pot-like belly, of the face of a horse, thirsty, and single-legged. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and of a quadru- ped ; the face resembles that of a bird also. The San is its lord.

3. The 3rd Drekkana of Aries is a man of a wicked nature, learned in the arts, of a brown color, fond of work, failing in his attempts to carry out a work, holding up a stick in his hand, dressed in a red garment and angry. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed Jupiter is its lord. 4. The 1st Drekkana of Sign Taurus is a woman with hairs cut and growing in curls, with a pot-like belly, dressed in a burnt garment, thirsty, and fond of food and ornaments: Notes. . This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and carries fire. Venus is its lord. 5. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Taurus is a man skilled in works connected with agriculture, grain, house, cows, music, dance, painting, writing and the like, skilled at the plough and in works connected with a conveyance, with a neck bent like that of the bullock, thirsty, with a face like that of the ram and dressed in dirty garments. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of both a man and a quadru- ped. Meroury is its lord. 6. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Taurus is a man with a body resembling tbat of an elephant, with large teeth, with

CH. 27.] BRIHAT JATAK. 227

feet resembling those of the camel, of a brown color, attached to the ram and to the animals of the forest. Notes. This Drekkana is both of human and quadruped shape. Saturn is its lord. 7. The 1st Drekkana of sign Gemini is a woman fond of needle work, beautiful, fond of decoration, without children, with raised hands, having attained puberty and full of lust- ful thoughts. Notes.

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mercury is its lord. 8. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Gemini is a man resid- ing in a flower garden, wearing a mail coat, holding a bow in his hand, fond of fight, carrying arrows, his face like that of a Garuda (Brahmani kite), his thoughts directed to play, children, ornaments and wealth. Notes This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. It is also of the shape of a bird. Venus is its lord.

9. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Gemini is a man wearing ornaments, possesing many gems, wearing a mail coat and tar- get, carrying a bow in his hand, learned in all the arts and a literary writer. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Saturn is its lord. 10. The 1st Drekkana of Cancer carries leaves, roots and fruits, has a body resembling that of the elephant ; lives in a forest near sandal trees, has feet as large as that of the camel, has a face like that of the hog and a neck like that of a horse.

228 BRIHAT JATAKA. Cc8. 27.

Notes.

This Drekkana is of the shape of a quadruped. The Moon is its lord. 11. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Cancer is a woman wearing in her head lotus flowers, carrying a snake, hard- hearted, young, crying in a forest and holding a branch of the Palasa tree in her hand. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mars is ite lord. 12. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Cancer is a man sur- rounded by a snake, sailing in a boat in the sea on account of procuring ornaments for his wife, wearing ornaments made of gold and with a flat face- Notes. Tbis Drekkana is one of the shape of a man and a snake. Japiter is its lord. 13. The Ist Drekkana of sign Loo is of the shape of a vulture and a jackal, seated on the top of Salmali tree, resem- bling a dog in appearance and is also of the shape of a man dressed in dirty garments and separted from his parents and orying aloud. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man, a quadruped and a bird. The Sun is its lord. 14. The 2ndt Drakkana of sign Leo is a man of the shape of a horse, wearing a slightly white garland of flowers in the head and covered with deer-skin and flannel, unapproa- chable like the lion holding a bow in his hand and with a a bent nose. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Jupiter is its lord.

CH. 27.] BRIHAT JATAKA: '229

15. The 3rd Drekkana of Leo is a man with the face of a bear, the pranks of a monkey, 'with a olub in his hand . carrying fruits and meats, with a long beard and whiskers and with curling hairs.

Notes.' This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a quadraped and is armed. Mars is its lord.

16. The 1st Drekkana of sign Virgo is a virgin girl carrying a pot filled with flowers, dressed in dirty garments and fond of cloths and wealth and proceeding to the house of her preceptor. Notes This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman -. Mercury is its lord.

17. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Virgo is a man holding a pen in his hand, black, with a cloth tied round his. head, examining items of receipt and expenditure, with a large bow in his hand and covered with hairs all over.his body. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. Sa- turn is its lord, 18. The 3rd Drekkan of sign Virgo is a woman of yellow color, dressed in white silk carrying a pot and ladle in her hands, pure and proceeding to a temple. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Venus is its lord. 19. The Ist Drekkana of sign Libra is a man hold- ing a balance in one hand, skilled in weighing and measur- ing, with articles in his hand to be weighed or measured and with his thoughts directed to the determination of the price of such articles.

:280 BRIHAT JATAKA. [cH, 27.

Notes. hin: This Drekkana is of the shape of a man .. Venus is its lord. 20. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Libra is a man with the face of a vulture, holding a pot in his hand, wishing to fall down,, suffering from hunger and thirst and with his thoughts directed to his wife and. children. Notes. This Drekkaua is of the shape of a man and a bird. Saturn is its lord. 21. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Libra is a man with the face of a horse adorned with gems, scaring animals in the woods carrying a golden quiver and wearing a mail coat, carrying fruits and meat, monkey-like in appearence and holding a bow in his hand. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape ofa man and a quadruped. Mer- cury is its lord. 22. The Ist Drekkana of sign Seorpio is a beautiful woman, naked and without ornaments, quitting her place, lauding after a long sea voyage and with a snake coilod round her legs. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman aud a serpent. Mars is its lord. 23. The 2ud Drekkana of Scorpio is a woman with a body like that of a turtle or pot, desiring the comfort of ber place and with a serpent coiled round her body on account. of her husband.

Notes. This Drekkna is, of the shape of a woman and a serpeut. Jupiter is its lord.

CH. 27.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 231

. 24. The 3rd Drekkana of sigu Scorpio is a lion with a broad and a flat face like that of a turtle, scaring dogs, deer, jackals and hogs in the woods and lording over a couu- try abounding in sandal trees. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a quadruped. The Moon is its lord. 25. The Ist Drekkana of sign Sagittari is a man with the body of a horse, with a long bow in his haud, stopping in his hermitage aud watching over the several articles re- quired for Sacrificial rites. Notes. This Drekkaua is of tho shape of a man and a qnadroped and is armed. Jupiter is its lord. 26. The 2nd Drekkuna of sign Sagittari is a beautiful woman, bright as gold and the Champaka flower, seated on a throne of middle sizo, and picking up the gems of the Sea. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mars is its lord. 27. The 3rd Drekkuna of Sagittari is a man with a Jong beard and whiskers, of the color of gold and the cham- paka flower, seated on & throne with a club in his band and dressed in white silk and dear skin' Notes. This Drekkauna is of tho shape of a man and is armed. The Suu is its lord. 28. The first Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a man coverd with hairs, strong as the sea monster, with a body like that of a hog, wearing a nose string and fetters and with a deformed faco. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shapo of a mau lcaded with fettors. Saturn is its lord. F

232 BRIHATI JATAKA. [CH. 27.

29. The 2ud Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a woman skilled in the arts, with eyes like the petals of the lotus, black, hankering after various things and wearing ear- ornaments made of iron. Notes. TLis Drekkna is of the shape of a woman. .Venus is its lord. 30. Tne 3rd Drekkana of sign Cupricorn is of the shape of a Kinnara (acelestial being) covered with flannel, with a a quiver, a bow and a mail coat and carrying on his should- ers a pot set with precious stones. Notes. This Drekkana is armed. Mercury is its lord. 31. The Ist Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a man with the face of a vulture, with his thoughts directed towards the guin of oil, liquor, water, and meals and dressed in flanuel, silk and deer skin* Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man. Saturn is its lord. 32. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a woman in a car burnt with the wood of Salmali in it and collecting iron, living in a forest and dressed in dirty garments. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman who carries fire. Mercary is its lord. 53. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a black man, with hairs in his ear, wearing a crown and carrying bark, leaves, the oil of bdellium, iron and pots from one place to another. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a man. Ve nus is its lord. 34, The Ist Drekkana of Sigu Pisces is & man with the vessels of sacrificial rites, pots, poarls, goms and conch

CH. 28.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 233

shells in his hands, carrying ornamentes and sailing in a boat in the sea for the purpose of decorating his wife.

Notes. Jupiter is the lord of this Drekkana. 25. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Pisces is a woman with a long flag-staff and banner, sailing in a boat to the other shore of the sea accompanied by her friends and with a face bright as the Champaka flower. Notes. This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. The Moon is its lord. 36. The 3rd Drekkana of sigu Pisces is a man with a snake coiled round him, standing naked on the brink of a pit in a forest, suffering from thieves, from fire aad from hunger and weeping. Notes, This Drekkana is of the shape of a snake. Marsis its lord-

Notes .- The author has stated the use of these descriptious of the Drekkanas iu his Yatra. If the Drekkana be of agrecable appearance, carrying fruits, flowers, gems and pots and aspected by benefic planets, there will be success. If they be of hideous appearance, armed and aspected by malefic planets, there will be disgrace and failure ; if they carry serpents or fetters there will be delirium and imprisonment. The Drekkana desoription is also of use in traoing out theives accordiug to Prithuyasas, son of Varaha Mibira, in his Shadpanchasika, a work on Horary As- trology.

CHAPTER XXVIII. CONCLUSION. .

1,2 & 3. In my work on Jataka I have freated of the following.

234 BRIHAT JATAKA. [OB. 27. ch. 1. Definitions and Elementary principles (Zodiacal) 2. Do Do Do (Planotary) 3. On Animal and Vegetable Horoscopy. 4. On Nisheka kala or the time of conception. 5. On Matters connected with birth time. 6, On Balarishta or Early death. 7. On Ayurdaya or the determination of length of life. 8. On Planetaay divisions and sub-divisions of life known as Dasas aud Autardasas. 9. On Ashtakavargas. 10. On Avocation. 11. On Raja yoga or the birth of kings. 12. Ou Nabhasafyogas .. 13. On Chandra or lunar Yogas. 14. On Double planetary Yogas. 15. On Ascetio Yogas. 16. On the Nakshatras or the Moon in the asterisms. 17. On the Moon in the several signs of the Zodinc. 18. On the Sun, Mars and other planets in the several signs of the Zodiac. 19. Ou planetary aspects- 20. On the planets in the Bhavas. 21. On the plancts in their several Vargas. 22. On Miscollaneous Yogas- 23. On Malefic Yogas. 24. On the Horscopy of women. 25 On Death- 26. On the Discovery of a lost Horoscope- 27. Ou the Drekkanas. I shall now give a summary of the subjects treated of in my work on Yatra. 4, 5 & 6. Ch 1. Prasna Prabheda. 2. Tithibala. . 3. Nakshatrabhidhana.

CH. 28.] BRIHAT JATAKA. 235

4. Vnraphala. 5. Muhurta Nirdesa. 6. Chandra Bala. 7. Lagua Nischaya, 8. Lagna Bhedn. 9. Grahasudhi. 10. Apavada. 11. Misraka. 12. Tanuvepana. J3. Gubyakapuja. 14. Swapnadhyaya. (Dreams) 15. Snanavidbi. (bath) 16. Grabayajna. 17. Prayana. (Travels) 18. Sakunaruta. 19. Vivahakala. 20. Grahakarana. (on the planets) The last of the above subjects has been separately treated of by me in my Astronomical work known as Pancha- sindhanta. Thus the three branches of the Jyotisha Sastra viz Astronomy, Horoscopy and Samhita have been treated of by me for the bonefit of intelligent students. 7. These brief works have been written by me on a full study and examination of the elaborate works of the an- cient writers. If any important points be found omitted I crave the forbearance of the learned critics. 8. If any portion of the text be found omitted by the writer who copied or the teacher who taught, the learned will kindly supply the omission, setting aside all feelings of jealousy- Again, if there be found in the text errors, im- perfections or omissions, the learned will kindly make the necessary corrections and supply what is wanted. 9. Varaha Mihira, the son of the Brahmin Aditya- dasa from whom he received his education, obtained the boon of knowledge from the Sun in the village of Kapitha,

236 BRIHAT JATVKA. [ca. 28.

spent his days in the court of Ujjnyani in the province of Avanti and has written this neat work on horoscopy after a careful examination of the works of the ancient sages on the subject.

10. I have been enabled to write the present work by the the grace of the Sun, of Vasishtha, and of Adityadasa, worshipped by me. Salutation to the ancient writers of horoscopy.

END.

APPENDIX.

Required the Lagna Sphutam, that is, the Longitude of the Ascendant at 39 gh. 30v. gh. from Sunrise on Friday the 28th May 1886, for a place whose.Latitude is 11° , From the Almanac we find that the Sun"entered Tau- rus at 56 gh. 40v. gh. on the 12th May, and quits the sign at 12. gh 27v. gh. on the 13th June. Therefore time taken by the Sun to move through sign Taurus = 3 gh. 20v. gh. +31 days +12 gh. 27v. gh. = 31 days 15 gh. 47v. gh. = 1,12,500v. ghs. Time from Sun-rise on the 28th May to the end of the Sun's course through Taurus = 16ds 12 gh. 27v. gh. = 58,327v. ghs. Time of obliqne ascension of? = 5 gh. 6v. gh. Taurus for Latitude 11° S = 306v. gh. Therefore time of oblique ascension of the portion ef Taurus to be passed over by the Sun on the morning of the 306×58,327 28th = 1,12,500 = 2gh. 39v. gh.

Subtracting this from 39gh. 30v. gh. we get time of oblique ascension of signs from Gemini = 39 gh. 30v. gh -2 gh. 39v. gh = 36 gh. 5lv. gh. From Table B we find that time of oblique ascension of signs for Gemini to Soorpio = 31 gh. 86v. gh. Therefore time of oblique ascension of portion Sagit- tari that has risen above the horizon. = 36 gh. 5lv. gh .- 31 gh. 36v. gh. = 5 gh. 15v. gh. = 315v. gh. Time of oblique ascension of the 30 degrees of sagit- tari for Latitude 11°, is 5 gh. 21v. gh. (Vide Table A) = 321v. gh. Therefore portion of Sagittari that [has risen above the 30×315 horizon =- . = 29° 261. Sagittari being the 9th sign 321 from Aries, Lagna Sphutam required is 8' 29° 26'. The Bhavasphutam process is too complicated to be given here. The Reader is referred to Baskaracharya's work cn Astronomy.

TABLE A: Shewing the time of oblique ascension of each sign of Zodiac for places situated in Latitudes from 0 to 52 degrees, in Ghatikas and Vighatikas: N. B. Aghatika = 24 minutes and a Vighatika =24 seconds. Aqua- Pisces.

Aries. Taurus. Gemini. Cancer. Virgo. Libra. Scorpio. Sagittari Capri-

Leo. coru. rius. Lat.

Lat. v. G. F. G. v. G. v. G. v. G. V. G. v. G. v. G. ٢٠ G. v.

G. v. G. T. G. 25 5 5 4 43 4 37 4 53 5 17 5 25 5 5 4 43 37

0 4 53 5 17 5 45 39 4 55 5 18 5 25 5 4 41 4 35

51 16 5 25 5 24 5 II

4 5 4

49 19 2 39 33

15 26 8 47 41 4 57

26 49 4 55 20 5 1

48 13 24 37 31 3

14

4 13 26 11 51 5 0 21 24 4 59 35 29 4

45 13 53 5 2 22 24 4 57 33 27 5

5 44 12 26 47

11 27 14 55 49 4 23 23 56 31 25 6 7

. 10 27 15 57 51 6 23 29 23

38 9 17 4 21 55

40

8 27 4 59 53 25 23 53 27 21 8

26 9

8 18 19

28 1 4 55 9 22 52 25

9 37

10 35 28 20 5 5 50 23 17

3 4 57 11 27 22 10

49 21 14 11

11 33 29 21 5 5 0 13 28

23 7 15 47 19 12

12 31 5 2 29 21

29 21 12

13 29 29 24 9 17 30 21 46 17 10 13

30 25 11 6 19 81 20 45 15 8 14

14 27 3 32

15 21 6

25 30 27 13 8 20 43 13 15

29 16 10 22 33 19 41 10 4 4 16

16 24 5 31

22 13 4 1 17

0 31 30 18 8

17 5 24 19 40

32 20 15 26 35 18 38 6 8 59 18

18 20 4 59 32 82 34 17 37 13 36 4 4

19 4 57 22 ! 28 57 19

18

20 16 54

33

56 33 35 24 20 30 33 17 35 4 2 20

14 55 33 37 27 22 32 39 17 33 59 52

76663

22 12 54 33 39 29 25 34 40 31 3 57 49 22

23 9 53 34 40 31 27 37 41 30 55 47 23

24 52 34 42 34 29 39 42 28 52 45 24

25 5 51 34 36 32 41 25

26 50 35 44 46 39 34 43 13 26 50 42

24

48 35 48 41 45 44

27 37 46 15 22 47 40 26

433 1 45 37 27

28 59 47 36 50 43 40 47 47 14 20 43 34 28

29 56 16 36 52 46 42 50 48 14 18 40 32 29

30 54 44 37 53 49 45 52 50 13 17 37 29 30

31 51 43 37 6 51 48 55 51 13 14 35 26 31

32 49 41 38 5 8 54 57 53 12 12 32 24 32

33 46 40 38 6 0 5 50

7 53 0 54 12 10 29 21 33

566

0369253242

34 43 38 39 6 56 6 56 1] 8 26 18 34

35 41 37 39 0 5 7 11 23 35

36 88 35 40 7 3 8 59 10 3 20 36

4433

10 17 37

024680

37 35 34 40 6 11 6

38 6 9 14 38

3322

32 32 41 12 9 14 58 5

39 29 30 41 15 13 17 9 55 11 39

40 26 28 18 21 16 20 52 8 58 40

41 3 26 20 23 49 54 41

322

19 24 44 23 24 27 6 47 50 42

246

13 15 22 45 26 27 31 5 44 47 43

. 57

.

44 11 20 46 29 33 31 35 4

35 4 41 53 43

18 46 39 37

45 33 49 39 44

7 45

46 3 4 15 47 36 37 42 40 42 19 3 34 44 34 46

12 48 40 46 44 46 2

48 5 30 30 47

48 55 9 50 43 51 51 25 5 0 27 35 26 48

6777

66777

6305

49 51 51 47 56 6 53 55 28 4 59 23 30 1 49

50 46 52 6 52 1 6 58 0 31 4 38 18 25 16 30

443 53 6 57 34 57 13 2 2 51

33

51 40 6 3 20 11

35 54 7 2 11 7 8 11 6 38 56 8 2 15 2 6 52

TABLE B: Shewing the time of oblique ascension from any one sign to any other sign of Zodiac for places whose Latitude is 11°. Similar Tables can be prepared for other Latitudes. To

From. Aries. Taurus. Gemini. Cancer. Leo. Virgo. Libra. Scorpio. Sagittari Capri- Aqua-

corn. rius. Pisces.

G. V. G. v. G. v. G. v. G. V. G. v. G: V. G. v. G. v. G. r. G. V. G. v. IV.

Aries. ... 4 33 9 39 I5 34 36 46

0 10 8 20 29 25 30 34 35 47 41 15 46 51 25

Taurus. 55 60 0

60 35 29 15 56 21 1 26 1 31 14 36 42 42 3 46 51 13 55 27

Gemini. 54 54 60 0 5 10 50 52

.5 55 20 55 26

60 8 31 36 57

31 21 10 41 46

Cancer. 26 26 28 7 21

49 25 54 0 5 15 50

20 39 26 7 31 R6 17 40 38 44 52

Leo. 44 4 49 10 54 39 49 34 60 0 5 5 10 5 18 20 46 26 30

0 15 56 35 17 39 31

Virgo. 38 59 0 5 10 21

33 44 39 5 54 60

34 55 30

Libra. 60 0 13 15 41 25 51 12 34

0 26

59 55

Scorpio. 5 44 41 16

28 33 20 25 26

46 52 39 21 49 55 12 29

49 5 13 10 51

33 44 89 42 47 54 47 60 0 5 28 10 49 15 38 19 59

Sagittari. 24 13

23 18 28 24 53 14 44 19 49 19 54 32 60 0 5 21 14

23 82 10 10 31 18 45

Capricorn .... 17 57 3 28 83 53 38 58 43 58 49 11 54 39 60 4 49 9 10 13 24

Aquarias. 13 8 18 14 23 43 29 4 34 9.89 9 44 22 49 50 55 11 30 0 4 21 8 35

Pisces. 8 47 13 53 19 24 43 29 48 34 48 40 1 45 29 50 50 55 39 60 0 4 14

Table C. Shewing the Antardasa periods of the Various Nakshatra Dasas. ANTARDASAS. ANTARDASAS. ANTARDASAS.

Yrs Ms. Ds. Yrs. Ms. Ds. Yrs. Ms. Ds. 4

18 Moon 10 Mars 27

...

Sun 3 ... ...

... Mars 0 0 Rahu ... 1 0 18

... 0 ...

Moon 6 0 0

0 4 6 Rahu ... 6 Jupiter 11 6

Mars ... ... ...

Jupiter 1 1 0 Saturn ... ... 1 1 9

Rahu .. 0 10 24 ... 0 27

...

Jaipter 9 18 Saturn 1 7 0 Mercary ... 11

0 ... 0 4 27

Saturn 0 11 12 Mercnry ... 1 5 Ketu ... ....

Venus ... 2 0

Mercury 0 10 6 Ketu . O 7 0 4

... ... Sun 0

Mars.7 'years

0 Venus ... 1 0 6

Ketn 6 ... 8

0 6 0 Moon ... 0 0

... Moon 10 years

1 0

... 0 Sun ...

...

Venus LS Saturn ... 3 0 3

...

. Sun-6 years Raba ... 2 8 2 Jupiter ... ... 2 1 Mercary 9

4 24 Saturn ... 2 6 ... 8

Jupiter Ketu ... 1 9

... 6 1

Saturn ... 10 6 Mercary ... 2 11. 6 Venus

... 0 ... 3 2

Mercury 6 Ketu ...

Venus 8 Sun ... 11 12

...

Ketu 1 0 18 ... ... 2 0

... 3 0 0 Suu ... ... 0 9 18 Moon ... 1 7 0

Venus ... 0 Mars 1 9

... 0 ... 1 ...

10 24 Moon 4

Sun ... 0 11 Rahu ... ... 6

Moon 1 6 0 Mars ... ...

... ... Rahu 2 4 24 Jupiter ... ... 6 12

Saturn 19 years

Jupiter 16 years.

Mars 0 18 ...

... 4 0

... Ketu ... 0 4 Venus ... ... 3

Rahu 18 years. Mercury 2 4 2 0 Sun ... 1 0 0

... ...

... Venuis ... ...

Ketu 0 11 7 Moon 8

... Sun 0

... 4 6 0

... ... 1

Venus 2 0 ...

6 Moon ... 0 0 Mars .... ... 1 2 0

Sun ... 0 ... 27 0

Mars Rahu ... 0

... ... 3

... 0 4

Muon 2 0

... ... 1 5 0 ...

Rahu ... ...

11 27 18

Mars ... 1 Jupiter 8

11 gaturn 3

... ... 2

...

Rabu Jupiter ... ... 6 10 0

... 6 1 9 Mercury

3 6 1

Jupiter Saturn ... 71 27 Ketu ... 1 2 0

Venus 20 years

... 2 Ketu 7 years

gaturn ... 2 8 9 Mercury

...

Merenry 17 years.

VI

TO FIND OUT THE CORRECT LOCAL TIME.

I. BY DAY.

Draw a pretty-large semi-circle on each side of a well- planed and smnooth oblongular plank. Place its edge along a straight line drawn east to west on a smooth level gronnd, the plank being inclined at an angle with the plane of the horizon, equal to the complement of the latitude of the place, so that a straight needle fixed at the centre of the semi-circle and at right angles to the plane of the plank will point to the Pole and the plane of the plank will be parallel to the plane of the equntor. The edge of an ob- longnlar piece of wood placed at the centre will serve as well as a needle. Now divido the semi-circle into 12 equal parts, marking the points of division with tho figures from 6 down to 12 and from 12 up to 6. The divisions repre- sent the hours. If the dinmeter be about a cubit in length each division may further be divided into 30 or 60 equal parts, so that the position of the shadow of the needle will give the time within a minute. Now apply the equation of time and the result will be the local clock time or the mean solar time required. This can be converted into Ghatikas and Vighatikas from sun rise from the table shewing the time of sun rise for each day. Notes :- (1). The latitude of the place may be found from a pretty good Atlas or it may be ascortained by noting the altitude of the pole-star both at the time of its culmi- nition and the time of its depression and taking the mean. (2). The complement of the angle of latitude may be marked on a piece of solid wood and the portion may be cut out in the shape of a fine wedge and made to support the plauk of the inclined dial. (3) The east and west line may be marked pretty cerrectly with the help of a mariner's compass or it may be found by marking the two points of contact of the end o? the shadow of a straight rod fixed vertically at the centre of a cirele drawn on a smooth, horizontal surface, with the circumference of the circle both before and after mid-day - the line joining the two points being due east and west. (4). A level, horizontal ground may be prepared with the help of a spirit-level.

D. Table Shewing the Equation of Time, for India.

DATE. JANUARY. FEB. MARCH. APRIL. MAY. JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPT. OCTOBER. NOV. DEC.

m. s. m. s. m. s. m. 8. m. s. m. m. s. m. s.

• 3 32 3 3 8. m. s.

+12 30 -2 25 m. s. + 3 35 3 m. 8. m. s.

+13 47 -0: -- 10 26 16 19

4 13 55 12 18 + 3 52 -10 40

3 34 3 10 2 16

12 3 16 2 3 46 5 59 0 32 10 45 16 20 10 17

4 29 14 2 5 3 17 6 3 57 5 54 0 52 4 16 z

14 8 3 23 11 9 53

4 57 11 52 2 58 I 56 5 49

11 38 11 22

5 24 46 4 8 1 1L 16 19 9 29

14 13 11 23 2 40 3 28

2 23 1 4 18 5 43 1 31

5 51 14 18 3 33 1 35 4 28 5 37 1 51 11 40 16.17 9

14 22 11 9 2 5 3 38 5 30 2 12 11 58 16 14

7 6 17 4 38 12 15 16 11 8 38

24

8 6 43 8 14 25 10 54 1 49 8 4L 2 32

7 5 22

14 2 10 38 1 13 4 47 12 32 16 7 8 12 7 46 EQUATION OF TIME.

9 1 32 3 45

10 7 33 14 28 10 23 1 15 3 47 1 1 5 13 2 53

5 5 3 13 15 55 7 19

13 4

11 7 57 0 50 4 56 12 48 16 2 51

14 29 10 7 5 4

12 8 21 14 29 9 50 0 59 3 49 0 38 3 34 13 19 6 24

27 3 52 3 55 15 48

8 44 9 34 0 43 3 51 0 26 5 13 4 55

5 20 4 46 4 35 4 16 13 34 13 48 15 41 15 32 5 56

13 14 9 6 28 27

-01 + 0 12 34 VII.

9 28 14 2 0 13

14 24 9 17 5 27

9 0 + 0 12 -0 3 3 52 3 5 4 24 4 37

15 14 2. 15 23 4 58

40 4 13 4 58 14 15 15 13 4 29

16 17 9 49 14 21 8 42 5 19

8 25 0 18 0 25 4 1

0 38 15 ]

18 10 10 3 51

0 32

10 30 5 52 14 27

14 17 8 3 50 5 46 3 59

3 48 5 40

3 35 6 2 14 39 14 49 3 30

19 10 49 14 1

11 7 14 8 7 49 0 46 0 59 3 48 3 45 51 5 57 14 50 14 37 3 0

7 31 1 4 6 1 3 22 15 1

14 2 6 23 14 23

22 11 25 7 13 1 12 3 42 17 15 11 14

11 42 6 55 1 24 6 5 € 44 2 30

20 3 8 0

21 13 56 13 49 6 37 1 56 3 38 1 30 7

3 34 6 8 2 53 5 15 21 13 53 1 30

23 '1 1 43 26 13 37 1

11 58 48 10 2 38

18 41 15 30 0

2 2

12 13 13 32 6 18 3 29 15 38

7

6 0 1 59 1. 56 6 12 2 46

2 10 15 45 13 20 -. 0 30

13 0 0

25 12 27 13 23 3 24 8 3

18 2 6 14 7 +

2 9 1 51 15 52

12 41 2 20 6 15

3 12 22 12 44

5 41 0 30

26 13 14 27

2

12 54 5 23 2 29 34 6 15 1 34 8 48 15 58 12 25 1 0

27 13 4 3 5 2 47 1 17 9 8 16 3 12 6 1 29

28 13 6 12 53 5 5 2 39 6 14

2 58

29 12 42 0 6 1 1 0 9 28 16 8 11 45 1 59

13 17 46 2 47 2 50 3 11 6 12 0 42 9 47 2 28

13 28 7 16 12 11 24

30 4 28 2 55 11 2 2 57

31 13 38 4 10 2 42 3 23 6 10 10 16 15

2 34 ..... 6 7 0 6 ...... ...... 16 13 3 26 3 34

VIII.

II. AT NIGHT.' Attach equal weights to the ends of a long fine striug and throw the string over two fine metallic wires each about a foot in length fixed regidly between supports and at the height of about 5 or o feet from the ground, running east to west, and about 5 or 6 feet apart from ench other. Now the two plumblinos are certainly vertical,and the plane pass- ing through them will be a vertical plane. This plane may be made to pass through the Pole star about the time of its culmination or depression by slightly moving the string over one of the wires to the east or west till the two plum- lines hide the Pole star to an observer stationed 2 or 8 fect to tho South of the southern plumbline and looking with one eye, the other eye'being closed. We have thus secured the plane of the meridian. Now attach the ends of a slightly tight string to the two plumblines about their middle poiuts. The observer may now lie down below, with his face turnod up, the head supported by a pillow and one eye placed oxactly under the two strings running north and south so that the upper string is wholly concealed by the lower and observe the transit of stars across the strings. The Almanac gives the time of culmination of the Vernal equinox for each day of the year and also the times at which particnlar stars culminate after the culmination of the vornal equinox. If the two times be added, we get the time of culmination of a particular star from 12 noon that day. But if the sum exceed 24 hours then subtract from it 23 hours and 56 minutes, the remainder will be the time of culmination of the Star from 12 noon that day.

IX.

TABLE E. Shewing the time of culmination of the Sun and the Vernal Equinos.

San's Cnimine- Date. culmina- tion of V. Month. Date. Snn's Culmina- Month. calmina- tion of V. tion. equiaox. tion. eqninox.

h h. m h.

Jannary 1 18 4 5 17 Jul 6 .13 4 17 5 6 4 53 18 16 41 13 9 4 30 18 G 16 19 11 6 24 6 15 25 13 42 30 G 15 30 31 14 3 19 August 5 6 15 February 6 14 55 11 5 14 7

1 14 32 17 43 4 23 14 13 19 18 14 8 3 24 13 1 March 1 September 12 1 56 44 29 13 32 12 81 4 11 59 13 9 8 11 0 57 10 57 12 14 1G 45 0 31 55 13 11 21 . 20 8 0 10 22 53 58 26 6 23 43 28 51 11 34 April 1 4 23 19 October 4 49 11 2 23 55 10 11 47 10 47 13 12 1 46 19 59 22 38 16 10 23 23 11 22 28 45 10 0 25 58 21 47 9 36 May 1 21 24 November 3 13 7 57 44 9 56 21 :0 9 44 8 49 13 56 20 37 15 45 8 26 19 56 20 13 21 46 8 2 25 57 19 50 27 47 -7 38 31 57 19 26 Decombor 3 50 7 16 Juno 6 58 19 9 59 G 51 12 11 59 18 39 15 55 G 28 18 12 1 18 15 21 11 58 G 4 24 2 17 27 12 1 5 40 30 3 17 53 28

X

TABLE F: Showing the times ,at which the several stars culminats after the culmination of the Vernal Equinor.

Stars. Times. Stars. Times.

h. m h. m. Aswini 1 48 Augiras 47 Bharani ... ... ... 12

... 2 Apar 12 ... .. 48 Krittika ... ... ... 8 40 Apamvat ... ... 18 Rohini ... 4 28 Obitra ... ... 13 17 Agni 13 ... ... 5 18 Vasish tto ... 17 Mrigasirsha ... 27 Marichi ... 13 41 Ardra 14 Prajapati ... 5 48 Swati ... 8

... 5 49 Visakha .. 14 42 Agastya ... 6 20 Anuradha ... 15 56 ... ... Mrigar yasa 6 39 Jyeshta ... ... 16 20 Panarvasu ... ... 37 Moola ... ... 17 20 ... Pushya ... 8 36 ... ... 18 10 Aslesha ... 39 P. Ashadha 8 A bhijit 18 ... ... 10 U, Ashadha ... ... 30 Magha ... ... ... 18 85 Pulaba 53 19 42 ... 10 Sravana ... Krutn 10 55 Sravishta 81 ... ... ... 20 P. Phalguni 11 6 ... 22 49 U. Phalgani ... Sataya ... 11 41 P. Bhadradada ... ... / 22 55 Pulastya ... 11 46 U Bhadrapada ... ... 0 2 Atri 1 7 Hasta ... 12 7 Revati Dhruva (Pole Star) ... 1 ... 12 26 ... 10

Note : As the Vernal Equinox is subject to a retrograde motion of over 50 soconds a year, tables E. and F. will have to be prepared from the Almauac for the year.

This preservation photocopy was made and hand bound at BookLab, Inc. in compliance with copyright law. The paper, Weyerhaeuser Cougar Opaque Natural, meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).

Austin 1994

3 2044 022 667 257

The borrower must return this item on or before the last date stamped below. If another user places a recall for this item, the borrower will be notified of the need for an earlier return.

Non-receipt of overdue notices does not exempt the borrower from overdue fines.

Harvard College Widener Library Cambridge, MA 02138 617-495-2413

CANCELLED FEB 0 3 2003 FR VDENER

Please handle with care. Thank you for helping to preserve library collections at Harvard.